Democracy Spraffa

Combined Agenda Pack - 21 August 2024

North Lanarkshire Council · 21 August 2024
Back to IJB Performance, Finance and Audit Committee — 21 August 2024 and its agenda

Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.

Original council PDF · Download plain text

Page 1

A meeting of the IJB PFA will be held on Wednesday 21st August 2024 
at 9.30am-12pm via MS Meetings
If anyone would like to join this meeting, please contact Stacey Connor on
01698 752594 or by email at Stacey.Connor@lanarkshire.scot.nhs.uk  for the
relevant information.
Chair: Brian Moore 
AGENDA
No. Item Action Attachment Reporting
1. Welcome &
Apologies 
For Noting  Chair
2. Declaration of
Interests
Members are invited to
declare any interest in
relation to agenda items
Board
Members
3. Minutes IJB PFA
( 22nd May 2024)
For Approval Attachment Chair
4. Matters Arising/
Rolling Action List
For
Discussion
Attachment Ross
McGuffie 
Strategic Planning & Development
5. Community Alarms
Service 
For Noting Attachment Diane Fraser
6. Home Support
Service
For Noting Attachment Diane Fraser
7. Home Assessment
Team/Discharge
without Delay
Programme Update
For Noting Attachment Diane Fraser
8. Self-Directed
Support Update
For
Endorsement
& Noting
Attachment Diane Fraser 
9. Improving The
Cancer Journey
For Noting Attachment Morag Dendy
10. Our Health
Together 
For Noting Attachment Jacqui
McGeough
11. North Lanarkshire
Alcohol and Drug
Partnership (ADP)
Annual Reporting
Survey 2023/24
For Approval Attachment Morag Dendy

Page 2

Performance & Finance 
12. Internal Audit
Annual Report
2023-24
For Approval Attachment  Jocelyn Lyall
Paula Hendry
13. Q4 Performance
Report
For Noting Attachment Morag Dendy
14. Supporting Unpaid
Carers – Carers
Support Allocation
For
Endorsement
Attachment Morag Dendy
Governance & Policy 
15. A Shared British
Sign Language
Plan for
Lanarkshire 2024-
2030
For Noting Attachment Stacey
Anderson
16. Risk Management For Approval Attachment Stacey
Anderson
For Noting 
17. Risk Consider from the business discussed any
new emerging risks to be added to risk
register or whether the discussion materially
alters the accessed levels of risk/risk
tolerance or mitigating controls 
18. A.O.C.B All 
19. Date of Next
Meeting
23rd October 2024
For Noting

Page 3

1 
 
 
 
ITEM 3                             Integration Joint Board
Performance, Finance & Audit Committee 
Minutes from a meeting held on Microsoft Teams
on Wednesday 22nd May 2pm-4.40pm
Present:  
Voting
Members:
Councillor Claire Barclay North Lanarkshire Council Nominated Councillor 
Councillor Bob Burgess North Lanarkshire Council Nominated Councillor 
Phillip Couser  NHS Lanarkshire Nominated Non Exec Director 
Nauman Dar
(Left 4pm)
NHS Lanarkshire Nominated Non Exec Director 
Councillor Paul Kelly 
(Left 4pm)
North Lanarkshire Council Nominated Councillor 
Councillor Anne McCrory North Lanarkshire Council Nominated Councillor 
Brian Moore (Chair) NHS Lanarkshire Nominated Non Exec Director
Non-Voting
Members in
Attendance  
Professional
Advisors:
Amanda Kilburn Section 95 Finance Officer 
Ross McGuffie Chief Officer, North Lanarkshire HSCP
Stakeholders: Cathy McGinty
(Joined 3.45pm)
NHSL Partnership/Staff Side Rep 
Harry Robertson Carer Representative 
Elizabeth Seaton
(Left 3pm)
Carers Together 
John Watson
(Joined 2.20pm)
Unison Rep 
In
Attendance:  Stacey Anderson  Support Services, Project Manager 
Stacey Connor
(Minutes)
Governance Support Manager 
Mark Dell Communications Manager 
Morag Dendy Head of Planning, Performance & Quality 
Diane Fraser
(Left 3.30pm)
Head of Adult Social Work Services 
Margaret Gibb  Interim Chief Exec, VANL
Third Sector Rep 
Jocelyn Lyall
(Item 11)
Chief Internal Auditor (NHS Fife, NHS Tayside, NHS
Forth Valley, NHS Lanarkshire) 
Thomas Moan
(Item 9)
Senior Manager – Community Solutions 
Dr Lucy Munro
(Left 4pm)
Medical Director North HSCP 
Sharon Murray Interim Nurse Director North HSCP 
Fiona Owens Audit Scotland

Page 4

2 
 
 
Maggs Thomson Head of Health NHSCP 
Maria Williamson Senior Manager, Quality Assurance   
Apologies: Paul Carey Audit Scotland 
Siobhan White NHS Lanarkshire Nominated Non Exec Director  
ACTION 
1. Welcome and Apologies 
The chair welcomed everyone to the meeting and introductions were made;
apologies were as noted above. 
2. Declaration of Interests     
There was no declaration of interest made.     
3. Minutes IJB PFA (21st February 2024) 
The previous minutes were approved as an accurate reflection of the
discussion. 
4. Matters Arising/ Action Log     
There were no matters arising. 
Ross McGuffie updated the committee on the action log as follows: 
Item 8 Financial Plan - Provision of smoke alarms- Work is taking place
nationally linked to the change from digital to analogue phone lines. A report
is going to the Adult Social work committee linked to community alarm- The
committee agreed they would be content to receive a combined report. 
Item 6 IJB Self-Assessment Report- This topic will be built into a future
liaison session including all members post summer. 
Item 5 Risk Register- This will be picked up at a liaison session to ensure
benchmarking against other Boards is being undertaken in relation to risk
mapping. 
Item 10 Performance Report- Update on Mosaic report is planned for June
IJB. 
Future Meeting- Awaiting suitable dates from Chryston. Hub. 
5. Prisoner Healthcare       
A paper was shared with the committee to inform them of the health
service improvements undertaken in the prison, in compliance with the
local Service Model Review, and in parallel with the HIS recommendations.
The report notes on-going work and next steps for the service.

Page 5

3 
 
In January 2022 a service model review was commissioned, this was a
comprehensive service review of Prisoner Healthcare and encompassed
the following 8 standards: 
• Standard 1: Effective Management of Resources & Staff   
Governance
• Standard 2 Primary Care & chronic disease Management 
• Standard 3: Mental Health & Addictions 
• Standard 4: Medicines Management
• Standard 5: Infection Prevention and Control
• Standard 6: Person Centred Health and Care
• Standard 7: End of Life Care
• Standard 8: Deteriorating Patient 
From this Action Plan 31 recommendations were made, all of which are
now complete and signed off. 
The Adult Health Support Unit (AHSU), in collaboration with Scottish Prison
Service (SPS), and on-site staff, have successfully undertaken a Service
Model Review to implement an improved Prisoner Healthcare service to
the population of HMP Shotts. This includes stabilised staffing models,
improved staff training plans, and improved patient centred care for all
patients, in particular those with identified existing health needs. 
The scheduled HIS inspection took place in May 2022. This followed the
approved national process with all relevant self-evaluation tools having
been complete and submitted in advance. The Lead Inspectors from HMi
spent 11 days on-site at HMP Shotts, 5 of those within the Health Centre 
Maggs Thomson advised key challenges for the service are around cost
pressures and prescribing; although to note we have limited control over
these. The Core management group has signed off additional pharmacy
support for the service and looking at other areas of improvement. 
Cllr Barclay noted an element of concern around seeking a partner for
pharmacy given the challenges around this was there alternative options
considered. Dr Lucy Munro noted that the previous supplier has a
significant number of contracts in other areas. Discussions were
undertaken at a National level so we were not fully aware of the details but
if required local plans would have been considered. 
Phillip Couser asked when is the next inspection, it advised that the next
cycle of inspections is 2027. He also asked around the increase in
pharmacy costs and will we remain in partnership with this supplier if the
costs increase any more. Ross McGuffie advised this will be continually
monitored and we will consider any suitable alternatives. 
Brian Moore asked for some additional information around the pharmacy
review. It acknowledged that the overspend for pharmacy in the service
may be a potential risk for the committee in future. 
Maggs Thomson advised there is wider systems work that needs to be
reviewed for this. In the meantime, the North HSCP has agreed additional
pharmacy resources for a year to help manage.

Page 6

4 
 
The IJB PFA agreed the following recommendations:
(1) It is recommended that the IJB PFA recognise the service changes and
improvements made in the Prison Health centre at HMP Shotts in
accordance with the recommendations made by HIS.
(2) It is recommended that the IJB PFA recognise the service changes and
improvements made in the Prison Health centre at HMP Shotts in
accordance with the local recommendations and actions identified in the
Local Service Model review, including the efforts made by the AHSU to
address the recruitment & retention issue within Prisoner Healthcare.
(3) It is recommended that the IJB PFA endorse the future work streams of
the Prisoner healthcare team.   
6. Prescribing: Sustainability and Value Programme 2023/24 Progress
Update   
Dr Lucy Munro shared a report with the committee to update on the
prescribing sustainability and value programme. 
Analysis published by Public Health Scotland in September 2023 shows that
prescribing volumes have increased over the last 10 years in Scotland, with
an overall increase of 11.6% from 98.8 million items in 2013/14 to 110.3
million items in 2022/23. The cost of items reimbursed (the Net Ingredient
Cost) increased by 5.8% between 2021/22 and 2022/23 and increased by
33% over the last 10 years 
The total primary care prescribing budget for NHS Lanarkshire in 2023/34
was £148.5M. The North Lanarkshire HSCP share of this was £76.4M.  The
budget had received the 2% allocation uplift in 2023/24 but the numbers of
items dispensed has increased by 3.43% and the price per item had
increased in the first 6 months from an average of £9.65 per item to £10.32. 
In North Lanarkshire, the prescribing overspends forecast for 2023/24 at
March 2023 was £3.835M. 
Audit Scotland’s Integration Joint Boards Financial Analysis 2021/2022
report stated that IJBs have reached the point where ‘significant
transformation will be needed to ensure the (1) long-term capacity, (2)
financial sustainability and (3) quality of services individuals receive’. Audit
Scotland have highlighted that there remains a significant overall and
recurrent budget gap across all IJBs; and that failure to make the necessary
changes to how public services are delivered will likely mean further budget
pressures in the future. 
The Sustainability and Value Programme 2023/4 included a Prescribing
Services Efficiencies Project with a view to bringing Lanarkshire’s
prescribing levels closer to the level of a comparable health board i.e. NHS
Lothian. This included reducing prescribing spending by £2.7m through
2023/24 (as part of a £5.4m primary care prescribing target pan-
Lanarkshire), noting that this would reduce the level of overspend but not
eliminate it. The purpose of this project was to further assess the causes for

Page 7

5 
 
Lanarkshire’s high prescribing costs and to develop and implement change
ideas with associated action plans. 
There is great instability around the Scottish drag tariff at the minute which
is adding to the financial challenges in prescribing. To manage this poly
pharmacy reviews are being undertaken to try and reduce the amount of
items patients are prescribed. Also reviewing items that are of low
therapeutic value with all prescribers in different services. 
Nauman Dar asked what sort of behavioural cultural training is being given
to GPs to ensure holistic checking of medications is being undertaken
regularly with patients. Dr Lucy Munro advised having these conversations
in locality action groups, communications is being issued to GPs and also
patients directly on a whole system approach. Encouraging prescribers to
have conversations with patients to advise in some cases medication will be
on a trial basis and not long term.   
Phillip Couser asked are we relying on GP practices actively participating in
these conversations and is there any league tables to monitor it uptake. Dr
Lucy Munro advised monitoring this through data on practices locally but
don’t have a league table; looking at monitor on a locality basis. 
Brian Moore asked if the investment from the Primary Care Improvement
Plan Fund (PCIP) is in place for pharmacy and in terms of script switches to
cheaper items is this done across all practices. Dr Lucy Munro advised
looking at script switch across all areas. The aim at the moment is to bring
the pharmacotherapy and prescribing workstreams to together as part of the
PCIP to work in synergy. 
The IJB PFA note:
1. The savings for the financial year 2023/2024
2. The project work stream activities planned for 2024/2025   
7. Supporting Unpaid Carers and North Lanarkshire Carers Strategy
2024-2027 
Morag Dendy presented a report which provides a progress update on
actions taken to support unpaid carers, over the past year, following
extensive carer engagement and participation activity themed around “what
might help?”. 
Previous reporting to the IJB outlined the planned approach to strengthen
supports to unpaid carers. A number of carer led and carer informed
initiatives have been introduced over the past year. These initiatives have
been part of Quality Assurance’s wider approach to engagement with, and
the participation of, carers and carer organisations; developing market
facilitation, to help broaden choice, control, and support options for both
carers and supported people.

Page 8

6 
 
The approach to both carer support and the Carers Strategy 2024-2027
continues to be based on the principles of the Carers (Scotland) Act 2016
and Self-Directed Support (Scotland) Act 2013. Self-Directed Support (SDS)
continues to be Scotland’s national Social Care policy, promoting a whole
system approach that enables people to have more choice and control in
their lives. SDS is based on enhancing the principles of participation, dignity,
involvement, informed choice, and collaboration. 
The aspiration is to offer a sustainable and innovative means to achieve the
outcomes that carers, as well as supported people, identify as being
important to them. Through these initiatives, carers can lead full and
meaningful lives, and ensures that people can engage in, participate in, and
contribute to the local economy and wider society, should that be their
choice. The wider approach also encompasses the principles of Getting it
Right for Everyone (GIRFE) and Community Wealth Building. Carers, carer
focused organisations and University Health and Social Care North
Lanarkshire (UHSCNL) have, over time, developed a very robust carer
support infrastructure, and our Carers Strategy 2024-2027 seeks to utilise
this to best effect. 
The requirement to draft the 2024 - 2027 Carers Strategy gave us the
opportunity to undertake extensive engagement and participation activity
with carers and supported people. This has resulted in a carer led and carer
informed strategy, co-produced with carers and carer organisations locally.
The sense of “joint ownership” that has emerged is something that carers,
carer organisations and UHSCNL can be proud of. 
Harry Robertson provided some comments on the paper commenting that
the carer strategy is clear and concise and very detailed. 
Cllr Barclay and Cllr Kelly both noted the positive direction of travel of the
work but also aware a lot of work is still required. 
Cllr Kelly asked about the hospital discharges payment is there any feedback
on this. Morag Dendy advised will produce learning from this but also looking
at how to make carer budgets more available when needed. Maria
Williamson provided some additional information around the funding
available. All contracted services are due for review over the Summer, the
review will be undertaken collaboratively with the services as the existing
contract ends in February. 
Morag Dendy noted how do we ensure those who are carers know how to
access resources as some people don’t always identify as a carer. 
Brian Moore noted for next PFA will request a report which breaks down the
financial position for carers to offer clarity; Ross McGuffie noted this and will
factor into the forward planner. 
RMcG

Page 9

7 
 
Ross McGuffie advised through Self-Directed Support (SDS) framework we
were already providing a carers budgets under cared for person’s package.
So some work is now required to separate this out. 
Phillip Couser asked do we know where we are starting and are we able to
identify some of the areas that require work.  Maria Williamson advised within
the carer oversight group terms of reference they have a responsibility to
keep the work accountable, look at gaps and consider focus of resources.   
Brian Moore referred to ’Our Health Together’, NHS Lanarkshire Strategic
Plan and stated that it was a missed opportunity not to reference the carers
issues within health care provision particularly as some of the appendices
referred to the health needs of carers.  This was noted.  
Recommendations approved:
(1) Approve the North Lanarkshire Carers Strategy 2024 2027
(2) Endorse the approach to supporting Carers in North Lanarkshire 
(3) Note the range of supports to unpaid carers available locally.   
8. Delivering for Communities – Engagement & Participation 
Since the last report to the Committee in May 2023, there has been
continued focus on further developing our overall approach to invest and
resource engagement and participation that ensures the voices of supported
people; carers and our communities are strengthened. 
Co-production work has been ongoing to refresh the Engagement and
Participation Strategy 2024-27. There have also been several stakeholder
events held to help shape content and ensure the National Standards for
Community Engagement, promoted by Scottish Community Development
Centre, have been applied throughout. 
Over recent months a focused effort has been directed towards refreshing
the Engagement & Participation Strategy that will serve as the foundation
across all areas of our work.  In the development of the Strategy, we have
actively engaged with stakeholders; representatives of community-based
organisations, supported people, carers, and staff teams. 
The increased focus and additional investment, following our last report to
Committee has helped develop our overall approach to promoting
engagement and participation and in ensuring the voices of supported
people, carers and our communities are strengthened, which is highlighted
in our strategy 2024-27. 
The IJB PFA committee: 
(1) Approve the North Lanarkshire Engagement & Participation Strategy
2024 -2027
(2) Endorse the approach and the contents of the report. 
9. Community Solutions Programme Update

Page 10

8 
   
Thomas Moan on behalf of VANL presented the committee with a report
which updates on the community solution Programme to date. 
The Community Solutions Strategy and Investment Plan 2022-25 was
approved by the IJB in 2022 and delivery of which is supported through the
following governance arrangements are supported as follows: 
 Six Locality Consortia, convened and supported by the six Locality
Hosts.
 A partnership Governance Group, convened and supported by VANL,
with members including:
o council and NHS staff
o representatives of the locality hosts and consortia
o representatives for carers and service users
o VANL’s CEO and a trustee representative
 Participation in UHSCNL Strategy Leadership Team meetings and
Integrated Joint Board (IJB). 
This report provides an overview of the positive progress delivered through
the Community Solutions programme during 2023-24 with the annual report
providing more comprehensive data on reach and impact to following in
autumn 2024.It also summaries continuing delivery of committed work during
2024- 25 and plans to review future commitments beyond March 2025. 
The report sets out the significant and increasing risks to CVS capacity to
continue to deliver its vital services and presents the North Lanarkshire
Community and Voluntary Sector Fair Funding Charter for initial
consideration by the PFA Committee. 
A new high risk is proposed relating to continuing funding for the Community
Solutions programme from April 2025, given current funding agreements
with HSCNL and other funders end in March 2024 and need to be
renegotiated from autumn 2024 at a time when UHSCNL and other funders
have significant financial pressures. 
Thomas Moan offered to send any new members a briefing to explain how
VANL is set up as a partnership programme; this was noted and members
can contact Stacey Connor if required. 
Ross McGuffie acknowledged that to strengthen governance particularly,
work has been undertaken to ensure this is fit for purpose and to offer
assurance to the committee. 
Brian Moore asked about the extent of social prescribing for the service.
Thomas Moan advised seeing an increase in this, there are number of
projects on going that relate to social prescribing. Thomas advised that some
funding to establish a social prescribing network was recieved and pull
together key workers so all using same information to make the same
connections.

Page 11

9 
 
The IJB PFA agreed the following recommendations: 
(1) Acknowledge the positive progress of the Community Solutions
Programme during 2023-24.
(2) Note that the Community Solutions Programme reach and impact data
for 2023-24 is currently being analysed and the Programme’s 2023-24
Annual Impact and Learning Report will be available for the September
meeting of the IJB,
(3) Consider the issues set out below concerning increasing risks to the
Community and Voluntary Sector’s (CVS) ability to deliver support in North
Lanarkshire due to cost of living and funding challenges.
(4) Endorse the North Lanarkshire Community and Voluntary Sector Fair
Funding Charter appended to this report.
(5) Agree that an EQIA is undertaken for the programme during
autumn/winter 2024.   
10. Audit Scotland Annual Audit Plan (AAR) 2023 2024     
Fiona Owens from Audit Scotland attended the committee to present the
annual audit plan for 2023-2024. 
The Accounts Commission appointed Audit Scotland as the IJB’s external
auditor for the five-year period from 2022/23. 
Audit Scotland’s Code of Audit Practice and International Standards on
Auditing stipulate that areas to be examined and expected outputs to be
produced by the external auditors require to be outlined each year in their
annual planning document. 
The plan provides an overview of key issues arising from the audit planning
process including a summary of the proposed audit approach,
consideration of key audit risks, how wider audit scope work will be carried
out and a timetable for key audit outputs.  
Committee members should note that good professional practice requires
the external auditor to communicate and discuss planned external audit
activity with the senior management of a body and with those elected
members charged with governance matters, but it is for the external auditor
alone to determine the work considered necessary to fulfil their
responsibilities. 
Aiming to start Audit in mid-August with a planned signed off by 30th
September in accordance with statutory requirements. The proposed
annual audit fee for 2023/2024 is £33,360. 
Audit Scotland have not identified any wider scope risks, however they
recognise the challenges facing the IJB and the importance of ensuring it
strategically plans the delivery of health and social care services within the
area in a sustainable way.

Page 12

10 
 
The IJB PFA acknowledge the Annual Audit Plan 2023/24 which was
shared under appendix 1 of the report tabled. 
11. Internal Audit Plan 2024/2025 
A joint internal audit arrangement is in place for the North Lanarkshire IJB
with input from Internal Audit teams at both NLC and NHSL. The internal
audit programme of work and the annual Internal Audit Opinion are therefore
delivered jointly by the Chief Officer (Audit and Risk) of NLC and the Chief
Internal Auditor of NHSL. 
The proposed Internal Audit Plan for 2024/2025 was presented for approval.  
The Committee is asked to delegate authority to the Chief Financial Officer
to agree with the Chief Officer (Audit and Risk) of NLC and the Chief Internal
Auditor of NHSL the scope of the audit assignments in the Internal Audit Plan
for 2024/2025 including the allocation of responsibilities for the completion
of assignments. 
The Internal Audit Plan aims to reflect the key objective of the Internal Audit
service to deliver a programme of work that informs the annual Internal Audit
opinion on the overall adequacy and effectiveness of an organisation’s
framework of governance, risk management and control arrangements. The
Internal Audit Plan also takes account of assurances which will be provided
to the IJB based on work performed under the Internal Audit Plans of both
NLC and NHSL for 2024/2025. 
The proposed Internal Audit Plan for 2024/2025, which totals 60 days, is
attached as an appendix for approval. We have reviewed the extant strategic
risks of the organisation and we have consulted the Chief Officer and Chief
Finance Officer to ensure the substantive audit assignments in 2024/25 add
maximum value.  The IJB’s Internal Auditors will flexibly adjust the plan as
required if risks change throughout the year 
Of the 60 days available, 27 days relate to standard audit deliverables
namely audit planning, audit management, the provision of the annual
internal audit report and the follow-up of previously agreed actions. Progress
reports will be presented to the PFA Committee during the year. 
The Committee is asked to delegate authority to the Chief Financial Officer
to finalise the Internal Audit Plan for 2024/2025, including the scope of the
proposed internal audit reviews and the allocation of responsibilities for
completion of assignments. The Chief Officer and the Chief Financial Officer
will consult with both partners. 
Brian Moore asked has the internal audit team been involved in Blueprint for
Good Governance audits in the past and has there been any issues identified
for partnerships as this is health boards based. Jocelyn Lyall advised she
has just completed a compliance audit in NHS Fife looked at results from

Page 13

11 
 
surveys and reviewing improvement plans to ensure they are being delivered
to improve governance, no particular issued identified. 
The IJB PFA: 
(1) Approved the proposed Internal Audit Plan for 2024/2025 (Appendix 1);
(2) Approved the recommendation by the Chief Financial Officer that the joint
working arrangements between the North Lanarkshire Council (NLC) and
NHS Lanarkshire (NHSL) Internal Audit teams continue in order to deliver
the IJB Internal Audit Service; and 
(3) Approved the delegation of authority to the Chief Finance Officer to agree
with the Chief Officer (Audit and Risk) (NLC) and the Chief Internal Auditor
(NHSL) the scope of the audit assignments in the Internal Audit Plan for
2024/2025 including the allocation of responsibilities for completion of
assignments.   
12. Financial Monitoring     
Amanda Kilburn shared a report which provides a summary of the North
Lanarkshire University Health and Social Care Partnership (UHSCNL) for
the financial year 2023/24 and to seek approval for the transfer of funds to
reserves. 
The budget monitoring throughout 2023/24 has shown the IJB projecting an
underspend, prior to the transfer of year-end balances to General Reserves
at the financial year-end. As detailed within the report the IJB final outturn
was an underspend of £18.71m.  
Once all ring-fenced balances have been transferred to the relevant reserve
in line with Scottish Government guidance, the revised outturn was an
underspend of £5.344m. 
A summary of the main variances including financial challenges and key
pressures are highlighted below: 
Employee Costs – underspend of £12.008m
As highlighted throughout 2023/24, there are continuing challenges in terms
of recruitment and retention across all service areas.  For a wide range of
posts recruitment has been unsuccessful due to the availability of the skills
mix required or the competition being offered by other private and public
sectors. 
Payments to Other Bodies (PTOB) – overspend of £0.448m
There are two main areas of overspend within PTOB which are independent
care homes and self-directed support (SDS) costs. 
Transport – overspend of £0.424k
The overspend is attributed to an increase in running costs associated with
the home support additional pool cars that were purchased during 2023/24
along with an increase in staff mileage claims.

Page 14

12 
 
Prescribing – overspend of £1.781m
The 2023/24 overspend is attributable to the continued increase in costs
associated with the number of medicines being prescribed.  Similar to the
increase in SDS demand, the prescribing increase was in part forecast and
reported in the financial plan and therefore a drawdown of £3.835m from the
prescribing reserve was utilised in-year. 
North Lanarkshire Hosted Services – underspend of £5.063m
The main variances within North Lanarkshire hosted services relate to: 
 Mental Health – underspend of £6.662m which includes £4.389m
Scottish Government ring-fenced funding for use in 2025/26. The
remaining underspend is in relation to vacant posts across the
service.
 Children and Adolescents Mental Health Services (CAMHS) –
underspend of £0.883m is in relation to a high level of vacant
posts across the service.
 Continence Services – overspend of £0.991m which is related to
increases in product and delivery costs.
 Children’s Services – overspend of £1.128m which is mainly due
to additional expenditure relating to diabetic glucose monitoring
machines and insulin pumps.
 Prisoner Healthcare – overspend of £1.002m due to the increase
in costs linked to the delivery of the new pharmacy contract and
drug prices associated with prescribing. 
Addiction Services – underspend of £3.597m
The total underspend is in relation to Scottish Government ring-fended
funding which will be carried forward for use in 2025/26. 
In closing the annual accounts and in line with the IJB Reserves Policy, the
PFA is asked to approve the transfer of an additional £18.71m to IJB
reserves as detailed in appendix 5 of the report.  The increase to reserves
will continue to enable the IJB to meets its strategic objectives, and Scottish
Government policy requirements. 
Phillip Couser asked how much of a factor is the ability to spend funding
linked to how the Scottish Government allocate the funding. Amanda Kilburn
advised majority of funding did not come in till quarter 4 this year which made
spending more challenging. Going forward the Scottish Government has
committed to 80% of ring fenced bundle letters being issued in quarter 1. 
Cllr Kelly asked do we need to look at the spend related to independent beds
going forward. Ross McGuffie replied keeping a close eye on this related to
balance of care data providing self-directed support budgets to older adults.
Currently looking at savings plans linked with strategic direction of services.
The next step is to look at how this works at a locality level based on an
integrated approach.

Page 15

13 
 
Cllr Barclay noted due to vacancy levels this leads to higher staffing costs
through overtime and agency usage; she asked what is the current situation
with this and what initiatives are in motion to assist filling posts. Ross
McGuffie advised struggled with recruitment in certain areas that we are
aware of. In higher education struggling to fill courses that were previously
full which is adding to the pressure. There are some areas where there has
been some improvement such as in home support which is linked to the
winter business case. Services are doing all they can when recruiting new
staff through different advertising methods. 
The IJB PFA agreed the following recommendations:
(1) Acknowledge the year-end financial position for 2023/24; and
(2) Approve the proposed transfer to General Reserves at para 9.2 and
9.3 of this report.   
13. Lanarkshire Winter Plan Debrief 
Winter 2022/23 was one of the most challenging in the history of the NHS,
where NHS Lanarkshire was operating under significant pressure and had
been through aa sustained period of ‘Black Status’ and accordingly, required
a significant improvement plan.  Through 2023/24 NHS Lanarkshire invested
in a whole system redesign through Operation Flow 1 - Stabilise, 2 -
Redesign for winter 2023/24 and worked towards 3 - Reform for early 2024. 
This work, which relied heavily on North and South Lanarkshire HSCPs
involvement in a ‘Whole Lanarkshire’ approach, enabled the system to come
out of ‘Black Status’ and to gain confidence that the system could improve. 
The improvement programme of Operation Flow strengthened the whole
system approach with focused investment and matrix working with a Task
and Finish Transformation programme which was aligned with prioritised
investment. 
Significant system change takes time, and the resilient leadership and
cultural shift required was a key factor in the success achieved. It was also
recognised that there is still significant work to be done in these elements in
order to achieve and sustain the key end points required. 
As such, winter 2023/24 was significantly better than the previous winter with
robust planning and escalation approaches developed and embedded. 
These supported a greater system resilience with the front door performance
ranking moving up significantly when benchmarked with peers – of note in
December NHS Lanarkshire had a very positive position going into
Christmas. 
The system learning in 2023/24 cannot be underestimated and the key
actions to reduce demand, expedite timely discharges and support people
to remain well at home - taking into account the key elements and learning
from the winter of 2023/24 - will be built into future plans.

Page 16

14 
 
Ross McGuffie noted some of the actions as part of lessons learned for
2024/2025 going forward a large amount of focus will be on length of hospital
stays and work that can support the flow of patients. Considering having a
digital front door for e triage not just for a hospital but for all services. Within
the report under section 6.11 the discharge performance has been the best
performance recently –largely kept delays in low 80s and 70s. 
Cllr Barclay queried can we see improvement with the Scottish Ambulance
Service. Ross McGuffie noted this has been a challenging area but have had
strong relations with the service to promote joint working and assist where
possible. 
Brian Moore asked has there been significant impact on guardianship
applications for Adults with Incapacity (AWIs) linked to reduced Mental
Health officers (MHO) capacity. Ross McGuffie advised we have sessional
MHOs to support the guardianship process, performance data shows an
improved picture. Stood down planned date of discharge calls from daily to
3 times a week to allow staff more time to undertaken required work. 
The IJB PFA approved the following recommendation(s): -
(1) Note the content of the winter 2023/ 2024 debrief. 
(2) Note the actions for inclusion in Winter Plan 2024/ 2025. 
(3) Seek a copy of the winter plan 2024/ 2025 in December 2024.   
14. Q3 Performance Report     
The Chief Officer has joint quarterly performance review meetings with the
Chief Executives of NHS Lanarkshire and North Lanarkshire Council.
These meetings are supported by a Chief Executives Performance
Framework, comprising a range of performance measures taken from
across both the health and social work systems, including relevant targets
and trajectories for the measures presented. 
Each quarter there are areas for improvement identified within the
performance framework; these are identified using a RAG rating and those
measures that are flagged as Red or Amber are subject to improvement or
corrective action. The performance review meetings are used as a means
for jointly agreeing these actions.
Area identified in this report as rated as red are as follows:
 Cervical screening
 Childhood Immunisations
 6-8 week reviews
 Reablement and Rehabilitation
 CAMHS
 Adult Mental Health 
 Medical Paediatrics
 Speech & Language Therapy
 Dietetics

Page 17

15 
 
 Adult Social Work 
Morag Dendy provided some detail related to each of the areas identified
above. 
Brian Moore noted the challenges for Speech & Language Therapy (SLT)
and that this is still a significant improvement journey required. Ross
McGuffie added got monthly scrutiny panels to monitor performance and he
added there is a programme of work behind improvement SLT. The service
is moving on to trakcare soon. Focused reports for SLT alone will come to
future committee meetings. 
The IJB PFA note the contents of the report and the appendix. 
RMcG   
15. Category One Responder Update   
In March 2023, a report was presented to the IJB, detailing an overview of a
survey that was conducted with all West of Scotland IJB’s and Local
Resilience Partnerships to gain assurance that the IJBs were now fully
embedded within the local resilience structures, in line with the expectations
set out in the Act. The results of the survey demonstrated that the North
Lanarkshire IJB/HSCP was well embedded in the Local Resilience
Partnership structures.   
The North Lanarkshire IJB and HSCP have positive local arrangements in
place that have seen the IJB fully embedded into the local resilience
partnership process. 
The survey is included within the report and shows responses provided for
further assurance that the IJB/ HSCP is meeting the requirements set out in
the Civil Contingencies Act 2004. 
The aim for North Lanarkshire Health and Social Care Partnership in 2024
is to develop a partnership resilience guidance document that can be used
by both Health and Social work staff, with the objective of understanding
levels of responsibility across the partnership and providing clear direction
and guidance on implementing resilience plans. 
Ross McGuffie added the West of Scotland Resilience Partnership
(WosRRP) recognise that IJBs are fully embedded in resilience structure,
going forward resilience reports will come through the IJB PFA to provide
assurance. 
Phillip Couser asked have we tested resilience arrangements in place
already to see if they are fit for purpose. Stacey Anderson advised
undertaken a few exercise and been involved in resilience training across
both partners with future exercises planned. 
The IJB PFA note the progress made in confirming identified resilience
leads and note that local resilience plans are continually under review.

Page 18

16 
   
16. Hatton Lea Closure Update     
Ross McGuffie provided a verbal update on the progress around the closure
of Hatton Lea. He advised the work is on-going to access every individual
patient in the facility to see if they still meet the criteria for a Hospital Based
Complex Care HB CCC bed and if not they will be supported into a suitable
alternative. 
A new ward in Udston Hospital has been identified for the patients and
families will be contacted this week to be advised of this. To ensure the ward
is fit for purpose some adaptions will be undertaken to make the ward
Dementia friendly. Families will be invited to visit the site and the project will
be support by the CAMHS service manager who managed a similar process. 
Cllr Barclay commended the team involved in managing this change which
has been challenging. She asked do we see this being an issue with care
home providers going forward will others follow this and withdraw their beds.
Ross McGuffie noted the broader care home environment is more stable with
the National contract being signed off for the year ahead. Maria Williamson
added might see a change when national care home rates are reviewed. 
17. Risk Register     
The purpose of this report is to provide a summary to the IJB PFA on risk
management activity, noting any amendments or additions to the current risk
register. 
The IJB currently has 17 risks identified on its IJB risk register with 10 risks
rated as high or very high. There are 3 very high risks. 
Risks identified by H&SC NL as potentially impacting on IJB business are
highlighted in the report. 
Due to a number of risk actions being implemented across the partnership,
it is recommended that the risk rating of three risks detailed within the IJB
Risk Register are reviewed and de-escalated. The 3 risks requested for
review are: 
 CAMHS
 Governance arrangements
 Unscheduled care 
Recommendations agreed by the IJB PFA:
1.1 To note the contents of the presentation which includes a review
of the highest rated risks within the IJB risk register and a note of
those operational risks highlighted by the Heath & Social Care
North Lanarkshire partnership that impact upon delivery of IJB
business.

Page 19

17 
 
 
1.2 Following a review of the risks detailed within the IJB Risk
Register, it is recommended that the risk ratings of the following
risks are reviewed following the completion of the actions
associated with the risk:
1.2.1 Delivery of CAMHs service, risk rating reduced from High to Medium
1.2.2 Ineffective Governance arrangements, risk rating reduced
from Medium to Low.
1.2.3 Unscheduled Care, risk rating reduced from Very High to High.   
18. Forward Planner     
The IJB forward planner was shared with the committee to allow members
to see future planned agenda items. 
19.  Risk     
Brian Moore noted need to consider pharmacy pressure in prison services
may need to consider a future risk and also a separate risk for adult care
staffing. Ross McGuffie agreed to review this. 
20.  Date of Next Meeting     
21st August 2024
9.30am-12pm

Page 20

1 
 
ITEM 4 North Lanarkshire Integration Joint Board 
ROLLING ACTION LOG 
NO  DATE  ITEM
NO 
DESCRIPTION  ACTION
BY 
ACTION & PROGRESS  DUE DATE  COMPLETION
STATUS
11. 22.6.22 Item 8 Financial Plan -
Provision of
smoke alarms
R McGuffie Agreed that H&SC NL funding towards
provision of smoke alarms to meet new
standards would be included within future
Digital Strategy report.
March 2023 Update to be
provided after
year-end figures.
Combined report
linked to
community
alarms on
August PFA
agenda 
18. 31.8.22 Item 6 IJB Self-
Assessment
Report
R McGuffie Consider hosting a development
session to
further explore the self-evaluation work 
Ongoing –
future Liaison
session topic-
Planned for Nov
Liaison
23. 18.10.23 Item 5 Risk Register R McGuffie Ross to provide briefing document to
offer the committee assurance
that risk are reviewed against
other boards 
Bring to future
Liaison session

Page 21

2 
 
25.   Future Meeting R McGuffie Host a future meeting face to face in
Chryston hub 
Looking at Dec
IJB –confirming
arrangements 
ACTION LOG – ITEMS DEFERRED DUE TO COVID 
NO  DATE  ITEM
NO 
DESCRIPTION  ACTION BY ACTION & PROGRESS  DUE DATE  COMPLETION
STATUS

Page 22

3 
 
CLOSED ACTIONS 
NO  DATE  ITEM
NO 
DESCRIPTION  ACTION
BY 
ACTION & PROGRESS  DUE DATE  COMPLETION
STATUS
7.  21.9.21  Item 7 Primary Care
Implementation 
Plan 
Dr L Munro 1. An update on planned engagement
events with local people on the
primary care implementation plan
was requested.
Update provided and noted at March
2022 IJB 
21.6.22 – verbal update on progress noted 
2. Memorandum of Understanding to
be shared
December 2021  Complete –
update report to
16th Nov PFA 
Remove 
Complete 
9. 21.9.21  Item
16 
Best Value Audit M Dendy  An update on the Self Evaluation exercise
is to be presented to the PF&A committee. 
February 2022 –
deferred to August
2022 as engagement
event took place after
PF&A meeting 
Complete 
Complete 
10.  8.12.21  Item
14
Integration
review - Chief
Financial Officer 
R McGuffie Following approval to proceed from the IJB,
reports were to be presented to NLC and
NHSL Board to seek support for preferred
option. 
16.2.22 Update on progress provided at
PF&A meeting. HR process being
progressed  
21.6.22 – Update on recruitment of CFO
provided 
March 2022 
June 2022 
Complete

Page 23

4 
 
23.3.22 – Update provided to IJB to note
that HR process has commenced and
recruitment to additional post is underway. 
12. 22.6.22  Item 5 Unaudited
Accounts 
R McG/NL  Content of report to be amended to include
more details around reason for significant
underspend 
June 2022 Report updated
accordingly.   
Complete 
13. 22.6.22 Item 8
& Item
9
Equalities
Mainstreaming 
Report & Risk
Register 
R McG/CJ  IJB members suggested additions to the
IJB risk Register on following highlighted
risks; 
 Cost of Living Pressures
 Urgent/Unscheduled care 
 Community Alarms (Analogue to
digital) 
 National Care Service 
September 2022 
Complete
1. 30/10/18 Item
11
Reserves
Strategy
A Kilburn  To develop a reserves strategy on receipt
of national guidance on setting minimum
levels of reserves.
In the interim period a local reserves
strategy will be progressed. 
Update September 2021: The IJB
Reserves Strategy 2021/2022 was
approved by the IJB on 22 June 2021. 
This report provided an update on the
review of the existing IJB reserves and new
reserves were established in line with
planned commitments and Scottish
Government guidance. 
June 2021 
November 2021 –
deferred to IJB
December 2021
Complete 
Reserve
strategy
presented to
IJB PFA on 16th

Page 24

5 
 
Update on Exit strategies to be presented
to PF& A in November 2021 
8.12.22 Update provided within report
Medium to Long Term Financial Planning.
Further work being undertaken to confirm
exit plans and ongoing areas of work. 
23.3.22 – Update on Financial plan for
2022/23 presented that included update on
reserves strategy but agreed at meeting to
provide further more detailed update to
include exit strategy for short term
initiatives funded from reserves and
conclusion of all other areas of reserve
funding 
deferred to March
2023. 
Nov. Final
version to
March IJB
alongside
updated SCP 
Added to March
23 agenda-
complete 
2.  26.5.20 Item
10 
Internal Audit
Report – Due
Diligence Review
A Kilburn  Further update on the disaggregation of the
children, families and justice social work
services budget to be presented to the IJB.
Update September 2021: The progress in
respect of this action is regularly reported
to the IJB (Performance, Finance and
Audit) Committee. 
The updated report to the IJB
(Performance, Finance and Audit)
Committee on 24 August 2021 advised that
the budget disaggregation exercise has
been concluded.  The revised IJB direction
to NLC issued on 23 March 2021 excludes
September/December
2020
Deferred to March
2021 – deferred to
September 2021 –
deferred to November
2021 
Update March 2022 -
Further work required
to conclude
agreements around
Original Action
complete with
further update
on hosting
arrangements
presented to
PF&A in
November 2021. 
Complete –
presented to
IJB PFA on 16th
Nov

Page 25

6 
 
the total budget transfer in respect of
Children, Families and Justice Services.   
Work is continuing to progress in respect of
the hosting arrangements for cross-cutting
and support services.  The original timeline
of March 2021 has therefore been
extended to the revised timeline of
September 2021. 
The Service Level Agreement for the future
hosting arrangements and associated
budgets will be presented to the IJB
following consultation and endorsement by
the NLC Adult Health and Social Care
Committee and Education and Families
Committee.  A further report will therefore
be presented to the next meeting of the IJB
(Performance, Finance and Audit)
Committee on 9 November 2021. 
hosting
arrangements.   
3.  22.9.20  Item 7 Recovery
Process 
M Dendy  IJB to receive an update on opportunities
presented during recovery process. 
21.9.21 – Report presented setting out
proposed use of a Change Fund. 
Progress reports on each element of the
proposed plan to be presented to the PF&A
March 2021
Deferred to
September 2021 
February 2022 
Ongoing –
delegated to
PF&A to
complete
action.

Page 26

7 
 
February 2022 – update on progress noted
with further updates to be presented 
Ongoing 
Complete 
5.  9.12.20  Item 7 Category One
Responders 
M Dendy  An update on this issue was to be provided
at the next meeting of the IJB following the
completion of the consultation exercise and
any further feedback from S Government. 
Update provided on 23.3.21 and a further
update will be provided following
completion of the engagement events with
Chief Officers and IJB Chairs 
21.9.21 – Update provided highlighting
confirmation of named officers with lead
responsibility. 
Further updates to be provided following
anticipated national workshops. 
March 2021 
September 2021 
December 2021 
Self
assessment
completed and
feedback from
West of
Scotland
Regional
Resilience
Partnership
received.
Update report to
next IJB in
March 23-
Complete   
8. 22.9.20  Item 5 Mental Health
Continuing Care
Contracted Beds
R McGuffie Issue not progressed as planned during
2020 as engagement process postponed
due to lockdown impact on visits to care
homes. 
21.9.21 Business Case to be developed
and presented to IJB, South Lanarkshire
IJB and NHSL Board. 
22.3.22 – Update provided on progress on
engagement and development of business
case 
June 2022 
September 2022 
Business case
to be presented
at IJB
September 2022 
Delayed
following advice
from HIS
around
engagement
standards. Final

Page 27

8 
 
business case
to Dec IJB. 
Approved at NL
IJB, SL IJB and
NHS Board in
December 2023.
Complete. 
15. 22.6.22 Item
12
Strategic
Commissioning
Plan 
M Dendy/T
Marshall  
Detailed report on community nursing to be
brought back to future meeting and
included within SCP 
On March 23 IJb
agenda –IJB
approved plan
16.  22.6.22  Item 4 Community
Alarms
R McG Provide the committee with an update on
community alarms switching from analogue
to  digital and risk to service users 
Complete
Update
provided at 16th
Nov PFA
17. 22.6.22 Item
14
Audited
Accounts 
R McG Bring audited accounts to Sept committee  
Complete 
4.  9.12.20  Item 6
& Item
11 
Addictions
services 
M Dendy 1. An update on accommodation
issues affecting the delivery of the
addiction services was requested.   
21.9.21 – verbal update given – work
ongoing to resolve accommodation issues. 
2. Update requested on funding
commitments. 
ADP strategy presented and approved at
IJB on 21.9.21. Request for detail on
commissioning of services, evidence of
June 2021 – deferred
to September 2021 –
deferred to PFA
November 2021 –
deferred to February
2022   
September 2021 
December 2021 
Complete 
Ongoing
updates on
progress
scheduled into
forward plan for
PFA

Page 28

9 
 
benefits and achievements and timelines
for implementation of funding commitments
to be brought back to IJB. 
16.2.22 PF&A – update noted at meeting
with commitment to report back on
specifics and performance objectives 
August 2022 
MAT standards
update given to
Feb IJB PFA 
Further update
on October PFA
agenda
6.  22.6.21  Item 6 Whistleblowing  R McGuffie An agreement with NLC was to be
developed to ensure a clear process for all
H&SC NL staff. 
An annual report to be provided to the IJB 
March 2022 – draft guidance shared with
NLC and awaiting comment 
December 2021 
December 2022
Ongoing –
update planned
for sept 23 IJB 
Complete
14. 22.6.22 Item 9 Equalities
Mainstreaming 
Report
M Dendy  Progress updates on delivery of equality
outcomes to be presented via
Performance, Finance & Audit Committee 
May 2023 On agenda
Tabled at June
PFA
19. 16.11.22 Item
5 
Risk
Management
Strategy
R McGuffie Reviewing risk management strategy
which will be brought to the
committee in due course. 
Reviewing a process to have
shared risks between
partnerships and acute and also
review current risk register 
Update
planned for
March 2023 IJB
Liaison
session
planned to
review 
Complete 
20 16.11.22 Item
6
Analogue to
digital
R McGuffie Share progress report on the work  On April 2023
agenda
Update on
October agenda 
Complete 
21. 14.2.23 Item
11
Performance
Report
R McGuffie Bring more information on OT
paediatrics and speech and 
On April 2023
agenda

Page 29

10 
 
language  Complete 
22. 14.2.23 Item
13
MH Strategy R McGuffie Consider dedicating liaison session for
a more in-depth discussion 
Discuss wider thematic work with Brian
Moore 
Topic at 8th Nov
Liaison session 
Complete
24. 18.10.23 Item
10
Performance
Report
R McGuffie SWISS update  Future report 
Tabled @ May
PFA

Page 30

1 
REPORT 
Item No: 5 
SUBJECT: Community Alarm Service
TO: Integration Joint Board Performance, Finance & Audit Committee
Lead
Officer for
Report:
Diane Fraser, Chief Officer / Head of Service (Adult Social Work
Services) NL HSCP
Author(s) of
Report
John McGeough, Service Manager 
Hugh Holt, Senior Officer
DATE: 21 August 2024 
1. PURPOSE OF REPORT
This paper is coming to the IJB PFA for: 
For Approval: ☐ For Endorsement: ☐ To Note: ☒ 
2. ROUTE TO THE BOARD
This paper has been prepared by the Community Alarm Service Management Team. 
Prepared By:
John
McGeough,
Service
Manager
Hugh Holt,
Senior Officer
☒ Reviewed By:
Margaret
Flavell,
Senior
Manager
Adult Social
Work
☒ Endorsed By:
Diane Fraser
Chief Officer, Adult
Social Work
☒

Page 31

2 
3. RECOMMENDATIONS
It is recommended that the IJB PFA Committee: 
(1) Acknowledge the contents of this Community Alarm Service update report. 
(2) Acknowledge the ongoing work being undertaken to support the transition from
analogue to digital and the work completed to date. 
(3) Acknowledge the progress and challenges of progressing the move to the new
digital ARC platform and the extensive work completed to date in preparation for
this.
(4) Acknowledge the positive Care Inspectorate grading that the service received
from the Care Inspectorate.
(5) Acknowledge the position with current and future charging for the service. 
4.  VARIATIONS TO DIRECTIONS?
This section outlines if the report requires a direction to be issued to the Local
Authority, the Health Board, to both, or that no direction is required  
5. BACKGROUND/SUMMARY OF KEY ISSUES
5.1 The Community Alarm Service operates 24 hours per day, 7 days a week, 365
days per year. When the individual activates the alarm, a signal is sent via the
telephone line to the alarm receiving centre in North Lanarkshire which is
staffed 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. A Response Advisor (call handler)
speaks directly to the person to find out what kind of assistance is required.
5.2 The service currently provides support to 7,724 people in North Lanarkshire
with the confidence that they can call for help at any time of the day or night,
every day of the year and is an essential service when people experience
difficulties such as a fall or sudden illness.
5.3 The number of people supported by the community alarm service has remained
relatively static since the previous report submitted in May 2023 with a slight
increase in numbers , with most service users living within their own home
however the service also provides cover to all tenants living within NLC
Sheltered Housing Complexes during out of hours and variously to registered
social landlords across North Lanarkshire.
5.4 The Community Alarm Service currently provides a telecare service currently
to 6,158 service users using dispersed analogue and or digital community
alarms and to 1,566 users within sheltered accommodation.
5.5 The service on average receives around 130 new requests per month for
Community Alarm installations, the number of new referrals received per month
has remained consistent with the figures from 2023/24.
Yes ☐ No ☒ N/A ☐

Page 32

3 
5.6 In addition to the basic button and box which people associate with Community
Alarms, there are over 1,000 pieces of assistive technology programmed
through to the alarm receiving centre. This ranges from door contacts to hard
wired smoke detectors for individuals with cognitive impairment, This has
remained static since the previous report.
5.7 Within the last report to committee the service was planning to conduct a wide-
ranging service review, however following feedback from various stakeholders
and improved Care Inspection grades it was evident that the service was
effective, staff were committed, and service users satisfied with the support
provided therefore the scope of the review was adjusted, to focus on the
staffing element of the service.  A more detailed breakdown of service user
engagement and participation is discussed later within the report. 
5.8 The staffing resource aligned to the service has not been reviewed for a
significant number of years and given the ongoing work of transitioning the
service from analogue to digital, as well as increased call activity within the
alarm receiving centre the decision was taken to review the staffing resource
aligned to this aspect of the service. 
5.9 University North Lanarkshire Health and Social Care Partnership (UNL HSCP)
and North Lanarkshire Council (NLC) have invested significantly in early
intervention and supported self-management for over a decade, with support
for change and investment across all sectors which focus on wellbeing. The
Community Alarm Service is a key part of supporting self-management with
technological advancements creating the opportunity to move from being a
crisis response service to being more proactive and preventative. 
5.10 The above circumstances summarise the importance of the Community Alarms
Service, the changes to the digital infrastructure and need to review the staffing
compliment to ensure we realise the priorities and ambitions of the North
Lanarkshire Health and Social Care Strategic Commissioning Plan. 
Analogue to Digital Transition 
5.11 Telephone lines in the UK are being upgraded to digital technology. The
process of migrating to digital telephone lines has already started. The rollout
was scheduled to be completed by the end of 2025, when analogue telephone
services in the UK will be switched off and replaced by digital systems using
internet protocol (IP) technology. 
5.12 Telecommunication suppliers are well on their journey to making this switch to
‘IP networks.’  Any systems relying on analogue lines, such as telecare, will be
affected by this change. Individuals who have been provided with Analogue
telecare equipment from North Lanarkshire Council must have their equipment
updated to Digital ready devices to continue to receive a safe and reliable
service.

Page 33

4 
5.13 Recent updates from Telephony providers such as British Telecom, have
outlined they now expect all customers to be migrated over to a digital line by
January 2027, other companies are also in the process of reviewing their
timescales. 
5.14 Despite the potential change in dates that will impact on the analogue to digital
switchover, the community alarm service will continue to progress the digital
upgrade as planned and hope to ensure that all service users in receipt of the
community alarm service are fully digitised by the end of 2025. 
5.15 North Lanarkshire as outlined in its previous report has been working closely
with the Digital Office for Scottish Local Government. Across Scotland, most
current solutions use analogue dial-up protocols to carry status and alarm
signalling between the alarms devices in users’ homes and the Alarm
Receiving Centres (ARC) - North Lanarkshire’s ARC is based in the Dalziel
Building in Motherwell. Digital IP telephone lines are not designed to support
these analogue protocols meaning that there is a risk that telecare alarm
signalling will not operate reliably. This may result in a higher number of failed
calls and redials being seen by the Community Alarm responders on the ARC
system. 
5.16 The plan for North Lanarkshire Council’s community alarm service is to
transition to the new national digital ARC, this will ensure that the Alarm
Receiving Centre (ARC) is fully digitised and will meet the digital requirements
of our service while minimising the risks to analogue failures as the
decommissioning of these old analogue lines progress. 
5.17 This will allow the Partnership to adopt a new Digital Solution that will meet
future requirements and can be customised to our specific operational
requirements. This work has included 13 other local authorities to ensure that
a robust and secure solution can be found. At the time of writing several local
authorities have successfully transitioned over to the new digital ARC that will
be supported by Chubb and Sky Response. 
5.18 The transition to digital has required the service to review all alarm devices that
are in place within homes in the community and sheltered house residences
and replace these current analogue devices with digital ready alarm devices.
There will also be a requirement for digitally enabled peripherals such as falls
detectors, door contacts etc, to be thoroughly tested to ensure that they are
compatible with the new digital alarm receiving centre and alarm device. The
ability to connect existing interconnected fire/smoke detectors via the digital
alarm is currently not available. The Scottish Government are working with
manufacturers on solutions to connect these devices to remove the need for
multiple detectors to be in the same room. 
5.19 The service has already changed around 3000 analogue alarms to a Hybrid
digital ready unit which do not use the analogue telephone line, with a further
1000 planned  to be exchanged by November 2024.

Page 34

5 
5.20 North Lanarkshire currently runs PNC 8.1 an analogue ARC provided by
Tunstall Healthcare (UK) Ltd on servers within the NLC infrastructure. The
current contract was due to end on the 31st of March 2024, however due to
delays in the contract being awarded for the new digital ARC, an interim
solution was required due to the current contract ending, as well as the current
Tunstall Infrastructure and servers coming to the end of their life. 
5.21 Work was undertaken by colleagues from the council’s IT infrastructure team
who concluded that to reduce the potential risks to North Lanarkshire Council
it was agreed that the services digital voice recorders would be switched off
reducing risks of unsupported equipment failure occurring until a more robust
plan could be put in place in the interim. 
5.22 The Interim Software as A Solution (SAAS) has been procured from Tunstall
because of the current servers that support the current Alarm Receiving Centre
end of life. Colleagues from Infrastructure had determined that to do nothing
would pose a real threat to the Community Alarm Service and the wider Council
IT infrastructure, therefore an interim solution has been agreed. 
5.23 The service has entered a 1-year contract for the SAAS solution with an option
for a further year if required. The total contract amount is £107,000, however
the service has a 90-day notice period to cancel the contract early, should the
service be able to move to the new digital ARC, therefore reducing the costs of
the overall contract. 
5.24 Housing have undertaken an upgrade of all Sheltered Housing developments
to a new Warden Call system that will be fully digital ready when the Digital
ARC is implemented and are installing equipment in the remaining
developments (which were upgraded a few years ago) to have a Digital
connection available in readiness for the move to Digital. 
5.25 The Community Alarm Service and the Technology team have supported
housing colleagues throughout this process, ensuring hybrid digital alarms
were placed in residents’ homes to ensure no loss of support throughout these
works being completed. 
5.26 There has been an increase in failing calls from Analogue devices identified
across the UK because of the ongoing upgrades to Digital Telephony
infrastructure we have seen this within our own Community Alarm Service
where the primary number used to connect fails, but the backup number then
successfully connects. This is being investigated with IT colleagues to identify
what further resilience can be put in place to reduce these failures. 
Data Migration  
5.27 The current data held on the Tunstall PNC system has over 25,000 client
records, of which only 7700 are current users. With the current PNC system
there is no facility to “batch” delete the 18,000 archived records. When the

Page 35

6 
service migrates to the Digital ARC, we will be charged per client record,
therefor it is imperative that only the current records are migrated to the new
system. 
5.28 Significant work has been undertaken to try and retrieve this data from the
current PNC system, however as the service has no direct access to the
databases on the PNC system, we are reliant on Tunstall providing this to us
in a usable status. 
5.29 The digital ARC provider has also recently developed a piece of software that
they advise will do this conversion for us from the raw data but will have an
associated cost yet unknown and will also require the same interrogation and
verification required as the direct data from Tunstall noted above. 
Capital Spend 
5.30 Capital monies have been set aside to support the transition from analogue to
digital within the Community alarm Service. 
5.31 During the course of the financial year 23/24 £325,000 had been spent
purchasing 1500 hybrid alarms.
5.32 Due to ongoing testing of digital devices, it was decided after extensive testing
by the technology team that 1000 LeGrande alarm devices be purchased,
however due to delays with internal procurement processes, these will be
purchased from the 2024/25 budget.
5.33 It is anticipated that £1,275,000 will be available to continue with the purchase
of hybrid digital alarms in this financial year.
5.34 There is a projected increase in cost therefore a funding gap for future years
that requires to be sourced.
Community Alarm Service Review
5.35 Following the previous report submitted to committee in 2023 there had been
discussions in relation to a whole service review in relation to the Community
Alarm Service. 
5.36 As part of the services efforts to have meaningful engagement with service
users and wider stakeholders, the service engaged with the third sector to
arrange a number of events across North Lanarkshire, Several dates and
venues were confirmed with events advertised on the council’s social media
pages, X, Facebook etc, unfortunately, there was no uptake to allow the events
to go ahead. 
5.37 Following the poor uptake of events advertised across North Lanarkshire, the
service then resorted to engaging with our service user base through arranging
forums within Sheltered Housing Complexes, Integrated Day Services so that

Page 36

7 
the service was able to gauge service users views of the community alarm
service. 
5.38 During the last 12 months the service has attended various events and spoke
directly to 202 Service users at a variety of events across North Lanarkshire. 
5.39 Feedback from service users was very positive, with many advising that having
the Community Alarm provided them with reassurance should they experience
a fall, required reassurance or required support with personal care. 
5.40 The service also issued a questionnaire seeking service users feedback on the
Community Alarm service, 124 questionnaires were returned.  The findings of
the questionnaire were that service users were satisfied with the service
provided and that staff were helpful, polite and treated people with dignity and
respect. 
5.41 The service recently held an awareness day for Health and Social Care staff,
stakeholders and third sector organisations over a 2-day period to provide
more information and insight into the Community Alarm Service and how the
service operates and functions. 
5.42 Over the course of the 2 days, more than 200 people attended, with most
leaving with a better understanding that the community alarm service is more
than a button and box, type service.  People were genuinely interested as to
how the service operated and how we support service users who activate the
community alarm. 
5.43 Several focus groups were held with community alarm staff over a number of
weeks in late 2023, each focus group was provided with an open platform to
share their feedback, views, knowledge, and insight into the community alarm
service. 
5.44 The feedback was grouped into themes and further analysed to identify several
important issues. Overall staff were incredibly positive about their
roles/responsibilities and proud of the impact that their service had on
individuals needing support from the community alarm service. 
5.45 The key role benefits that staff described were the variety, flexibility, a strong
team ethos, job satisfaction and most staff found the role to be rewarding. 
5.46 There were some operational issues identified and most of them were resolved
following the sessions. The main operational concern staff raised was the
Community Alarm transport as this was becoming aged and unreliable due to
age and mileage of these vehicles. Staff also raised some concerns regarding
the shift patterns. 
5.47 Both of these issues have subsequently been addressed with the Community
Alarm Services ageing fleet of vehicles having been replaced in March 2024.

Page 37

8 
The shift pattern concerns outlined by response advisors has also been
addressed with a change to start and finish times for each of the three
responder shift patterns resulting in a better work life balance and consistent
work schedule. 
5.48 It is evident that all staff employed within the community alarm service are
committed and this has been evident with how staff across the service have
responded with the introduction of new digital technology into the service. 
5.49 The Assisted Technology Team have worked closely with the service and
worked to support the response advisors as the new digital alarm platforms
have come onstream. 
5.50 The Care Inspectorate, the services regulator conducted an unannounced
inspection of the community alarm service in April 2023, following the
inspection the service was graded as follows: 
 How well do we support people wellbeing -  Grade 5 Very Good
 How good is out Leadership -    Grade 4 Good
 How Good is our staff team -    Grade 5 Very Good 
5.51 Following the Inspection Care Inspectors were complimentary on the service
provided across North Lanarkshire by the community alarm service and
feedback obtained during the inspection process from both service users and
staff was positive and this was reflected in the grades awarded. All previous
requirements had been met and the service has currently no requirements. 
5.52 The service recognises that the staffing resource has not been reviewed within
the community alarm service since its inception, however given the service
growth as well as prioritising the move from an analogue to digital solution as
well as the introduction of new digital technology it is evident that a review of
the staffing structure is required. 
5.53 The alarm receiving centre is manned 24hrs per day, Response Advisors
respond to all incoming and outgoing activity in relation to community alarm
and take calls for the Social Work Emergency Service (SWES) from 1.30am till
locality offices open or when the team come on site at weekends. 
5.54 The alarm receiving centre typically has more than over 40,000 call episodes
per month, however most of these calls are to provide reassurance to service
users within their own homes. 
5.55 A Benchmarking exercise has been completed with other Alarm Receiving
Centres in terms of response advisors manning the service 24 hours per day,
North Lanarkshire has 3 response advisors on shift at any given time, however
when compared to other Local Authorities our staffing numbers are on the
lower end for staff resources.

Page 38

9 
5.56 Response advisors are a crucial part of the community alarm service; however,
the establishment of this staff group has never been reviewed and during 2023
the service required to cover 900 additional shifts due to staff planned and
unplanned leave. 
5.57 Response advisor staffing is currently being reviewed as part of the wider
engagement of the Home Support structure as it is recognised that additional
staffing is required within this aspect of the service. 
5.58 From the 1st April 2024, the new Health and Care (Staffing) (Scotland) Act 2019
came into force. When enacted it revoked section 15 of the Public Service
Reform (Scotland) Act 2010 and brings legislation requirements and guiding
principles for those who commission and deliver health and social care
services. 
5.59 The Act also places a statutory duty on care service providers to ensure that,
always, suitable qualified and competent individuals are working in such
numbers as are appropriate for the health, wellbeing and safety of people using
the service, and the provision of safe and high-quality care and in so far as it
affects those matters the well-being of staff.   
Community Alarm Charging 
5.60 Since the charge for community alarm was reintroduced in September 2020 a
charge of £3.40 per week (49p per day) was agreed and the rate charged for
the service has remained static during this period. Any calls made to the
response centre are also billed as normal telephone calls by the person’s
telephone company. 
5.61 The charge for the community alarm service increased to £3.57 per week 51p
per day) from the 1st April 2024, despite the slight increase being applied the
charge for the community alarm service within North Lanarkshire remains one
of the lowest when compared to all other local authorities across Scotland. A
benchmarking exercise was undertaken to further understand charging across
the country.   
5.62 Despite the small increase in the charge no service users have handed back
the alert alarm nor has the service received any complaints regarding the
increase in charging. 
5.63 The service continues to receive on average of 130 new referrals for installation
of community alarms on a monthly basis.  Those being referred to the service
are aware of the charge and should be offered a referral to the tacking poverty
team to ensure their income is maximised by the referring agency or service. 
5.64 The number of service users in receipt of the Community Alarm service has
remained stable, at 7,700. A significant amount of data cleansing was
undertaken when the charge was reintroduced.

Page 39

10 
5.65 The data cleansing exercise completed at the onset of the charge found that a
significant number of service users had passed away, had moved into
sheltered housing or had moved into a care home.  The council’s data
custodian supported the service with identifying these service users so that the
data could be cleansed and updated to reflect actual service users in receipt of
the community alarm. 
5.66 Service users who had expressed concerns regarding the reintroduction of the
charge were offered support to ensure that their income was maximised from
the council’s financial inclusion team as it was known at the time. 
5.67 It was recognised that the agreed charge would support the Council and the
Integration Joint Board to continue to deliver this service to a high standard
through having the appropriate staffing and financial resources to meet the
needs of those who use the service. It would be damaging to the service and
the partnership to reverse the current charging arrangements. 
5.68 It should also be noted that the transition from Analogue to Digital alarms will
continue to attract further operating costs as each alarm will have as a
minimum one roaming SIM card, however two may be required if there is no
home broadband connection that can be used as a primary connection to the
ARC. Current costs for these roaming SIM cards are £4.00 per month per unit,
the cost of which could increase annually in line with inflation. The Digital Office
have indicated that they will engage with Telecom suppliers to try and negotiate
a Social Tariff, however this has not progressed yet. Based on a current
installed estate of 7,700 alarm units this will bring an operating cost of between
£360,000 and £450,000 per annum (based on £4.00 per month current charge
or an anticipated £5.00 per month) to support the new digital alarms. 
5.69 The income generated from the charge for community alarms is important to
the continued development of the service and increased operating costs
associated with digital advancement. It is however important to note that the
Council had not pursued the recovery of debt and as noted in previous
Committee Reports, given the vulnerability of people using the service,
individual community alarms will not be cut off due to non-payment. 
5.70 Invoices generated within the financial year 2023/24 amounted to £998k for the
Community Alarm charge, however £202k remained outstanding at the end of
year finance reporting period. This represents around 20% of invoices
remaining outstanding. Outstanding invoices can be for several factors and the
service is not always notified e.g. service user deceased, moved to sheltered
housing, hospital or care home admission, unknown reason and nonpayment
choice.  The actual income received to date for financial year 23/24 amounts
to £796k.

Page 40

11 
5.71 A sundry debt write off exercise is currently underway which will result in £137k
of the outstanding debt being written off up to April 2022 as it has been deemed
uneconomical to pursue. 
5.72 At the point of the Charge being reintroduced in 2020 all recipients of the
community alarm service were offered a review of their income by the financial
inclusion team to ensure all benefits had been fully maximised. 
5.73 Any recipient of the Community Alarm Service who make contact with the
service to advise of financial difficulties in paying the charge is referred to the
tackling poverty team (formerly financial inclusion team), however we would
not remove someone’s alarm for nonpayment of the charge. 
5.74 The service is continuing to review the number of non-payments that have
accrued, and officers are working through information held within the mySWIS
system. 
6. CONCLUSIONS
6.1 This report gives an update on the Community Alarm Service. It highlights the
work undertaken for the transition of analogue to digital; both the challenges
and progress are noted. Additionally, the positive Community Alarm Service
gradings from the Care Inspectorate are recognised. From engagement and
consultation, it is agreed that the service staffing resource requires review.
Finally, it notes the service charging position. 
7. IMPLICATIONS 
7.1 NATIONAL OUTCOMES
Link(s) to National Health and Wellbeing Outcomes 
People are able to look after and improve their own health and wellbeing
and live in good health for longer 
☒
People, including those with disabilities or long-term conditions, or who are
frail, are able to live, as far as reasonable practicable, independently and at
home or in a homely setting in their community
☒
People who use Health and Social Care Services have positive
experiences of those services, and have dignity respected
☒
Health and Social Care Services are centred on helping to maintain or
improve the quality of life of people who use those services 
☒
Health and Social Care Services contribute to reducing health inequalities  ☒
People who use Health and Social Care Services are safe from harm ☒
People who work in Health and Social Care Services feel engaged with the
work they do and are supported to continuously improve the information,
support, care and treatment they provide
☒

Page 41

12 
Resources are used effectively and efficiently in the provision of Health and
Social Care Services 
☒
7.2 ASSOCIATED MEASURE(S)
NA
7.3 FINANCIAL 
Financial implications contained within the report. 
This paper has been reviewed by Finance: 
Yes   No  N/A 
7.4 RISK ASSESSMENT/RISK MANAGEMENT 
Relevant Risk Register
Details 
Current Risk Level  Risk Owner 
Analogue to Digital
Transition
Medium Graeme Cowan 
7.5  ENGAGEMENT & PARTICIPATION
Please tick the engagement and participation objectives that link(s) with this piece of
work and provide further details on the engagement and participation that was
undertaken.
Objectives  Further details 
☒ Involve stakeholders in the development
work aimed at achieving the national 
outcomes
Regular engagement in a variety of
ways – face to face sessions,
newsletters, questionnaires
☒ Provide stakeholders with information on
how to get involved
As above
☒ Ensure a diverse range of engagement
and participation and opportunities are in 
place to suit different needs 
As above
☐ Measure how well we involve community
stakeholders in the planning, design 
and delivery of our services 
☒ Provide regular feedback on how
stakeholder engagement and participation is
shaping and influencing service
development and delivery
Ongoing

Page 42

13 
☐ Provide support to enable stakeholder
representatives to participate meaningfully
and confidently at meetings 
☐ Develop participation guidelines to ensure
a common understanding and set of 
expectations for both stakeholders and
partnership staff 
☒ Support engagement planning and
participation in localities, taking account of 
other engagement activity and local plans
across the Community Planning 
Partnership
Info through governance structures 
7.6 INEQUALITIES & FAIRER SCOTLAND DUTY 
EQIA Completed & Fairer Scotland Impact Assessment Form Completed and
attached to report: 
Yes  No  N/A 
EQIA added to website: 
Yes  No  N/A 
8. BACKGROUND PAPERS 
None.

Page 43

14 
9. APPENDICES
Appendix 1 – Analogue to Digital EQIA 
CHIEF ACCOUNTABLE OFFICER (or Depute)  
Members seeking further information about any aspect of this report, please contact
the following; 
Hugh Holt, HoltH@northlan.gov.uk 
John McGeough, McGeoughJ@northlan.gov.uk

Page 44

15 
Direction from North Lanarkshire Integration Joint Board (IJB) 
1 Reference Number  2024/0821-05
2 Report Title  Community Alarm Service 
3 Date direction issued by
IJB 
4 Date from which direction
takes effect 
5 Direction to: 
6 Does this direction
supersede, revise or revoke
a previous direction – if
yes, include reference
number(s) 
7 Functions covered by
direction 
8 Full text of direction 
9 Budget allocated by
Integration Joint Board to
carry out direction 
10 Performance Management /
Governance arrangements 
11 Date direction will be
reviewed

Page 45

16 
Appendix 1 
Document Text 
Name of Policy / Budget Saving  Analogue to Digital Transition Project 
Author  Robert McClung  Contact details  McClungR@northlan.gov.uk 
Owner  Diane Fraser  FraserDi@northlan.gov.uk 
EqIA version number    EqIA status  Complete   X  Incomplete    
If Incomplete please say why ‐ for instance  
pending further consultation  / research

Page 46

17 
Section 1. About the Policy
1.1 Name of the policy / strategy / function / procedure: 
Is this a: - 
A new policy /strategy / function / procedure / service                     
Budget saving                     
Review of policy /strategy / function / procedure                     
Review of Service       
Other (please specify) Community Asset Transfer 
Is this is a key strategic decision subject to the Fairer Scotland
Duty Yes  No   
    
1.2 Person Responsible for the policy etc.
Name: Robert McClung Job Title and Service / Team: Senior Officer
Analogue to Digital project Lead (Adult
Services)   
1.3 What is the scope of the
assessment?
 Detail where appropriate
Whole of the organisation 
Service specific  
Discipline specific  
Other

Page 47

18 
1.4 What is the policy/ strategy/ function/ saving trying to achieve / do? 
Analogue to Digital
Telephone lines in the UK are being upgraded to digital technology. The process
of migrating to digital telephone lines has already started, and the rollout is
scheduled to be completed by 2025. As of 2021 services can no longer sell
analogue services such as BT and Virgin, and by and escalated process by 2023
no analogue tech
nology can be sold also by any company. 
Analogue to Digital in Community Alarm
Current telecare solutions in use in Scotland use analogue technology. This
means that they send signals between the alarm device and Alarm Receiving
Centre (ARC) by making a dialup phone call and sending a series of audible tones.
Analogue signalling does not work reliably when sent over the digital phone lines
that are being installed in user’s homes, grouped schemes, and ARCs
Telecare is digital when signalling traffic is carried end-to-end (from a user’s alarm
device to the ARC) in a digital format. This device is not connected to the user’s
telephone line, instead it contains a SIM card that allows it to connect to the mobile
telephone networks. 
This means that the Alarm Receving Centre, alarm devices and peripherals will
now need to be digitally enabled to meet the future needs of the service users
within our community. 
This project fits directly into the council’s ambition priority to - Improve the health
and wellbeing of our communities. 
North Lanarkshire Health and Social Care partnership and North Lanarkshire
Council is looking to develop a strategic business plan for the analogue to digital
transition through the review and analysis of current service provision and their
users. 
This project will look to have an in-depth look at understanding of current
technology in place, current HSCNL digital workstreams and their impact on this
project and collaboration, engagement of community alarm users, engagement of
HSCNL staff in respect of technology and community alarm service and appraisal
of alternative technology for future use within the partnership

Page 48

19 
This project will look to provide our communities with the ability for self-
management, proactive responses from services and for a holistic person-
centered basis for a person’s wellbeing using technology. 
This project will have produced a strategic business plan for the analogue to digital
transition along with all relevant risk assessments. 
Following the strategic business plan, this project will then focus on implementing
the organizations transition from analogue to digital. This will come in the form of
procuring a new alarm receiving center through a cloud hosted based system or
hardware-based system, to replace our current analogue alarm receiving center.
This will then allow for us to look at digitally enabled devices to replace our current
analogue community alarms. 
1.5 If this is a budget saving, how will the saving be achieved? 
This project will not focus on budget savings. 
Section 2. What do I know now?
2.1 Who are the stakeholders and beneficiaries? 
The stakeholders will be our residents within North Lanarkshire Council areas who
are provided with a community alarm service or a telecare service. 
Other stakeholders will be employees who work for the community alarm service
and Health and Social care who assess and prescribe telecare equipment.
2.2 What data, consultation, research and other evidence or information is
available relevant to this assessment? (This is a desktop exercise) 
Digital Telecare National Briefing Document (2020) gives an overview of the work
done by telephony providers around the transition of their analogue copper lines to
new fibre digital lines. This was done without consultation of the public or any
organisation. 
This document also outlines

Page 49

20 
 An estimated timeline with an in-depth breakdown of the timescales to
complete key operational components of the transition.
 Estimated resources and costings for the transition.
 Information on the impact that the transition will have on service users.
 Potential benefits and opportunities of a digital telecare service.
 Risks to be considered.
 Recommendations that telecare service providers should follow to minimise
disruption to their service users.
 Information on resources available from the Digital Telecare Programme
which will support the transition journey. 
North Lanarkshire have also enlisted a third part organisation to carry out reviews
of the community alarm service which details peoples experience of using this alarm
system.
2.3 Considering the information in Section 1 and 2.1 and 2.2 
2.3.1 If this policy is subject to the FSD what does it suggest about the
impact or potential impact on socio-economic disadvantage? (please refer to
FSD Interim Guidance)                                          
Low
income
People in receipt of a community alarm are
now in the process of being charged for this.
Due to the digital upgrade and the enhance
cost of equipment and alarm receiving centre
this will further affect cost of this service.                                           
Low
wealth
Material
deprivation
Area
deprivation
2.3.2 Are any of the people communities listed below likely to be more
affected by this policy than others?  
People who share one or more of
the protected characteristics of
the Equality Act 2010
Yes Details No Details Don’t
Know
Age (a particular age or range of
ages)
X 78.1% of
community
alarm users
are aged 70
years and
over.

Page 50

21 
Disabled people and people with
long term health conditions
X Most users of
the
community
alarm service
fall within this
characteristic.
We are
unable to pull
statistics for
this.   
Women and men, girls and boys  X  
People defined by their race,
colour and nationality, ethnic or
national origins.
X  
Married people and civil partners  X  
Pregnant women and new
mothers (including breastfeeding
women)
X  
Lesbian, gay and bisexual people  X  
People transitioning from one
gender to another
X  
People of different religions or
beliefs or non-beliefs
X  
Other groups   
Children and families  X  
Homeless people  X  
Looked after and accommodated
people
X  
Care leavers  X  
Carers – paid / unpaid, family
members
X Carers will be
affected due
their possible
requirement
to use the
community
alarm
systems to

Page 51

22 
summon
support fore
the person
they are
providing the
care 
Asylum seekers  X  
Employees – full and part time.
Including SES, MAs etc.
X Staff who
work within
the service
will be
affected by
changes to
their
operating
systems and
procedures.   
Others     
2.4 Do you have evidence or reason to believe that this policy will, or may
potentially affect the Council’s duty to: (Please tick all that apply). 
Yes No Don’t
Know
1. Eliminate unlawful discrimination, harassment and
victimisation and any other conduct prohibited by the Equality
Act 2010? 
X 
2.Advance equality of opportunity between people who share a
relevant protected characteristic and those who do not 
X 
3. Foster good relations between people who share a protected
characteristic and those who do not? 
X 
4. Protect and promote human rights?  X 
5. Reduce socio-economic disadvantage  X 
Please provide details.

Page 52

23 
Section 3. What else do I need to know /find out?
3.1 Further consultation – Please use the table directly below to say who you
will consult with (tick Yes or No). Consider those groups from section 2.3
where you ticked yes or don’t know. Once consultation has taken place
provide the details below. 
People and
communities 
Yes No Describe what you did, with whom and when.
Please provide a brief summary of the
responses gained and links to relevant
documents, as well as any actions
Age (a particular
age or range of
ages) 
X  Information relating to the digital transition will
be passed to all relevant users of the community
alarm service. This will be done in conjunction
with our communications team to ensure that
the most up to date information is sent and is
accessible for all.
Disabled people
and people with
long term health
conditions
X  Information relating to the digital transition will
be passed to all relevant users of the community
alarm service. This will be done in conjunction
with our communications team to ensure that
the most up to date information is sent and is
accessible for all.
Women and men,
girls and boys
X 
People defined by
their race, colour
and nationality,
ethnic or national
origins.
X 
Married people and
civil partners
X 
Pregnant women
and new mothers
and breastfeeding
women.
X 
Lesbian, gay and
bisexual people
X 
People transitioning
from one gender to
another
X

Page 53

24 
People of different
religions or beliefs
or non-beliefs
X  
Other groups   
X 
Children and
families
X 
Homeless people X 
Looked after and
accommodated
people
X 
Care leavers X 
Carers – paid /
unpaid, family
members
X  Information relating to the digital transition will
be passed to all relevant users of the community
alarm service. This will be done in conjunction
with our communications team to ensure that
the most up to date information is sent and is
accessible for all.
Asylum Seekers X 
Trade Unions   X 
Employee Equality
Forum
X 
Others X 
3.2 What additional research or data is required? 
At this time all research and data has been provided by the Digital Office for
Scotland as this is a nationwide activity being completed by external telephony
providers which will affect all areas.

Page 54

25 
3.3 What does the additional research and data tell you about potential or
known effects? 
N/A 
Section 4. Assessing the impact and strengthening the policy
Considering all the evidence you now have from section 1-3, how will the policy
affect different people and communities in relation to equality, socio-economic
disadvantage and human rights?
4.1 How does/will the policy and resulting activity affect those with the
characteristics listed below (including employees)? Please use the table below
to provide details. 
Detail any Positive impact Detail any
adverse
impact
If adverse
how can we
mitigate this?
Where no
mitigating
action is
planned
please say
why not
Age (a
particular age
or range of
ages)  The introduction of digital
telecare will allow for better
call function
(clarity/speed/reliability/quality.
This will also allow for further
technology which could
enhance care and
independence to be
introduced.
Due to the
digital
upgrade
and the
enhance
cost of
equipment
and alarm
receiving
centre this
will further
affect cost
of this
service. 
Ensure that
benefits
have been
maximised.
Disabled people
and people with
long term health
conditions
The introduction of digital
telecare will allow for better
call function
(clarity/speed/reliability/quality.
Due to the
digital
upgrade
and the
Ensure that
benefits
have been
maximised.

Page 55

26 
This will also allow for further
technology which could
enhance care and
independence to be
introduced.
enhance
cost of
equipment
and alarm
receiving
centre this
will further
affect cost
of this
service.
Women and
men, girls and
boys   
People defined
by their race,
colour and
nationality,
ethnic or
national origins.   
Married people
and civil
partners   
Pregnant
women and
new mothers
(including
breastfeeding
women)   
Lesbian, gay
and bisexual
people   
People
transitioning
from one
gender to
another   
People of
different
religions or
beliefs or non-
beliefs

Page 56

27 
Other groups   
Children  and
families   
Homeless
people   
Looked after
and
accommodated
people   
Care leavers   
Carers – paid /
unpaid, family
members The introduction of digital
telecare will allow for better
call function
(clarity/speed/reliability/quality.
This will also allow for further
technology which could
enhance care and
independence to be
introduced.
Due to the
digital
upgrade
and the
enhance
cost of
equipment
and alarm
receiving
centre this
will further
affect cost
of this
service.
Support is
provide to
ensure the
person they
care with
has their
benefits
maximised
to allow
them to
keep this
service.
Asylum
Seekers   
Employees –
full and part
time. Including
SES, MAs etc. The introduction to the digital
telecare should provide a
better working platform for
staff with better call reliability
and handling. This should
reflect in their ability to take
and field calls more efficiently
A new way
of working
may need
to be
introduced
which will
require
further
training and
support for
staff to
follow
Support will
be provided
throughout
the project.
Others

Page 57

28 
4.2 What measures could be taken to strengthen the policy / strategy to help
advance equality of opportunity, foster good relations, promote human
rights and reduce socio-economic disadvantage.   
North Lanarkshire could look to build on its use of community alarm service
reviews to carry out a more holistic in-depth review of a person’s needs.
This would allow the service to maintain and enhance its relationship with
the users of the alarm service. 
4.3 Considering questions 4.1 and 4.2 what actions / measures will be put in
place before introducing this policy please provide details. 
Action Timescales Responsible
Officer
Review details
(include
timescales)   
Section 5. Monitoring, evaluating and reviewing
5.1. How will you monitor the impact and effectiveness of the new policy? 
This will be reviewed at the beginning of the transition and throughout the
implementation of the digital equipment. The full project will be subject to a
review as in line with North Lanarkshire’s project management policy. 
Section 6.  Making a decision and sign-off 
Recommendation              Tick Comment (where
applicable, please give
more information e.g.
where to pilot, what
modifications, etc.)
Timescales
Introduce the policy   New policy and
procedures will be put in
place once digital
transformation of the
service is complete
12 Months

Page 58

29 
Adjust the policy then
introduce   
Introduce the policy with
justification regarding
potential adverse impact   
Stop and withdraw the
policy 
Name of
Policy 
Head of Service /Senior Manager sign-off: 
Name  Job title and
division/ team 
Date  Signature 
For further information please contact:
Name: Hugh Holt 
Job title:  Senior Officer
Service: Adult Services
Contact details: Holth@northlan.gov.uk

Page 59

1 
Item No: 6 
SUBJECT: Home Support Service 
TO: Integration Joint Board Performance, Finance & Audit Committee
Lead
Officer for
Report:
Diane Fraser, Chief Officer Adult Social Work Services NL HSCP
Author(s) of
Report
Karen Workman, Senior Manager Adult Social Work  
DATE: 21 August 2024 
1. PURPOSE OF REPORT
1.1 In North Lanarkshire there has been a sustained approach to supporting people
to live safely and independently at home, connected to their family, friends and
local community for as long as possible. Whilst we have a range of social care
supports available to support people in North Lanarkshire, the Home Support
Service is key to ensuring that people can remain at home and contributes to
the sustained efforts to maintain a positive balance of care in the North
Lanarkshire. 
1.2 This report will inform the progress on the implementation of the redesign of the  
Home Support Service which was approved in 2018. It will outline the work that
has been undertaken following the recovery from the pandemic focusing on
areas such as demand, complexity of support, workforce challenges, new
models of delivery from acute setting and changing demographics. This will
demonstrate that the model approved in 2018 remains fit for purpose and aligns
with the current aims and objectives of the Strategic Commissioning Plan. 
1.3 This paper is coming to the Integration Joint Board Performance, Finance and
Audit Committee, 
For Approval: ☐ For Endorsement: ☐ To Note: ☒

Page 60

2 
2. ROUTE TO THE BOARD
This paper has been:
Prepared By:
Donna
Bridges
Karen
Workman
☒ Reviewed By:
Diane Fraser
☒ Endorsed By: ☒          
3. RECOMMENDATIONS
3.1 It is recommended that the IJB PFA Committee: 
3.1.1 Acknowledge the developments within Home Support Service and the progress
being made to implement the approved operating model. 
4.  VARIATIONS TO DIRECTIONS?
4.1      This section outlines if the report requires a direction to be issued to the Local 
Authority, the Health Board, to both, or that no direction is required.        
5. BACKGROUND/SUMMARY OF KEY ISSUES
5.1 The Health and Social Care Partnership are committed to ensuring individuals
who are referred for a needs-based assessment to enhance their daily living
get the right support, at the right time and in the right place.  To maximise an
individual’s independence and resilience, reablement and rehabilitation
services are key to this process. 
5.2 The plan for the new operating model to deliver Home Support was agreed by
the IJB in March 2018. The model was based on the outputs of the Cross−Party
Working Group, the advice from support officers and wider officer research, the
proposed new model focuses on five major elements:
 Integrated Model (Discharge to Assess in Localities) 
 Same Day Response/Reablement/First Support (Intensive and time
limited) 
 Specialist Teams (e.g. supporting people with frequently changing
needs and end of life / Palliative Care) 
 Ongoing Paid Support (allocation of an individual budget to deliver
individual outcomes as part of SDS) 
 Quality Assurance (improving standards of care) 
Yes ☐ No ☒ N/A ☐

Page 61

3 
5.3 The plan outlined that the Home Support Service was to be a functional model
based on two elements; assessment and planning (overall assessment and
planning activity or the service) and long-term service delivery which will be
referred to as the Living Well Service (providing support to those with complex
health and social care needs). 
5.4 The implementation of the new operating model commenced prior to the
pandemic which included the centralisation of the management and
administration of the service.  Although elements were progressed, the
pandemic had a significant impact on the Services’ ability to fully implement the
model. 
5.5      In response to the pandemic a number of changes had taken place to enable
the service to operate during very challenging circumstances. Social care
provision faced considerable workforce challenges as well as significant
changes to the way care and support was delivered. To support recovery there
was significant investment which was reported through the Winter Planning and
Enhanced Support Business Case.  The investment in a range of activities
including Home Assessment, Reablement and Rehabilitation was key to
delivering key elements of prevention and early intervention which accelerated
elements of the Home Support model. The success of the new model is also
predicated on the investment and delivery of new systems Mosaic and dynamic
scheduling system to modernise the service. Following this period of recovery,
a review was agreed in 2022 to ensure that the model agreed in 2018 remained
fit for purpose. 
5.6  This report will outline the work undertaken to engage staff and those who
receive services as well as the partnership work that has been undertaken with  
Home Support Workforce
Assessment and
Planning
Living Well Service
Enabling Approach

Page 62

4 
the Care Inspectorate to improve the quality of service being delivered in North
Lanarkshire to improve outcomes for people who need support. 
5.7 Report 
5.7.1 The service currently supports 2,235 individuals.  Data gathered and used to
inform changes highlights the significant growth in multi worker visits whereby
33.5% of all visits require two or more workers to support service users at each
visit.  This upward trajectory (Graph1) displays evidence of some of the
challenges that are currently facing the service.  Work is in the early stages of
exploring single handed care, which will be of significant benefit to the service
once this is fully embedded and supported in the future. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Graph1 
5.7.2 Over the last financial year, the service received 3,800 requests for assistance
from people not known to the service.  The number of care hours delivered has
risen steadily since the pandemic (Graph2) and remains significantly higher
than the hours delivered pre covid.

Page 63

5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Graph2 
5.7.3 Despite the increase in the hours provided, the number of service users have
fallen in the corresponding time frame.  The service users that are now
supported present with more complex health and social care needs.  As the
number of individuals in the community with complex care needs continues to
rise, the requirement for specialist provision becomes more apparent.   
5.7.4 North Lanarkshire has, for many years, had a positive balance of care, a term
which is used to refer to the balance of support and care available within the
community- based settings compared with support within residential settings.
This is supported by the continued investment in community – based supports
and a long standing commitment to self-directed support. This is underpinned
by community support which is co-designed with individuals and their carers/
families.  This approach has resulted in a high proportion of individuals
remaining at home. 
5.7.5 Local Government Benchmarking Figures 2022/23 report that 65% of
individuals over the age of 65 with long term needs receiving 10 or more hours
of home care per week which is above the Scottish average of 61%. Along with
other providers, NLC Home Support Service is a key resource within North
Lanarkshire to enabling individuals to remain at home and retain a positive
balance of care.

Page 64

6 
5.7.6 In line with the five key elements outlined by the cross-party working group
integrated care remains a priority. The operating model for localities in UHNL
HSCP is underpinned by an enabling approach which is being embedded
through robust screening, assessment and resource allocation. This approach
will ensure that individuals, carers and families have a support plan that is co-
designed, with good information, utilising local resources and alternative
support which is proportionate. 
5.7.7 Assessment and Planning 
The development of an integrated approach through the establishment of Home
Assessment Team working closely with Reablement and Integrated
Rehabilitation Team builds on the work to deliver discharge to assess and same
day response. This aligns the home support workforce with locality health and
social work teams and will provide a range of resources to facilitate assessment
and planning. By adopting this approach, it will ensure that when someone
needs longer term support it is based on thorough assessment and support
planning. This will be for people whose needs are more complex, including end
of life care, within their own home.   
5.7.8 The performance of both the Home Assessment and Reablement Team
demonstrate that consistently more than 50% of people leave without ongoing
support. In the last quarter 58% of people left reablement with no services or a
reduction. The growing evidence highlights that short term assessment and
reablement increases independence and reduces dependency on further care
and support. 
5.7.9 This work has also contributed to the improved discharge planning at both
University Hospital Monklands and University Hospital Wishaw.  Ongoing
actions to maintain flow are essential to reduce readmissions and demand for
long-term care and support, including the sustainability of the Home Support
Service.  A shift of focus to same day discharge and assessment and
rehabilitation at home will improve outcomes and support quicker recovery. 
5.7.10 Living Well Service 
When people need ongoing paid support, it is essential that waiting times are
minimal and people have options as to how this will be delivered. Following
assessment and support planning, individuals will have the option of NLC home
support delivered by the Living Well Service. Supported people can consider
how their support is delivered through the 4 options as outlined in the self-
directed support legislation. At the point of review, options will be discussed
including individual budgets or direct payments which can be used flexibly to
meet identified outcomes.

Page 65

7 
5.7.11 The home support workforce in North Lanarkshire, provides essential support
and care to individuals, carers and families. The Living Well Service will
continue to provide care and support to individuals who require longer term,
planned support. Due to the changing demographics and complexity of
individuals requiring support, the workforce will be able to provide a responsive,
flexible approach to those with fluctuating needs. 
5.7.12 The workforce establishment and structure need to be finalised to allow for the
model to be fully operational. This work will be ongoing with business partners
and trade unions. 
5.7.13 Workforce 
There are approximately 1,387 staff employed by NLC Home Support Service,
with a worker profile of 6% male, 16.99% age 60 and over and 6.48% age 30
and under. This includes Home Support Workers in Reablement, Home
Assessment Team, Intensive, Community Alarm and Living Well Service. The
management and support roles were reviewed, and a new structure
implemented in 2019. These roles support with scheduling visits, carrying out
reviews, supervision and training. 
5.7.14 Recruitment of Home Support Workers remains a challenge due to the high
turnover of staff. However, the recruitment of staff to assessment and planning
has been prioritised to support the operational model. 
5.7.15 The need for a competent, confident workforce which is supported by a
sustainable learning and development programme is key to ensuring safe, high-
quality practice by motivated staff.    The service has invested in dedicated staff
to support learning and development through training, including refresher
cycles, and investment in workforce development to provide high quality care. 
5.7.16 An overall training plan has been created and has been made available to
managers within the service.  The plan ensures key activity is progressed
including monitoring mandatory training for Home Support Workers as well as.
highlighting registration requirements for all staff to deliver quality driven service
offering flexibility and focused on service user outcomes. The below Graph 3 
provides information relating to the increase of staff members undertaking core
training.

Page 66

8 
Graph 3 
5.7.17 The service has been reporting higher levels of absence over the past 12
months which has an impact on service delivery. There is ongoing work with
Employee and Policy Officers to review the current situation. 
5.7.18  It is important to note that the agreed model intended to deliver a more
financially viable service. The budget allocation for 2024-2025 is £48.083m.
The shift of resources to focus on prevention and early intervention is essential
to assist in managing demand to ensure people get the right support at the right
time. There are a number of key actions for the service to create efficiencies
and they include the introduction of a dynamic scheduling tool which is a key
development.   
5.7.19 Dynamic scheduling system 
Individuals regularly request support and care at key points in the day and this
can place pressure on the service. The current shift patterns of staff do not
always match with the demand. The dynamic scheduling tool will assist with this
but due to the number of different shift patterns that exist it will be necessary to
consider how we address this to ensure a more efficient service.  
5.7.20 A key aspect of service efficiency and improvement is the implementation of a
dynamic scheduling tool to benefit Home Support Workers in the community
and for those who schedule and plan work.  It is an essential development to
aid back-office staff to efficiently and effectively schedule support and adapt
quickly with changing needs. The tool is vital due to the current contract with

Page 67

9 
Advanced/Kirona expiring on 31st October 2024, with no further option to extend
as the current product is end of life. Following a procurement exercise Access
CM were awarded the contract. 
5.7.21 The contract to provide a dynamic scheduling tool will offer a wider range of
benefits to staff and service users alike with the ability to produce accurate
reports which will help to inform future demand upon the service.  The tool will
improve consistency, reduce missed visits, and incorporate travel time
accurately.  For the first time, the service will be able to monitor care delivery in
real-time and monitor quality indicators such as punctuality, continuity and
service duration.  The tool will demonstrate how person-centred support
improves quality of life and measures the effectiveness of care delivered. 
5.7.22 Work patterns for frontline staff require to be reviewed. This will be essential to
ensure any efficiencies arising from the implementation of a dynamic
scheduling tool can be implemented. The workforce workstream have identified
gaps in service provision that require to be addressed through the review.   
5.7.23 Ongoing work continues for data cleansing and transfer as well as identifying
training programmes in preparation for the new tool including the
implementation of Mosaic (new case management system).     
5.8 Engagement 
5.8.1 An important aspect in the review of the service model was to involve both staff
and individuals who use the service by offering opportunities for them to shape
the service by active participation. 
5.8.2 Consultation with the workforce and stakeholders was undertaken through a
series of events including face to face meetings across all locality areas and
surveys to capture views and experiences of the current and future model. 
During each consultation event operational issues were captured and
addressed which included ‘You Said, We Listened’. 
5.8.3 Staff highlighted areas for improvement and issues that impacted on their work.
They also had the opportunity to explore various options. Common themes
reported by staff:
 Not having enough travel time.
 Having difficulty contacting their managers. 
 Waiting time for the Out of Hours Service and not always having enough
time to undertake required tasks.  
 Impact of current work pattern on continuity and consistency of care
including, lack of staff working backshifts, downtime at various points in
the day and not having enough staff at peak times resulting in over time
being utilised to ensure service delivery.

Page 68

10 
5.8.4    The engagement with supported people and their cares/ families highlighted
recurring themes and included the need for continuity of care with consistency
of carers and timing of visits however many reported that carers were respectful
and courteous. 
5.8.5 Following consultation with the workforce and stakeholders, benchmarking was
undertaken with eight local authorities including Renfrewshire, East
Dunbartonshire, South Lanarkshire, Inverclyde, Falkirk, Fife and Glasgow to
gain a more in-depth knowledge and understanding of other Health and Social
Care Partnerships, how they operate and manage Care at Home and Home
Support provisions.  This included gathering data across key areas of service
delivery including preventing hospital admissions, facilitating hospital
discharge, managing demand, cost and system.   
5.8.6 The information collated has allowed the service to identify best practice and
useful learning from others to develop a structure for the Home Support
Workforce. A workforce plan is being finalised.   
5.9 Improving Quality 
5.9.1 The proposed changes will ultimately ensure people have a high quality, safe
and compassionate care and support, which is sustainable and maintained
across all localities. 
5.9.2 The service continues to work closely with the Care Inspectorate to meet
requirements and make the improvements that have been identified through the
inspection process.  Challenges from staff absence and recruitment of
appropriately skilled individuals have previously impacted on direct delivery and
management teams, however, the service is starting to see an improving
picture.

Page 69

11 
5.9.3 The key issues and risks now arising from inspections are lack of consistency
of support, system issues relating to the recording of missed visits and
incorporating travel time, lack of training in developmental areas and outdated
reviews and personal support plans.  Good progress has been made in four of
the teams, with two teams being high-risk areas for staffing and performance,
particularly in relation to outstanding reviews and personal support plans. 
Improvement plans have been devised to progress the significant work, which
is overseen by the Senior Social Work Manager.  The full implementation of a
dynamic scheduling tool will reduce missed visits, incorporate accurate travel
time (both walking and driving) and improve consistency of scheduled care.   
5.9.4 A demonstration has been provided to all Inspection Officers to give an
overview of the main project benefits/goals, modules involved and examples of
reduction in missed visits, improving efficiency and stronger continuity of care
which have been consistently highlighted by the Care Inspectorate as areas for
improvement. 
5.9.5 The new inspection year commenced in April 2024 and the service has been
advised each team will receive a full inspection during follow up visits, and will
now involve three inspection officers, with a lead officer identified for each team.
In addition, there are plans to conduct a separate review of recruitment
processes during 2024, distinct from the ongoing inspections in localities.   
6. CONCLUSIONS
6.1  This report outlines the progress that has been made to implement the
operating model for the Home Support workforce establishing a functional
model. This will focus the workforce on distinct areas and ensure a delineation
between assessment and planning and provision. 
6.2 The impact of change detailed in the report will improve the quality and
consistency of care and support, improve recruitment and retention, address
impaired staff morale, improve Care Inspectorate grades and maximise
efficiencies and capacity within the service.  This will be supported by good
governance, clear infrastructure, a skilled workforce and improved culture and
environment.   
6.3 There has been an incredible amount of work undertaken to ensure that the
operating model is fit for purpose and can adapt into the future as we respond
to whole system changes.   A further update will be provided with the finalised
operating model and associated workforce establishment.

Page 70

12 
7. IMPLICATIONS
7.1 NATIONAL OUTCOMES.
Link(s) to National Health and Wellbeing Outcomes 
People are able to look after and improve their own health and wellbeing
and live in good health for longer 
☒
People, including those with disabilities or long-term conditions, or who are
frail, are able to live, as far as reasonable practicable, independently and at
home or in a homely setting in their community
☒
People who use Health and Social Care Services have positive
experiences of those services, and have dignity respected
☒
Health and Social Care Services are centred on helping to maintain or
improve the quality of life of people who use those services 
☒
Health and Social Care Services contribute to reducing health inequalities  ☒
People who use Health and Social Care Services are safe from harm ☒
People who work in Health and Social Care Services feel engaged with the
work they do and are supported to continuously improve the information,
support, care and treatment they provide
☒
Resources are used effectively and efficiently in the provision of Health and
Social Care Services 
☒
7.2 ASSOCIATED MEASURE(S)
The following measures of success have been identified: 
7.2.1 Improving the wellbeing of supported people’s outcomes. 
7.2.2 Evidence of reablement reducing service users’ dependence on long term
home support, working collaboratively with the Assessment and Planning
teams to ensure that we continue to support individuals’ independence and
rehabilitation. 
7.2.3 Improved discharge response from Lanarkshire and Glasgow Hospitals. 
7.2.4 Prioritised resources for ongoing longer-term support which will include the
upskilling of the home support workforce to support service users with complex
health and social care needs within their own homes. 
7.2.5 A flexible and responsive service with evidence of improved quality of care,
support and service delivery resulting in increased Care Inspectorate grades,
staff, and service user satisfaction. 
7.2.6 A competent and confident workforce, fully staffed teams with minimal turnover. 
7.2.7 Ensure a sustainable financial model.

Page 71

13 
7.2.8 Have a service which can respond to future demand, with a workforce that can
provide a flexible, responsive, outcome-based approach to supporting people
at home. 
7.3 FINANCIAL
7.3.1   Currently working with Finance Business Partners to determine any financial
implications to implement the operating model and associated structure. 
This paper has been reviewed by Finance:
Yes   No  N/A 
7.4 RISK ASSESSMENT/RISK MANAGEMENT 
Relevant Risk Register
Details 
Current Risk Level  Risk Owner 
Choose an item. 
7.5  ENGAGEMENT & PARTICIPATION
7.5.1   Engagement and participation with all stakeholders are of utmost importance
for this piece of work. As such a detailed communication and engagement plan
is being developed to ensure that all stakeholders are kept informed throughout
the remainder of this project.   
7.5.2   Please tick the engagement and participation objectives that link(s) with this          
piece of work and provide further details on the engagement and participation 
that was undertaken. 
Objectives  Further details 
☒ Involve stakeholders in the development
work aimed at achieving the national 
outcomes
Events to be arranged for staff,
service users and all relevant
stakeholders. 
☒ Provide stakeholders with information on
how to get involved
Information leaflets to be issued/
quarterly information bulletins. 
☒ Ensure a diverse range of engagement
and participation and opportunities are in 
place to suit different needs 
Questionnaires will be issued.
☒ Measure how well we involve community
stakeholders in the planning, design 
and delivery of our services 
☒ Provide regular feedback on how
stakeholder engagement and participation is
shaping and influencing service
development and delivery
Information will be provided bi-
monthly in the form of newsletters

Page 72

14 
☒ Provide support to enable stakeholder
representatives to participate meaningfully
and confidently at meetings
Tablets are available at the events
where a survey can be completed
(QR codes available). 
☒ Develop participation guidelines to
ensure a common understanding and set of 
expectations for both stakeholders and
partnership staff 
☒ Support engagement planning and
participation in localities, taking account of 
other engagement activity and local plans
across the Community Planning 
Partnership 
7.6 INEQUALITIES & FAIRER SCOTLAND DUTY 
EQIA Completed & Fairer Scotland Impact Assessment Form Completed and
attached to report: 
Yes  No  N/A 
EQIA added to website: 
Yes  No  N/A 
8. BACKGROUND PAPERS 
N/A 
9. APPENDICES 
None. 
Diane Fraser Chief Officer / Head of Service (Adult Social Work Services)
CHIEF ACCOUNTABLE OFFICER (or Depute)  
Members seeking further information about any aspect of this report, please contact
the following;
Karen Workman, Service Manager Adult Social Work. workmank@northlan.gov.uk

Page 73

15 
Direction from North Lanarkshire Integration Joint Board (IJB) 
1 Reference Number  2024/2108-06
2 Report Title  Home Support Service 
3 Date direction issued by
IJB 
4 Date from which direction
takes effect 
5 Direction to: 
6 Does this direction
supersede, revise or revoke
a previous direction – if
yes, include reference
number(s) 
7 Functions covered by
direction 
8 Full text of direction 
9 Budget allocated by
Integration Joint Board to
carry out direction 
10 Performance Management /
Governance arrangements 
11 Date direction will be
reviewed

Page 74

1 
REPORT 
Item No: 7 
SUBJECT: Home Assessment Team/Discharge without Delay Programme
Update
TO: Integration Joint Board Performance, Finance & Audit Committee
Lead
Officer for
Report:
Diane Fraser, Chief Officer, Adult Social Work Services NL HSCP
Author(s) of
Report
Margaret Flavell, Senior Manager, Adult Social Work
Sharon Simpson, Health and Social Work Manager
Ian Nicol, Programme Manager
DATE: 21 August 2024 
1. PURPOSE OF REPORT
This paper is coming to the IJB for:
For Approval: ☐ For Endorsement: ☐ To Note: ☒ 
2. ROUTE TO THE BOARD
This paper has been:
Prepared By: ☒ Reviewed By: ☒ Endorsed By: ☒
Ian Nicol, Programme
Manager
Margaret Flavell, Senior
Manager Adult Social
Work
Diane Fraser, Chief
Officer, Adult Social
Work 
3. RECOMMENDATIONS
It is recommended that the IJB PFA Committee:
1. Acknowledge the report.
2. Endorse the strategic direction of HAT and the implementation of HAT across
North Lanarkshire.

Page 75

2 
3. Acknowledge the significant development in HAT practice across North
Lanarkshire 
4. VARIATIONS TO DIRECTIONS? 
5 BACKGROUND/SUMMARY OF KEY ISSUES
5.1 In September 2021 the IJB approved the establishment of a Change Fund to
create additional capacity and support the remobilisation and redesign of
services post Covid, to enable the delivery of the Programme of Work for the
North Lanarkshire Health and Social Care Partnership, and to achieve the
ambitions set out in the Partnership’s Strategic Commissioning Plan:
 Do the right thing first time
 Provide a range of community services and supports to people to live well
in connected communities
 Focus on what matters to people
 Be at the forefront of technical and sustainable solutions
 Promote prevention and early intervention
 Ensure North Lanarkshire is the best place to work, volunteer and care 
5.2 Priorities for the use of the Change Fund were identified as:
 Prevention and early intervention, targeting spending on helping people to
live healthier and safer lives and maintaining their independence at home or
in the community. This means less spending is required on hospital or
specialist care later.
 Empower individuals and communities, involving them in service design and
delivery. This should result in services that match what people need and
want.
 Improve efficiency by adopting a whole system approach to improve and
deliver services. 
5.3 A Winter Planning & Increased Capacity Business Case was developed, and
this set out a total recurring investment of £6.759m in three main categories:
 Assessment and planning capacity
 Direct provision of services and supports
 Infrastructure capacity 
5.4 Home Assessment sits within the first of these categories and is the approach
that North Lanarkshire is taking to implement what is known nationally as Home
First. 
Yes ☐ No ☐ N/A ☒

Page 76

3 
5.5 It is recognised that being in hospital disconnects people from their family,
friends and social network and can result in a sense of isolation, loss of
confidence and depression. Older people in particular experience functional
decline as early as 72 hours after admission and are more likely to have an
episode of delirium or infection. Every unnecessary day in hospital increases
the risk of an adverse outcome for the individual, drives up the demand for
institutional care and reduces the level of investment that is available for
community support. (PubMed - Swinnerton, Price, ‘Recognising, Reducing and
Preventing Deconditioning in Older People’. 2023).
5.6 Discharge without Delay (DWD) is a vital component of the Scottish
Government’s Unscheduled Care Programme with a Home First approach
fundamental to its success. The aim is to prevent delay to discharge where an
acute medical issue has been addressed. Reducing delay for people who can
be assessed within their own homes rather than a hospital ward is an essential
element of reducing the length of hospital stays and thus releasing
unnecessarily consumed capacity. This approach requires a shift in mind-set
to; “Why not home? Why not now?” and has been proven to result in more
positive individual outcomes for people. (SCIE, ‘Hospital Discharge and
Preventing Unnecessary Admission, 2022).
5.7 North Lanarkshire’s Home Assessment Team, (HAT), is a multi-disciplinary
social work, health and social care resource which applies a whole system
approach to planning and preparation for hospital discharge and admission
avoidance by facilitating both assessment and intervention within each person’s
own home. HAT will support by adjusting the balance of care both at the front
door and back door of hospitals.
5.8 To enable timely discharge from hospital and prevent unnecessary admissions,
HAT provides:
 Rapid access to the support that people require to enable them to return
home or avoid admission to hospital.
 Time-limited support to enable an assessment of each person’s immediate
and longer-term support needs in their own home, taking into account and
optimising use of personal and community networks.
 A designated workforce focused on enabling discharge and maximising
function in the home environment by increasing the number of timely post-
discharge assessments and providing a rapid community response to
prevent hospital admission.
 A robust discharge pathway for those who require home assessment and
rehabilitation following discharge from both hospital front door and wards.
 Flexibility to deploy the workforce across the sectors.
 Home first conversation to become the norm at every stage of the person’s
journey (Why not home? Why not now?).
 Clear leadership and presence within discharge arrangements services.
 Close links with individuals involved in the Planned Date of Discharge
process to identify appropriate patients for the HAT pathway.

Page 77

4 
 Close working relationships with Rehab Team, District Nurses, Acute, Allied
Health Professionals, Hospital at Home and Hospital Discharge Support
Programme (3rd sector) with access to the equipment store to support
hospital admission avoidance and discharge arrangements. 
6 PROGRESS AGAINST WORK PLAN   
6.1 HAT Roll-out
Phase 1: Wishaw and Cumbernauld fully implemented
Phase 2: Motherwell and Airdrie fully implemented
Phase 3: Coatbridge and Bellshill:
 Coatbridge commenced December 2023 although not fully staffed yet with
work ongoing to progress. 
 Bellshill not yet fully operational, but utilising Motherwell-based HAT Home
Support staff to support discharges via HAT.
6.2 Service Model
 Standard Operating Procedure agreed.
 Workshops held to map pathways, review and agree pan-Lanarkshire
referral criteria with all key stakeholders in the MDT including transfers of
care into reablement, mainstream /longer term home support and rehab
services.
 HAT staff accommodation secured in university hospitals and community.
 Induction programme established.
6.3 Data and measurement
 Data spreadsheet developed to record activity and enable monitoring of
performance and outcomes. This continues to be revised according to
activity and developments.
6.4 Recruitment
 Recruitment to HAT ongoing to build capacity and roll out across all NL
localities. The pressures within the system regarding workforce are widely
acknowledged and adjustments continue to be made to skill-mix. 
 Several recruitment campaigns have been progressed across health and
social care to recruit across the team including Home Support,
Physiotherapy and Occupational Therapy staff. 
 Several Home Support Workers have expressed an interest in transferring
to HAT. This will be facilitated as soon as their posts have been backfilled.
 It is the intention for existing staff to be able to work flexibly across sectors
as required to meet demands.
6.5 Leadership and Operational Management
 Interim operational management of HAT has been delegated to two Locality
Social Work Managers, aligned to the 2 hospital sites of University Hospitals

Page 78

5 
Monklands and Wishaw, and an NHS Service Manager, working closely with
the discharge arrangements and the hospital social work teams. This will be
rolled out across the six localities.
 They are reviewing the operational structure of the HAT and holding regular
meetings with Team Leads including Allied Health Professionals and IRT to
take forward any outstanding work to establish HAT. 
 Strategic management is also undergoing a review to ensure integration into
the new GIRFE/Enabling Approach arrangements. 
6.6 Risks and challenges
6.6.1 The implementation and embedding Home Assessment practice presents
with several risks.
Risk Mitigation
The release of a substantial number
of Home Support Workers from the
mainstream/longer term service will
impact on the delivery of long-term
home support including disruption of
existing care packages and potential
increase in unmet need
Working closely with in-house home
support and the independent home
care providers across the sector to
create the capacity required to
release this resource.
People are not supported as
required due to ineffective, inefficient
and inconsistent reablement activity
Ring-fenced reablement teams
established to meet need 
Regular weekly Reablement
meetings between Home Support
and Rehab Teams across 6 localities
to target reablement activity and
achieve practice consistency
Lack of trust in HAT process Targeted engagement activities
between HAT, ward and community
staff to develop trust and confidence
in assessment at home
Patients’ outcomes may be poorer
due to deconditioning in the hospital
setting which ultimately leads to
increased dependency on formal
supports or transfer to long term
care home placement
Promote earlier discharge from
hospital and assessment at home
Planned Date of Discharge (PDD) is
not fully embraced
Refreshed PDD process 
Low referral rate to HAT HAT presence in hospital settings to
develop further trust and confidence

Page 79

6 
Recruitment challenges  Planned, phased and strategic
recruitment
Low Pharmacy input  Ongoing pharmacy input and
medication training across relevant
staff
Limited access to pool cars  Further purchase of pool cars
Lack of capacity on Acute sites to
support HAT
Accommodation and space identified
for HAT staff 
6.6.2 Other challenges:
 Timely movement of people into services, if required, including Reablement,
IRT, long-term home support. 
 Funding for non paye costs to be agreed and sourced as not included in the
initial business plan. 
6.7 Embedding the approach
6.7.1 As HAT has developed, further synergies have been identified with other key
programmes of work to improve our prevention and early intervention
response. This includes Getting It Right for Everyone (GIRFE), the Frailty
Strategy, Home Support Refresh, the Back to Basics Enabling approach and
the Operation FLOW Optimal Discharge Planning Target Operating Model. 
6.7.2 The interface with other parts of a person’s journey is critical. Whilst some
individuals will not require any statutory support, there will be those who
would benefit from further intervention. Therefore, while we ensure FLOW
through the acute hospital sites, this is also required within community
settings and timely access to reablement, and rehabilitation will be critical to
enable people to maximise their potential and ensure that they receive the
support that is right for them.
6.7.3 Reablement provision was significantly impacted during the pandemic due to
capacity and workforce issues. Subsequently, there have been changes
within the Home Support Service and Integrated Rehab Teams (IRT) to
ensure that Reablement can be fully remobilised. This entails a separation of
assessment and planning functions, including Reablement, HAT and IRT,
and a long-term “Living Well” Service.
6.7.4 Weekly meetings have been established between relevant staff in HAT,
Home Support, Reablement and Rehab Teams to facilitate effective
communication regarding individual service users and reablement activity
and subsequent goal setting supported by a standard operating procedure. 
6.7.5 Each locality is developing a multi-disciplinary enabling approach to ensure
an effective and timely response that taps into community resources, where

Page 80

7 
appropriate, through our recently appointed third sector community
connectors. 
6.8 Next Steps
 Embed HAT across North Lanarkshire whereby Home First becomes the
norm in Acute and Community and align with the Target Operating Model to
optimise discharge. 
 Conclude recruitment and complete roll-out across localities.
 Communication and engagement activities continue including staff briefing
sessions.
 Ensure Lanarkshire-wide referral criteria are widely known.
 HAT process and patient/service-user pathways used in everyday practice.
 HAT patients/service users to be discussed on Planned Date of Discharge
(PDD) call.
 Full remobilisation of Reablement.
 Improved interface with the Equipment Store and Assistive Tech Team and
subsequent service delivery.
 Ensure HAT is embedded in whole system approach aligned to GIRFE
principles and Back to Basics Enabling Approach.
 Undertake a test-of-change in Airdrie/Wishaw which will aim to:
- Identify the range of preventative and early intervention services.
- Build on the prototypes developed through the Partnerships
involvement in the national GIRFE Pathfinder Programme.
- Improve access through changes to first point of contact.
- Put in place robust screening and allocation through an MDT and
enabling approach.
- Reduce waiting times through embedding the team around the
person, working to a single, shared plan and eradicating
unnecessary referrals.
 Establish key linkages within the Health & Social Care Whole System
Dashboard and track wider impacts of the service on Delayed Discharge
performance, and capacity of the Home Support Service. 
7 DATA ON ACTIVITY AND IMPACT
7.1 Since its inception in April 2022 to 2nd July 2024, 2,119 patients in total had
been referred to and supported by the Home Assessment Team.
7.2 As illustrated by the Chart 1 below, there has been a natural, gradual build and
expansion of the team as staff have been recruited and trained. This is reflected
in the gradual build-up in the volume of referrals. Whilst all localities are not yet
fully operational, an average of 120 new individuals are currently supported by
the service every month. Those people who are referred to HAT are also being
discharged quicker from hospital to be fully assessed in their home
environment, with 82% of individuals referred to HAT and discharged from
hospital on the same day.

Page 81

8 
Chart 1 
7.3 As HAT has become established the team has been able to accept more
complex cases and fully support the multi-disciplinary team working that is
required to support a “Home First” approach for individuals. We can see below
in Chart 2 that over time, as more complex cases were being accepted in
financial year 2023/24, that the proportion of people recorded as completing the
service with no further service required decreased; however, we know from our
monitoring of delayed discharges that the HAT approach is improving flow. 
Chart 2 
Of the those requiring a further service, the service with the highest number
was the Community Alarms Service (16% of total completing). This was
followed by Home Support Reablement (13%), then Integrated Rehab Team
(IRT) - Physio and Mainstream Home Support (both 11%) and IRT –
Occupational Therapy (10%).

Page 82

9 
Service at Completion
Home Support - Reablement 13% Locality SW Referral 1%
Home Support - Mainstream 11% Integrated Day Service 0%
Integrated Rehab Team - Physio 11% LSS 0%
Integrated Rehab Team - OT 10% District Nurse 6%
Rehabilitation - Other 1% NL Leisure 0%
Community Alarms 16% Third Sector 3%
7.4 The contribution of the Home Assessment Team also appears to be having an
indirect impact on the Partnership’s overall performance in relation to patients’
discharge being delayed in hospital. The below (Chart 3 & Chart 4) illustrate
the significant reduction in the number of bed days delayed per week in both
acute sites and off-site wards, particularly towards the end of 2023 and into
early 2024.
Chart 3

Page 83

10 
Chart 4  
8 CONCLUSIONS
8.1 This report provides an update on the establishment of HAT in North
Lanarkshire, which includes background, progress to date, plans, recruitment
update, successes, risks and next steps. 
8.2 The delivery of high-quality support is critical to support individuals who are at
risk of admission to a hospital or who have complex discharge needs. The
improvement work to establish the Home Assessment Team (HAT) is critical
to the delivery of the Plan for North Lanarkshire and the University Health and
Social Care North Lanarkshire Strategic Commissioning Plan.
8.3 HAT provides assessment at home with a focus of complementing established
practice and supporting service redesign and streamlining of other key areas
of work including the longer-term vision of the development and
implementation of an enabling hub approach across the North Lanarkshire
Health and Social Care Partnership.  
9 IMPLICATIONS
9.1 NATIONAL OUTCOMES
Link(s) to National Health and Wellbeing Outcomes 
People can look after and improve their own health and wellbeing and live
in good health for longer 
☒
People, including those with disabilities or long-term conditions, or who are
frail, are able to live, as far as reasonably practicable, independently and at
home or in a homely setting in their community
☒

Page 84

11 
People who use Health and Social Care Services have positive
experiences of those services, and have dignity respected
☒
Health and Social Care Services are centred on helping to maintain or
improve the quality of life of people who use those services 
☒
Health and Social Care Services contribute to reducing health inequalities  ☒
People who use Health and Social Care Services are safe from harm ☒
People who work in Health and Social Care Services feel engaged with the
work they do and are supported to continuously improve the information,
support, care and treatment they provide
☒
Resources are used effectively and efficiently in the provision of Health and
Social Care Services 
☒
9.2 ASSOCIATED MEASURE(S)
Data spreadsheet developed to record activity and enable monitoring of performance
and outcomes. This continues to be revised according to activity and developments. 
9.3 FINANCIAL
The funding for HAT provided via the Winter Planning & Increased Capacity
Business Case has been incorporated into baseline budgets and as such is part of
routine financial management arrangements.  A funding gap has been identified for
non-PAYE (Pay as You Earn) costs therefore this cost impact requires to be
resolved through the current financial sustainability arrangements. 
This paper has been reviewed by Finance:
Yes   No  N/A 
9.4 RISK ASSESSMENT/RISK MANAGEMENT 
Relevant Risk Register
Details 
Current Risk Level  Risk Owner 
Home Support
Programme Board
High Margaret Flavell 
As outlined in Risk under section 6.6.61
9.5 ENGAGEMENT & PARTICIPATION
Please tick the engagement and participation objectives that link(s) with this piece of
work and provide further details on the engagement and participation that was
undertaken.
Objectives  Further details 
☒ Involve stakeholders in the development
work aimed at achieving the national 
Extensive engagement with
service-users and staff has taken

Page 85

12 
outcomes place in relation to the Redesign
of Home Support and getting it
Right for Everyone (GIRFE) 
☒ Provide stakeholders with information on
how to get involved
See above
☒ Ensure a diverse range of engagement and
participation and opportunities are in place to
suit different needs 
See above
☒ Measure how well we involve community
stakeholders in the planning, design and
delivery of our services 
Ongoing and linked to
partnership engagement and
participation work and GIRFE
testing
☒ Provide regular feedback on how
stakeholder engagement and participation is
shaping and influencing service development
and delivery
Regular contact/engagement
with families, workers and
partners, the production of
service-user and staff
newsletters
☒ Provide support to enable stakeholder
representatives to participate meaningfully and
confidently at meetings
See above
☒ Develop participation guidelines to ensure a
common understanding and set of
expectations for both stakeholders and
partnership staff
See above
☒ Support engagement planning and
participation in localities, taking account of
other engagement activity and local plans
across the Community Planning Partnership
See above 
9.6 INEQUALITIES & FAIRER SCOTLAND DUTY 
EQIA completed & Fairer Scotland Impact Assessment Form completed and
attached to report: 
Yes  No  N/A 
EQIA added to website: 
Yes  No  N/A 
10 BACKGROUND PAPERS
None

Page 86

13 
11 APPENDICES
N/A 
Diane Fraser
Chief Officer / Head of Service (Adult Social Work Services)
CHIEF ACCOUNTABLE OFFICER (or Depute)   
Members seeking further information about any aspect of this report, please contact
the following: 
Margaret Flavell, flavellm@northlan.gov.uk 
Sharon Simpson, sharon.simpson@lanarkshire.scot.nhs.uk

Page 87

14 
Direction from North Lanarkshire Integration Joint Board (IJB) 
1 Reference Number  2024/0821-07
2 Report Title  Home Assessment Team Discharge
without Delay Programme Update 
3 Date direction issued by
IJB 
4 Date from which direction
takes effect 
5 Direction to: 
6 Does this direction
supersede, revise or revoke
a previous direction – if
yes, include reference
number(s) 
7 Functions covered by
direction 
8 Full text of direction 
9 Budget allocated by
Integration Joint Board to
carry out direction 
10 Performance Management /
Governance arrangements 
11 Date direction will be
reviewed

Page 88

1 
REPORT 
Item No: 8 
SUBJECT: Self-Directed Support Update 
TO: Integration Joint Board Performance, Finance & Audit Committee
Lead
Officer for
Report: 
Diane Fraser Chief Officer Adult Social Work NL HSCP
Author(s) of
Report
Andrea Breen Senior Manager Adult Social Work 
Lisa Barbour Service Manager Adult Social Work
DATE: 21 August 2024 
1. PURPOSE OF REPORT
This report provides an update on the progressive implementation of Self-Directed
Support (SDS) nationally and the position locally with reference to the Self-Directed
Support Framework of Standards updated by Social Work Scotland in May 2024. The
report will reinforce the whole system approach to continuing to promote maximum
choice and control for people living in North Lanarkshire. 
For approval ☐ For endorsement ☒ To note ☒ 
2. ROUTE TO THE BOARD 
This paper has been: 
Prepared By:
Lisa Barbour
Service Manager
Adult Social Work
☒  Reviewed By:
Andrea Breen    
Senior Manager Adult
Social Work
☒ Endorsed By:
Diane Fraser   
Chief Officer Adult
Social Work
☒

Page 89

2 
3. RECOMMENDATIONS
It is recommended that the IJB PFA: 
1. Acknowledge the progress made in North Lanarkshire to promote choice and
control through Self-Directed Support
2. Note that a future report will be brought to detail the findings of a Self-
Evaluation and associated Action Plan 
4.  VARIATIONS TO DIRECTIONS? 
5. BACKGROUND/SUMMARY OF KEY ISSUES: 
Background
5.1 Self-Directed Support in Scotland has its origins in North Lanarkshire. The
opportunity to maximise choice and control for people and their families was
recognised locally as far back as 2007 where concepts and approaches were
tested on a small scale and evaluated through Lancaster University and form
the basis of the work being done today. 
5.2 Early drivers of a more personalised approach, including individualising funding
to promote choice and control, recognised the increasing gap between
assessed need for support services and available resources to deliver. At the
time it was noted that there was a risk of being pushed down a route that limited
access to resources to meet critical and substantial need only, missing the
opportunity to intervene more proactively and prevent difficulty or crisis arising. 
5.3 The fiscal challenges of today being experienced at a system wide level; within
specific services and across the range of provision; and for individual people
and their families; make the original drivers for change even more important. A
whole system approach is being progressively implemented to mitigate as far
as possible, the impact of demographic change, cost of living challenges,
workforce pressures and shared pressures across health services.   
5.4 A personalised approach, which includes the individual allocation of financial
resource where that is needed, remains the preferred operating model for the
whole system in North Lanarkshire and is being supported by some key actions
described in the report. 
Yes  ☐ No ☐ N/A ☒

Page 90

3 
Legislation and National context 
5.5 The Self-Directed Support (Scotland) Act 2013 promotes equality, autonomy
and improves lives for people who need support. It is a crucial piece of
legislation for children, adults and carers in Scotland, emphasising choice,
control, and dignity in care and support.   
5.6 Since the act was implemented in April 2014 both the Care Inspectorate and
Audit Scotland have produced reports on Self Directed Support stating that
whilst there is evidence of positive progress, there is an inconsistency of
practice and process across Scotland (Care Inspectorate Thematic Review of
self-directed support in Scotland: Transforming Lives June 2019; Audit
Scotland 2017 progress report Self-directed Support). 
5.7 In March 2021 the national framework of eleven standards for the
implementation of Self-directed Support was developed and published by
Social Work Scotland. The standards and action statements were developed to
ensure consistency of outcomes and approaches in SDS practice across
Scotland experienced by supported people (children and adults) and carers,
building up a framework of good practice in assessment for support, support
planning and in provision of care and support resources. The framework of
standards was then updated in 2022 to become 12 standards and has been
updated again in May 2024. 
5.8 The foundation of the framework of standards is that Self-directed Support is
not new or something to learn, it is not about resource allocation frameworks,
and it is not only about an offer of the four SDS options. Crucially, SDS is about
the implementation of core social work/practitioner values of human rights and
relationships in practice, and it empowers social workers/practitioner to be
autonomous in exercising their professional judgement, and using their own
knowledge, skills and abilities, in partnership with supported people. The
alignment of the framework of standards with the approach in North Lanarkshire
reflects the direct involvement of key officers in their design and development. 
5.9 Alongside the development of the standards, Social Work Scotland are
finalising the format of self-evaluation to inform local improvement plans. As
enthusiastic early adopters of this approach, it is the intention to work with all
local stakeholders to undertake a self-evaluation in late summer / autumn.
Honest reflection on strengths and challenges will define clear actions which
are expected to maintain and strengthen the whole system approaches to
promoting choice and control in North Lanarkshire.      
North Lanarkshire Profile
5.10 In 2024/25 3,029 people benefited from support arranged through the principles
of self-directed support. The adults, children, young people and their families,
were able to excerpt choice and control through understanding the resource
available to them and making decisions about how best to use that resource to
support the achievement of their outcomes.

Page 91

4 
5.11  Information provided to Public Health Scotland as part of the Annual Return
Summary demonstrates the spread across ages in Figure 1 below. 
Figure 1 
5.12 The individual budgets put in place are outlined below in the number of people
opting to manage a direct payment, direct their own support or have the local
authority put arrangements in place. Figure 2 offering the detail of the numbers
of people across localities and Figure 3 providing the financial information. 
Figure 2 
Figure 3

Page 92

5 
5.13 As previously reported to the Committee Mosaic will replace SWIS as the line
of business operating platform. The design work is taking into account the
benefits of enhanced data analysis and significantly improved reporting
capacity. 
5.14 The number of people and financial values indicated above all represent unique
stories and significant achievements in supporting people with complex needs
in the community. Individual arrangements range from people who have
support at all times of the day and night, to people who receive more modest
supports over small parts of the day. Support arrangements include non-
standard use of resources in the form of bespoke purchases  to meet need
reflecting genuinely individualised nature of planning and intervention. Future
reporting will increasingly be able to show the breadth and depth of information
to practitioners, localities, commissioning staff as well as to the governing
committees.   
Partnerships 
5.15 Self-directed support at times becomes synonymous with individual budgets
but it is much more of an overarching approach to people living well connected
lives within their communities, which may or may not include the need for an
individual budget.   
5.16 Third and voluntary sector partners play a crucial role in supporting the whole
system response. Inspiring Scotland who were the fund manager of the Scottish
Government Support in the Right Direction monies facilitated the opportunity
for the North Lanarkshire Disability Forum, Equals Advocacy and Voluntary
Action North Lanarkshire to empower people and carers to be equal partners
in their care ensuring real choice and control over their lives including how they
live and the services/supports they receive; participating in fulfilling activities
and in their communities, and pursuing employment if that was what was
important. 
5.17 The fund of £460,000 between 2019-2024 supported 2,576 people to be 
 Better prepared and more confident in participation in assessment
 Informed and listened to 
 Creative and flexible in the plans around their life
 Confident in the management of their own support and individual budgets
 Generally, more knowledgeable and understanding of self-directed support
principles and options for them 
5.18 The experience and learning from the SIRD achievements has directly
influenced the creation of the Community Connector role which increases the
capacity to support people in the community to be resourceful and use their
own resources well, as well as support people to participate as equal partners
in the more formal responses to their support where needed. 
5.19 The Community Connectors role, also hosted by the North Lanarkshire
Disability Forum utilises £600k identified through the Winter Planning and
Enhanced Support funding stream as well as the Improving Cancer Journey

Page 93

6 
monies. The capacity to support the work in each locality is significantly
enhanced through 10 Community Connectors. 
5.20 The importance of whole life planning is being explored through the Getting It
Right for Everyone (GIRFE) Pathfinder work North Lanarkshire is engaged with.
The role of the third and voluntary sector is crucial in supporting a broader
approach to helping people plan for the long term without “medicalising” or
“clientising” into more formal services and supports before that is needed, but
equipping people well for when that is the right response. 
5.21 Self-directed support also needs resilient communities that are welcoming and
inclusive. Community Solutions works to the principles of self-directed support
and promotes the ambition of people having well connected lives through all
the work undertaken through their themed work as well as through their
community consortia. 
5.22 Work with Enterprise colleagues is exploring opportunity through community
wealth building within health and social care. Using the NHSL and Council
anchor status and considering community wealth building will not only promote
choice and control for people who have support needs but will draw a focus on
employee-owned business, small provider development, entrepreneurship and
supporting existing providers. 
5.23 The vast majority of the £93m supporting people to live full and active lives
involves support through independent sector providers. The 10-year framework
agreement supporting individualised funding arrangements is an important
example of ethical commissioning with strong partnerships and active
participation in the development of responses in North Lanarkshire. There are
currently 56 providers on the framework supporting genuine choice. 
5.24 The quality of provision remains high and is subject to separate, more detailed
reporting. 
5.25 The cost-of-living pressures, recruitment and retention of a skilled and flexible
workforce remains a challenge for the independent sector in the same way that
it impacts in other parts of the whole health and social care partnership. Work
to support the sector has included the allocation of non-recurring resources
through the Winter Planning, Enhanced Support monies to impact on
infrastructure responses and capacity building which has been welcomed by
the sector. 
5.26 Partnership working with independent sector providers is also supporting the
achievement of the Coming Home work, a welcome approach to supporting
people locally rather than in hospital or out of authority resources disconnected
from family and friends. 
5.27 The successes of a truly self-directed support approach to care and support
and the examples of how people’s lives have been transformed continues to
inspire and build confidences.  There are a relatively small number of people in
North Lanarkshire who sit on the Coming Home register, and work continues to

Page 94

7 
successfully supports people to move from institutional, buildings based
services to arrangements which much better take account of individual
lifestyles, communication styles and support of positive behaviours. 
5.28 Increasingly the complexity of people’s health care needs in the community
involves interesting discussion about the design and delivery of safe care,
including, but not limited to ventilation and respiratory care and supporting
people with end-of-life care. The development of safe operating procedures and
active care management remains a fluid and learning environment to getting it
right for everyone. 
5.29 The importance of the partnership approach to achieving the best possible
outcomes for people is being further strengthened within the review of
overarching meeting structures and governance. The active participation of
representative from Scottish Care, People’s own voice, Communities, Carers
and Trade Unions will be strengthened at all levels. 
Resilient workforce 
5.30 Scottish Government Self-directed Support Implementation Study 2018. Report
3: Self-directed Support Case Studies included analysis of the North
Lanarkshire approach as one of the case studies. The report noted that whilst
the four self-directed support options are a gateway to choice and control,
evidence was that equally important was: 
 The quality of assessment, including a genuinely ‘good conversation’; 
The degree to which there is a focus on outcomes; 
 The budgets available to meet these outcomes and the availability of
local providers able to deliver the support required; and 
 The enabled creativity and authority of supported people, practitioners
and the care market to find solutions to meet those outcomes. 
5.31 Whilst there is good progress on many reflections from this report, a Self-
Evaluation against current standards will help channel actions to greatest
impact. In the meantime, there have been some key developments achieved.
5.32 A learning and development plan is in place to support new and existing
practitioners, team leaders and seniors, managers and wider stakeholders.
Practitioners, people who have support arrangement in place, family carers,
independent sector providers and third and voluntary sector providers are also
actively involved in the delivery of more formal training as well as in the ongoing
refresh of the plan. 
5.33 Work is ongoing with colleagues involved in the delivery of both local authority
and independent sector Home Support service to Increase choice and control
through individualising arrangements and planning with people to meet
changing needs flexibly and responsively, understanding the focus on frailty.  
5.34 In keeping with a place-based approach to empowering localities and facilitating
decision making closest to the person, changes to the authorisation of individual
budgets within an enabling approach to localities has been introduced. This

Page 95

8 
approach has increased the speed of decision making, empowered
practitioners and leaders, and increased the creativity and flexibility that
underpins good SDS.  
6. CONCLUSIONS:
6.1 Self-directed support is the approach threading through all of the wok of the
Health and Social Care partnership. The ability to respond to people uniquely
and continue to individualise responses including where an individual budget
supports choice and control will remain the route to mitigate the impact of
demographic change, cost of living challenges, workforce pressures and
shared pressures across health services.
6.2 The priority of work over the next 12 months, informed by the completion of a
Self-Evaluation will be building resilience and sustainability:
 In communities – helping people to help themselves first, ensuring the best
information, advice and access to self-assessment / self help
 In the Sector – recognising the importance of partnerships with all
stakeholders, articulating that through good market facilitation and a focus
on community wealth building
 In the workforce – training and development, fully using the care academy
and developing the role of Scottish Care
7. IMPLICATIONS
Financial 
7.1 Balancing the available resources with demand is a key feature of supporting
local decisions about best use of resources and supporting the flexible and
imaginative use of the resource available. 
8. NATIONAL OUTCOMES
Link(s) to National Health and Wellbeing Outcomes 
People are able to look after and improve their own health and wellbeing
and live in good health for longer 
☒
People, including those with disabilities or long-term conditions, or who are
frail, are able to live, as far as reasonable practicable, independently and at
home or in a homely setting in their community
☒
People who use Health and Social Care Services have positive
experiences of those services, and have dignity respected
☒
Health and Social Care Services are centred on helping to maintain or
improve the quality of life of people who use those services 
☒
Health and Social Care Services contribute to reducing health inequalities  ☒
People who use Health and Social Care Services are safe from harm ☒
People who work in Health and Social Care Services feel engaged with the
work they do and are supported to continuously improve the information,
support, care and treatment they provide
☒

Page 96

9 
Resources are used effectively and efficiently in the provision of Health and
Social Care Services 
☒
9. ASSOCIATED MEASURE(S) 
10. FINANCIAL
10.1 Measures described throughout the report are being introduced to support the
demand and ensure equitable distribution of allocated funding. Future
reporting will demonstrate the impact of changed ways of working. 
This paper has been reviewed by Finance: 
11. RISK ASSESSMENT/RISK MANAGEMENT 
Relevant Risk Register
Details 
Current Risk Level  Risk Owner 
N/A Choose an item. 
12.  ENGAGEMENT & PARTICPATION
Please tick the engagement and participation objectives that link(s) with this piece of
work and provide further details regarding the engagement and participation that was
undertaken.
Objectives  Further Details 
☒ Involve stakeholders in the development
work aimed at achieving the national 
outcomes
Representative on all forums
exploring the ongoing improvement
of SDS in North Lanarkshire
☐ Provide stakeholders with information on
how to get involved 
☒ Ensure a diverse range of engagement
and participation and opportunities are in 
place to suit different needs 
Partnership working underpins all of
the work supporting SDS and is
undertaken in a range of ways to
maximise engagement and impact 
☐ Measure how well we involve community
stakeholders in the planning, design 
and delivery of our services 
☐ Provide regular feedback on how
stakeholder engagement and participation is 
Yes  ☒ No ☐ N/A ☐

Page 97

10 
shaping and influencing service
development and delivery
☐ Provide support to enable stakeholder
representatives to participate meaningfully
and confidently at meetings 
☐ Develop participation guidelines to
ensure a common understanding and set of 
expectations for both stakeholders and
partnership staff 
☐ Support engagement planning and
participation in localities, taking account of 
other engagement activity and local plans
across the Community Planning 
Partnership 
13. INEQUALITIES & FAIRER SCOTLAND DUTY 
EQIA Completed & Fairer Scotland Impact Assessment Form Completed and
attached to report: 
EQIA added to website: 
14. BACKGROUND PAPERS
None.   
15. APPENDICES 
None. 
Yes  ☐ No ☐ N/A ☒
Yes /
Date
added 
☐ No ☐ N/A ☒

Page 98

11 
Diane Fraser
Chief Officer / Head of Service (Adult Social Work Services) 
CHIEF ACCOUNTABLE OFFICER (or Depute)   
Members seeking further information about any aspect of this report, please contact
the following;
Diane Fraser, Chief Officer / Head of Service (Adult Social Work Services)
FraserDi@northlan.gov.uk

Page 99

12 
Direction from North Lanarkshire Integration Joint Board (IJB) 
1 Reference Number  2024/2108-08
2 Report Title  Self-Directed Support 
3 Date direction issued by IJB 
4 Date from which direction
takes effect 
5 Direction to: 
6 Does this direction
supersede, revise or revoke a
previous direction – if yes,
include reference number(s) 
7 Functions covered by
direction 
8 Full text of direction 
9 Budget allocated by
Integration Joint Board to
carry out direction 
10 Performance Management /
Governance arrangements 
11 Date direction will be
reviewed

Page 100

1 
REPORT 
Item No: 9 
SUBJECT: Improving the Cancer Journey
TO: Integration Joint Board Performance Finance & Audit Committee
Lead Officer
for Report: 
Ross McGuffie, Chief Officer NL HSCP
Author(s) of
Report 
Morag Dendy, Chief Officer Planning, Performance and Quality
Assurance
DATE: 21 August 2024 
1. PURPOSE OF REPORT
1.1 This paper is coming to the IJB for:
For approval ☐ For endorsement ☐ To note ☒
1.2 This paper provides an update on the Improving Cancer Journey service in North
Lanarkshire.
2. ROUTE TO THE BOARD
2.1 This paper has been:
Prepared By:
Head of Planning,
Performance and
Quality Assurance
Reviewed By:
HSCP CORE
team
Endorsed
By: Chief
Officer 
Prepared By: ☒ Reviewed By: ☒ Endorsed By: ☒

Page 101

2 
3. RECOMMENDATIONS
3.1       The IJB PFA Committee is asked to: 
(1) Note the progress in the provision of support for people with a cancer
diagnosis and those affected by a diagnosis to improve the cancer journey
for individuals, their carers, their families and friends.   
4.  VARIATIONS TO DIRECTIONS? 
5. BACKGROUND/SUMMARY OF KEY ISSUES
5.1 In June 2021 the North Lanarkshire IJB endorsed Phase 1 of a two-part
application to the fund to scope the local approach in partnership with VANL. In
March 2023 Phase 2 of the application was approved supporting access to
funding of £2m to improve the cancer journey across Lanarkshire, this paper offers
an update of progress since the launch of the service in March 2024.
5.2 The Improving Cancer Journey (ICJ) approach aligned to Community Solutions,
Improving Lives mobilising the community voice around cancer as well as wider
long-term conditions to complement the national approach to inclusion,
promote successful engagement with more deprived communities and
facilitate volunteering models. 
5.3 The Phase 2 Application outlined the resource provided by Macmillan, which was
equivalent to employ 3.5 whole time equivalent staff, which was matched against
the funding within the Improving Lives Initiative (ILI) of £412,800 to employ a
combined team of 10 Community Connectors. This approach was designed to
ensure everyone in North Lanarkshire diagnosed with cancer can easily access
the support they need, when they need it to enable them to live as well and as
independently as possible.
5.4 The service began with a small pilot with a specific cohort of people attending a
post treatment lung cancer clinic. This pilot allowed for the testing of pathways and
processes. Now referrals are accepted referrals for anyone affected by any
cancer.
Yes  ☐ No ☒ N/A ☐

Page 102

3 
5.5 The ICJ service in North Lanarkshire is based within North Lanarkshire Disability
Forum and supports people diagnosed with cancer with their non-clinical needs
utilising a holistic needs assessment discussing “what matters.” The service is
supported by a central point of administration which triages and coordinates all
referrals across the whole of Lanarkshire, thus creating a pan-Lanarkshire hub.
The help people need is easily accessed through the hub or directly through the
Disability Forum by making just one call or email or completing a single page
online form.
5.6 The launch event, on the 20th March 2024 brought key stakeholders, staff and
people using the services together to celebrate the service being fully staffed and
operational. The event was kicked off by X- Factor star Nicholas McDonald before
participants saw videos of a clinician reflecting on the cancer nurse specialist
service and heard from one of patients and carers who have been going through
the service.
5.7 Chris shared his experience at the launch event. Chris is currently going through
the Improving the Cancer Journey. He said: 
“I would certainly recommend the service to anyone going through cancer
treatment. From my first conversation with my link worker Natalie, I could tell
she was a good person. She listened to everything I said and she was
sympathetic and empathetic. I felt comfortable talking to her about my life and
we quickly built up a rapport. I can’t speak highly enough about her dedication.
She worked with my cancer nurse specialist regarding my housing and
compiled reports for other organisations and further support. I’ve found the
emotional support side of it is just as important, especially when I hadn’t told a
lot of people about my cancer. Natalie is frequently in touch with me to let me
know how things are progressing which means I’m not waiting on hearing
updates. That takes away another layer of worry.” 
5.8      The Community Connectors will have a meaningful conversation with the
person affected by cancer, their carer or family member about what
matters to them and then help them to gain access to or signpost them to
appropriate support and resources already available in the local
community.
5.9     When people affected by cancer access the ICJ, they will have a
conversation about their needs and concerns. They will be offered a Holistic
Needs Assessment (a conversation to understand what matters to the
person) and based on this; an individual support plan will be developed to
ensure people are offered all the support they need. This might be financial

Page 103

4 
information about benefits they may be entitled to or addressing feelings of
isolation and loneliness by signposting to community organisations.
5.10 The Improving the Cancer Journey Lanarkshire Quarterly Report April 2024-
June 2024 is attached at appendix 1
5.11 Future reporting on the ICJ work will be incorporated into a broader report on the
whole system work within communities, including the wider benefit of Community
Connectors. 
6. CONCLUSIONS
This report captures the progress to date on establishing and realising the ICJ
work in North Lanarkshire which is impacting positively on the lives of people with
or affected by cancer. 
7. IMPLICATIONS
7.1 NATIONAL OUTCOMES
Link(s) to National Health and Wellbeing Outcomes 
People are able to look after and improve their own health and wellbeing
and live in good health for longer
☒
People, including those with disabilities or long-term conditions, or who are
frail, are able to live, as far as reasonable practicable, independently and at
home or in a homely setting in their community
☒
People who use Health and Social Care Services have positive
experiences of those services, and have dignity respected
☒
Health and Social Care Services are centred on helping to maintain or
improve the quality of life of people who use those services
☒
Health and Social Care Services contribute to reducing health inequalities  ☒
People who use Health and Social Care Services are safe from harm ☒
People who work in Health and Social Care Services feel engaged with the
work they do and are supported to continuously improve the information,
support, care and treatment they provide
☒
Resources are used effectively and efficiently in the provision of Health and
Social Care Services 
☒
7.2 ASSOCIATED MEASURE(S)
7.2.1 Quarterly and annual monitoring arrangements are in place to demonstrate
key outputs and outcomes.

Page 104

5 
7.3 FINANCIAL
The funding profile is detailed in the report to the IJB in March 2023 
This paper has been reviewed by Finance: 
The work of the ICJ is supported by clear governance arrangements both Pan
Lanarkshire and North Lanarkshire specific, this includes the governance of financial
commitment and spend which remains on the agreed trajectory.    
7.4 RISK ASSESSMENT/RISK MANAGEMENT 
Relevant Risk Register
Details 
Current Risk Level  Risk Owner 
The investment
opportunity is non-
recurring for a fixed
period of five years
overall but a 2-year
period in relation to
Phase 2. It was
therefore deemed
essential that the
funding opportunity
enhances already
embedded
approaches which
will be sustained
into the future. 
Low Head of Planning
Performance and Quality
Assurance 
7.5  ENGAGEMENT & PARTICPATION
Please tick the engagement and participation objectives that link(s) with this piece of
work and provide further details regarding the engagement and participation that was
undertaken.
Objectives  Further Details 
Yes  ☐ No ☐ N/A ☒

Page 105

6 
☒ Involve stakeholders in the development
work aimed at achieving the national 
outcomes
The impact on people affected by a
cancer diagnosis and their carers
will be monitored throughout the
duration of the ICJ approach.
☒ Provide stakeholders with information on
how to get involved
Information about the service and
being involved is circulated widely
and in multiple formats
☒ Ensure a diverse range of engagement
and participation and opportunities are in 
place to suit different needs 
Equalities monitoring forms a key
component of the overall approach
☒ Measure how well we involve community
stakeholders in the planning, design 
and delivery of our services 
The model has been introduced
through testing and experimenting
through the 2 phase funding
agreement
☐ Provide regular feedback on how
stakeholder engagement and participation is
shaping and influencing service
development and delivery 
☐ Provide support to enable stakeholder
representatives to participate meaningfully
and confidently at meetings 
☐ Develop participation guidelines to
ensure a common understanding and set of 
expectations for both stakeholders and
partnership staff 
☐ Support engagement planning and
participation in localities, taking account of 
other engagement activity and local plans
across the Community Planning 
Partnership 
7.6  INEQUALITIES & FAIRER SCOTLAND DUTY 
7.6.1 The Cancer Research UK Screening Inequalities Report Deprivation and Cancer
Inequalities in Scotland was presented to the IJB PFA on the 14 February 2023
The report highlights the significant impact of deprivation on cancer incidence,
diagnosis and outcomes. With NHS Lanarkshire identified as the third most
deprived Health Board in Scotland, the findings of the report are highly
concerning. 
7.6.2   Cancer incidence is 33% higher in the most deprived populations in Scotland in
comparison to the least deprived areas. It is estimated there are around 4,900
extra cancer cases every year in Scotland attributable to deprivation, with lung
cancer contributing nearly half of these.

Page 106

7 
7.6.3 Further that cancer mortality is 74% higher in the most deprived population
compared to the least deprived. This gap has narrowed slightly since the Covid-
19 pandemic, which may relate to people from more deprived areas being more
likely to die from Covid-19. 
7.6.4 The report notes that barriers to seeking help are more likely to exist for those
living in more deprived communities. A range of difficulties such as getting access
to an appointment, getting an appointment at a convenient time, being able to
discuss health problems remotely, confidence to talk about symptoms or thinking
symptoms were related to an existing condition are all significantly more prevalent
in those from the most deprived communities (particularly around being able to
access appointments with health professionals).
7.6.5 This development and Phase 2 of the funding application seeks to improve access
to help, advice and support across the localities of North Lanarkshire and target
resources at those experiencing the highest inequality. 
EQIA Completed & Fairer Scotland Impact Assessment Form Completed and attached
to report: 
EQIA added to website: 
8. BACKGROUND PAPERS  
None. 
9. APPENDICES 
Appendix 1 Improving the Cancer Journey Lanarkshire Quarter Report 
Yes  ☐ No ☐ N/A ☒
Yes /
Date
added 
☐ No ☐ N/A ☒

Page 107

8 
Morag Dendy
CHIEF ACCOUNTABLE OFFICER (or Depute)   
Members seeking further information about any aspect of this report, please contact
Morag Dendy at dendym@northlan.gov.uk

Page 108

9 
Direction from North Lanarkshire Integration Joint Board (IJB) 
1 Reference Number  2024/2108-09
2 Report Title  Improving Cancer Journey
3 Date direction issued by IJB 
4 Date from which direction
takes effect 
5 Direction to: 
6 Does this direction
supersede, revise or revoke a
previous direction – if yes,
include reference number(s) 
7 Functions covered by
direction 
8 Full text of direction 
9 Budget allocated by
Integration Joint Board to
carry out direction 
10 Performance Management /
Governance arrangements 
11 Date direction will be
reviewed

Page 109

10 
Appendix 1   
Improving the Cancer Journey Lanarkshire
Quarter Report 
April 2024-June 2024 
Donna Bruce
Macmillan Programme Manager

Page 110

11 
1.Breakdown of Referrals to ICJ Service 
 
1.1 Total Referrals and Referral Type 
A total of 412 referrals to the ICJ service were received between April 2024 – June
2024. The month with the highest number of referrals was April (141 referrals, 34%) this
increase could be a result of the official launch taking place in March. This continues to
show a steady increase from last quarter (341 total referrals). 
The most common referral type in this period was clinical (78%).  
Amongst the clinical referrals Cancer nurse specialists account for 60% of those
referrals followed by the cancer navigators (28%).

Page 111

12 
1.2 Total Referrals by Locality

Page 112

13 
1.3 Total Referrals by Gender  
Below is the breakdown of ICJ referrals by gender. More referrals were made for women (58%) 
than men (38%).  
 
1.4 Pathway Stage 
The most common pathway stage for referrals to the service was at initial diagnosis (28%) and 
palliative/transitioning to palliative care (38%)

Page 113

14 
1.5 Cancer Type
The most common cancer type was lung cancer (25%). Followed by breast (17%). 
1.6 Referral by SIMd
In the last 3 months from the 412 referrals there were 14 referrals that come from the top 5% 
areas of deprivation and 47 from the top 10%   the 47 includes the 15 from the 5%. 
1.7 Declined Referrals
7 out of a total 421 referrals were declined by the person. 
Below are the reasons given for declining the ICJ service. The most common reason for 
declining the service was the support was not required at that time (57%).

Page 114

15 
Activity 
2.1 ICJ Tasks
Below is a summary of the ICJ tasks completed during the period.  4217 total tasks
were completed. This is a 27% increase in activity since last quarter. 
2.2 Total Onward Referrals 
241 onward referrals were made to other services.

Page 115

16 
Below is a summary of the most common organisation’s onward referrals were made to.
Maggie’s and Money advice services remain our largest referrals. 
3. Holistic Needs Assessment 
3.1 Clients are offered the choice of where they would prefer the assessment to be
carried out. Last quarter half the clients preferred initial assessment to be carried out in
their own home. 37% of clients chose to meet in a community setting while only 5%
requested telephone.

Page 116

17 
3.2 The table below outline’s the main concerns identified by people on assessment.
Finances remains’ our top concern. 
3.3 Concerns are grouped into our 5 key areas of wellbeing. The below table outlines
the number of referrals received for each. 
Clinic
5%
Community
37%
Home
51%
Paper
2%
Telephone
5%
Setting
69
59
61
106
89
66
57
86
57
58
64
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Complementary therapies
Eating, appetite or taste
Health and wellbeing
Money or finance
Moving around (walking)
Pain or discomfort
Patient or carer's support groups
Tired, exhausted or fatigued
Transport or parking
Uncertainty
Worry, fear or anxiety
Top 10 Concern Types

Page 117

18 
426
157
955
695
20 52
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
Emotional
concerns
Family concerns Physical
concerns
Practical
concerns
Religious and
Spiritual
concerns
(blank)
Total Referrals by Concern Type

Page 118

3. Experience Survey Results
An experience survey was issued by link workers to people supported through the service. Six responses were received, with the
following results.
How would you 
rate the service 
you received 
from the 
Improving 
Cancer Journey 
Team? 
The ICJ 
service and 
my 
wellbeing 
practitioner 
made me 
feel better 
supported. 
The ICJ 
service has 
connected 
me with 
appropriate 
services to 
support my 
concerns. 
If no, which 
concerns have 
not been 
addressed? 
The ICJ 
service has 
made me 
feel more 
able to 
manage 
my 
condition. 
The 
support I 
received 
through 
the ICJ 
service 
was at the 
right time. 
The 
support I 
received 
through 
the ICJ 
service 
was the 
right 
frequency 
of 
contact. 
If no, how 
could this 
support have 
been 
improved? 
Is there anything else 
about your experience 
you would like to 
share? 
Excellent Yes Yes  Somewhat Yes Yes 
Very friendly team,
who kept and
regular, called when
they advised they
would.
Excellent Yes Yes  No Yes Yes 
"quite happy with
Tom"
Tom is the only
person out of all the
agencies that I trust 
Excellent Yes Yes  Yes Somewhat Yes  Not at this time

Page 119

Spoke to sister on
behalf of F
Excellent Yes Yes  Yes Yes Yes  
Excellent Yes Yes  Yes Yes Yes 
Natalie has been a
real help, Natalie has
reassured me,
Natalie got me a blue
badge 
Excellent Yes Yes  Somewhat Yes Yes 
Very friendly team,
who kept and
regular, called when
they advised they
would.

Page 120

4. Case Studies
Case Study A
Abstract (provide a brief summary describing your case study: 120 words max.)
NM was referred to Macmillan improving the cancer journey service by a clinical
nurse specialist. 
NM was diagnosed with Renal cancer with multiple lung, bone, lymph node and
pelvic metastatic tumors, she is a young mum with 2 very young children. 
Background (what were the problems you tried to resolve? Why did it happen?)
NM was contacted by Macmillan ICJ community connector to discuss concerns with
NM about herself and her children.
NM spoke about their concerns while the practitioner completed an online holistic
needs assessment over the telephone,
The conversation and Holistic assessment identified that NM is now receiving
palliative care and worried that she won’t be able to cope with the treatment or
benefit from it, she shared that she is also anxious that this will impact on her role as
a mum.
NM confided that they are also concerned that their children being so young won’t
remember her.
NM went on to say that she is currently in a lot of pain and exhausted due to her
diagnosis and the side effects of her treatment. NM continued to say that even
although she knows her prognosis she is determined to stay positive and continue
her role as a mum as best as she can. 
Action (what did you do and how?) 
Macmillan ICJ community connector made a referral to The Haven to allow NM some
complimentary therapies that would help with her wish to continue looking after her
children as best she can. She was also referred to a Children’s and Young adults
support group with the same organisation to allow her kids to attend groups and
sessions.

Page 121

Result (what has the improvement been, what impact has it had and how do you
know this?)
Macmillan ICJ community connector continues to follow up with NM on a weekly
basis. She has confirmed that The Haven practitioners have been telephoning and
organising sessions for her and the children which she shared she is happy with. 
Learning Lessons (what lessons can you share with others trying to do this? How
translatable is this idea to other areas?) 
I have learned that the cancer journey is different for everyone, it can be affected by
our environment, the people around us for support, family, past experiences, and
what stage of cancer we have, it has made me aware how we need to be more
vigilant to changes in our body no matter what our age. 
Case Study B 
Abstract (provide a brief summary describing your case study: 120 words max.)
Mr. T diagnosed with Lung/Liver cancer & Parkinsons disease faced significant
challenges in maintaining his independence due to mobility and bending issues, His
sister approached our MacMillan cancer stand at Monklands seeking assistance to
improve his quality of life. Mr. T health conditions not only affecting his physical
abilities but also took a toll on his emotional well-being. Despite his resilience he
struggled with daily tasks and did not feel comfortable relying on others for
assistance. 
Background (what were the problems you tried to resolve? Why did it happen?) 
During the writer’s first interaction with Mr. T at his home, it’s worth noting that
initially his unwavering pride was shining through as he initially declined offers of
funding etc. He shared his desire for independence and highlighted a need for a
simple grabber tool which would help him pick up from the floor and a telescopic
ramp to facilitate loading his scooter into his car. These items would enable him to
pick up clothes, and other objects. The ramp would enable him to continue driving

Page 122

independently. In turn he could attend appointments and engage in social activities
without relying on others. 
Action (what did you do and how?) 
Sourced a telescopic grabber “a simple tool” to help pick items from low level. 
Referral to Well-Being Group at Outpatients St Andrews.
Accompany him on his first visit to outpatients & chat with staff.
Attempted to source the Telescopic ramp as an assistive equipment but faced
challenges. Recognising the importance of enhancing his independence and what
matters to him I tried to secure funding for the ramp. 
Result (what has been the improvement, what impact has it had and how do you
know this?) 
Recognising the importance of enhancing his independence and what matters to him
The writer was successful in obtaining a telescopic Grabber device, which he
confirms has been useful and enhanced his independence. He has also started his
Tuesday well-being group independently and enjoys all aspects of the group.
Mr T newfound independence positively impacted his overall well-being, fostering a
sense of empowerment and control over his life despite his health challenges. 
He has expressed his gratitude and confirms a significant improvement in his
independence. He also self-purchased a telescopic ramp so he could attend the well-
being group independently in his own car.
He can now load his scooter into his car allowing him to travel to the outpatients at St
Andrew’s. He is running errands and participating in social activities with confidence
and autonomy.
Mr. T updates the writer on his newfound sense of freedom and self-sufficiency. He
now needs my help with developing a “Traffic Light” system weekly planner! 
Learning Lessons (what lessons can you share with others trying to do this? How
translatable is this idea to other areas?) 
Mr. T’s story highlights the importance of addressing the unique individual
needs/wants of our clients facing complex health conditions. It was also a beautiful
reminder that our main objective should be to promote independence and focus on

Page 123

what matters to the client. By doing this we can significantly improve the quality of life
and individuals like Mr. T, enabling them to live with dignity and autonomy. 
Breaking through Mr. T unwavering pride required a delicate approach –listening and
validating his feelings, empathy & rapport building recognising the significance of his
pride. 
When facing a challenge with the referral route for well-being group, by rallying
together as a wider team like we did, we can make significant difference in the lives
of those like Mr. T.
Financial constraints, Despite the apparent need, Mr. T was not eligible for grants
because he had been diligently saving neither was the simple modification available
from other sources.
Case study C
Abstract (provide a brief summary describing your case study: 120 words max.) 
Mrs X was referred by the lung cancer navigator. Mrs X was at home and not for
treatment but for best palliative care. Mrs X was very anxious and upset at her
diagnosis and worried about how she would cope. The wellbeing practitioner
supported Mrs x with two home visits, phone calls and a community visit. The
connections made meant physical, emotional and information outcomes improved. The
support was carried out over a 3 month period. 
Background (what were the problems you tried to resolve? Why did it happen?) 
Mrs X felt isolated and did not know where to turn. During the holistic conversation and
assessment, it was apparent that Mrs X was likely not receiving full benefits, did not
have mobility aids or a blue badge and had previously benefited from complementary
therapy. Mrs X did not have much of an appetite and was not eating much. Mrs X was
also worried about what would happen to her cat. 
Action (what did you do and how?)  
The wellbeing practitioner: 
Made a referral to money matters. 
Passed Mrs X details to Macmillan volunteer complementary therapist.

Page 124

Completed a blue badge application. 
Made a referral to Occupational therapy. 
Provided Macmillan information on the Building up diet 
Made a referral to Morphfit gentle movement programme 
Provided information on SPCA forever care service. 
At a later date: 
Contacted DWP to inform them that Mrs X was in hospital. 
Result (what has been the improvement, what impact has it had and how do you
know this?) 
During follow up calls with Mrs X, the wellbeing practitioner was advised that she
received full attendance allowance which allowed her to use taxis more to get out. She
received a blue badge which helped when her friend and daughter would take her to
the shops. She received complementary therapy at the library which she enjoyed and
helped manage her anxiety. Mrs X received mobility aids to make her safe at home
and a wheelchair to allow her to get out for longer and to different places with her
daughter. Unfortunately Mrs X did not manage to take part in the exercise programme
due to her health deteriorating and a family friend took her cat but the information
helped her anxiety around what would happen.     
Learning Lessons (what lessons can you share with others trying to do this? How
translatable is this idea to other areas?)  
The services I referred to were all in touch quite quickly so it was a lot of calls and
information at the same time, possibly staggering referrals thinking about priorities to
prevent this would be preferable for someone so anxious.  
Mrs X and her daughter did not know a lot of these services were available and would
never have applied for benefits or a blue badge without the support of ICJ so it
emphasises the importance of the service.

Page 125

REPORT 
Item No: 10 
SUBJECT: Our Health Together
TO: Integration Joint Board Performance, Finance & Audit Committee
Lead
Officer for
Report:
Ross McGuffie Chief Officer NL HSCP
Author(s) of
Report
Jacqui McGeough Deputy Director of Planning, Property &
Performance, Hospital Management 
DATE: 21 August 2024 
1. PURPOSE OF REPORT
The purpose of the report is to: -
 present the new NHS Lanarkshire healthcare strategy
‘Our Health Together Living Our Best Lives in Lanarkshire’ 2024-2031 
This paper is coming to the IJB PFA for: 
For Approval: ☐ For Endorsement: ☐ To Note: ☒ 
2. ROUTE TO THE BOARD
This paper has been:
Prepared By: ☐ Reviewed By: ☒ Endorsed by:
South IJB
NHS Board
☒

Page 126

3. RECOMMENDATIONS
The Integration Joint Board performance, finance and audit is asked to approve the
following recommendation(s): - 
3.1 To endorse the new NHS Lanarkshire healthcare strategy,
‘Our Health Together Living Our Best Lives in Lanarkshire’ 2024-2031 
4. VARIATIONS TO DIRECTIONS?
This section outlines if the report requires a direction to be issued to the Local
Authority, the Health Board, to both, or that no direction is required 
Yes ☐ No ☒ N/A ☐ 
5. BACKGROUND/SUMMARY OF KEY ISSUES
5.1 Our Health Together (OHT) sets out the NHS Board’s strategy for the period
dating from 2024 to 2031. The strategy was developed following an extensive
stakeholder engagement programme that ran from April to August 2023 and
involved patients, carers, our staff and local communities, including children
and young people.
5.2 OHT provides the overarching strategic direction and is aligned to the
Transformation and Reform programme that is already underway. The
strategy also reflects both local and national priorities. The four reform groups
referenced as the priority areas of focus within the document will become the
delivery arm of ‘Our Health Together’ going forward.  These groups will
develop implementation plans for the short to medium term and will continue
to engage and involve key stakeholders in their work.
5.3 The draft strategy was shared with a wide number of stakeholder groups
ahead of sign-off at the March 2024 NHS Board meeting, with final approval
at the June 2024 NHS Board meeting.
5.4 Driving efficiency and delivering best value is an underlying principle of Our
Health Together and this should be evident throughout the document. All
aspects therefore promote effective and efficient use of resources to ensure
that future health care provision is sustainable and represents best value.

Page 127

5.5 During the engagement programme, stakeholders described their ambitions
for NHS Lanarkshire. To address stakeholders’ ambitions, the strategy
describes actions to be taken to:
• address service access challenges so that services can be accessed in
a timely manner
• provide the necessary supports/resources to promote wellbeing &
independence (this includes prevention and early intervention)
• deliver care in an appropriate setting (this includes support for people
to stay at home as long as possible)
• deliver person centred care – people are more than a demographic
• improve access to community based mental health supports for
younger people
• enhance staff health and wellbeing
• optimise the use of digital technology, with the flexibility to tailor
support based on patient needs/abilities/wishes
• ensure ongoing engagement with stakeholders is undertaken
• optimise opportunities for Healthier communities – educational &
employment opportunities 
6. CONCLUSIONS 
In conclusion the IJB PFA is asked to note our health together strategy and to receive
updates when appropriate. 
7. IMPLICATIONS 
7.1 NATIONAL OUTCOMES
Link(s) to National Health and Wellbeing Outcomes 
People are able to look after and improve their own health and wellbeing
and live in good health for longer
☒
People, including those with disabilities or long-term conditions, or who are
frail, are able to live, as far as reasonable practicable, independently and at
home or in a homely setting in their community
☒
People who use Health and Social Care Services have positive
experiences of those services, and have dignity respected
☒

Page 128

Health and Social Care Services are centred on helping to maintain or
improve the quality of life of people who use those services
☒
Health and Social Care Services contribute to reducing health inequalities ☒
People who use Health and Social Care Services are safe from harm ☒
People who work in Health and Social Care Services feel engaged with the
work they do and are supported to continuously improve the information,
support, care and treatment they provide
☒
Resources are used effectively and efficiently in the provision of Health and
Social Care Services
☒
7.2 ASSOCIATED MEASURE(S)
7.3 FINANCIAL 
This paper has been reviewed by Finance: 
Yes   No   N/A  
7.4 RISK ASSESSMENT/RISK MANAGEMENT 
Relevant Risk Register
Details
Current Risk Level Risk Owner
 
Choose an item.  
7.5 ENGAGEMENT & PARTICIPATION
Please tick the engagement and participation objectives that link(s) with this piece of
work and provide further details on the engagement and participation that was
undertaken. 
Objectives Further details
☒ Involve stakeholders in the development
work aimed at achieving the national
outcomes
 
☒ Provide stakeholders with information on
how to get involved
 
☒ Ensure a diverse range of engagement
and participation and opportunities are in
place to suit different needs
 
□ Measure how well we involve community
stakeholders in the planning, design
and delivery of our services

Page 129

□ Provide regular feedback on how
stakeholder engagement and participation is
shaping and influencing service
development and delivery
 
□ Provide support to enable stakeholder
representatives to participate meaningfully
and confidently at meetings
 
□ Develop participation guidelines to ensure
a common understanding and set of
expectations for both stakeholders and
partnership staff
 
□ Support engagement planning and
participation in localities, taking account of
other engagement activity and local plans
across the Community Planning
Partnership
 
NHS Lanarkshire has completed a comprehensive and wide ranging engagement
programme with stakeholders as part of the development of the new healthcare
strategy which took place during 2023.  More recently further engagement has taken
place with Strategic Delivery Team, Area Clinical Forum, Area Partnership Forum
and Planning, Performance & Resources Committee to inform the final draft. 
7.6 INEQUALITIES & FAIRER SCOTLAND DUTY
EQIA Completed & Fairer Scotland Impact Assessment Form Completed and
attached to report: 
Yes   No   N/A  
 
EQIA added to website: 
Yes   No   N/A  
EQIAs
A series of EQIAs have been completed as part of the development process
of the OHT strategy. This included all workstreams who have input to the
development of the document.  Additionally, an EQIA was carried out for the
communications and engagement programme that was completed in 2023.
Looking forward to implementation, it is anticipated that the reform groups
would develop an EQIA for each of the constituent areas.

Page 130

8. BACKGROUND PAPERS
None. 
9. APPENDICES 
Appendix 1 Our Health Together Strategy 
CHIEF ACCOUNTABLE OFFICER (or Depute) 
Members seeking further information about any aspect of this report, please contact
the following; Jacqui McGeough Jacqui.McGeough@lanarkshire.scot.nhs.uk

Page 131

Direction from North Lanarkshire Integration Joint Board (IJB) 
1 Reference Number 2024/2108-10
2 Report Title Our Health Together 
3 Date direction issued by
IJB
 
4 Date from which direction
takes effect
 
5 Direction to:  
6 Does this direction
supersede, revise or revoke
a previous direction – if
yes, include reference
number(s)
 
7 Functions covered by
direction
 
8 Full text of direction  
9 Budget allocated by
Integration Joint Board to
carry out direction
 
10 Performance Management /
Governance arrangements
 
11 Date direction will be
reviewed

Page 132

OurHealthTogether2024–2031  
 
 
Appendix 1

Page 133

OurHealthTogether2024–2031  
 
 
Table of Contents 
 
 
01:  Welcome 
 
 
02:  Introduction 
 
 
03:  Why We Need to Change 
 
 
04:  What You Told Us 
 
 
05:  Transformation in Practice 
 
 
06:  Next Steps 
 
 
07:  Measuring Success 
 
 
08:  Summary and Conclusions 
 
 
09:  Acknowledgements 
 
 
010:  Supporting Documents

Page 134

OurHealthTogether2024–2031  
 
 
01: Welcome A message from Martin Hill, Chair & Professor Jann Gardner, Chief Executive 
 
 
We are incredibly proud of NHS 
Lanarkshire’s  role  in  providing 
care  every  day and  helping  to 
improve  the  health  and 
wellbeing  of  our  communities. 
This  new  healthcare  strategy 
lays  out  our  plan  for  the  future  as  we  work  alongside  our 
communities to address current and future challenges. We know we 
need to do things differently. Reforming how we provide care will 
help develop sustainable, affordable services; modernise; embrace 
innovation; and improve how we perform as a Board. In doing this 
we will deliver a better experience for our patients and service users. 
We listened to your feedback and know we need to take action. This 
ranges from  improving access  to our services to  considering the 
impact  of  wellbeing  on  our  staff  and  communities.  As  well  as 
reforming  our  services,  we  must  continue  to  work  closely  with 
partners. These include Local Authorities and Voluntary Sector.  We 
will work with these partners to improve health outcomes, focus on 
health improvement and reduce the health inequalities that exist 
across  Lanarkshire.  We  continue  to  build  on  previous  successes, 
delivering improvements that are important to you. We must do this 
while being sustainable and financially viable. 
Rising costs and COVID‐19 hit our communities hard and continues 
to affect people who live and work in Lanarkshire. Our services were 
also affected and we continue to face challenges every day. Our 
whole system is working together to improve access and return to 
our pre‐pandemic position. We have experienced  unprecedented 
rises in the cost of goods, services and utilities. Therefore, we must 
identify opportunities to improve efficiency, deliver best value and 
achieve financial balance. This may mean that, together, we have to 
make some decisions that change the way we deliver services. We 
will do this through collaboration and innovation. 
Planning is well underway for our new hospital which will replace 
University Hospital Monklands around 2031/32. Redesigning aspects 
of our work is fundamental to this, and will ultimately transform how 
we provide care. We will take the learning from this work and our 
internal reform programmes to help improve services. 
We will redesign primary care, with a focus on the range of services 
delivered by our GP practice colleagues. Much of our engagement 
feedback  related  to  GP  access  and  this    was  raised  by  our 
communities and staff who work in the service. There is a pressing 
need to address the significant issues facing General Practice. We 
must consider how the broad range of primary care services are 
positioned to deliver better care for our patients. 
Our journey is only beginning. With your support we will continue to 
develop  plans  to  transform  care  as  we  work  to  address  the 
challenges that exist. We would extend our thanks to those who 
engaged to inform our strategy and assure you that there will be 
further  opportunities  for  you  to  help  shape  the  future  of  NHS 
Lanarkshire.

Page 135

OurHealthTogether2024–2031  
 
 
02: Introduction 
 
 
 
Our new healthcare strategy, ‘Our Health Together – Living Our Best 
Lives in Lanarkshire’ is a route map that starts us on a journey to 
deliver positive change. We will work with our staff, communities 
and partners to explore  together how we can reform to deliver 
sustainable, affordable services  that provide person  centred high 
quality  care.  We  have  already  started  this  process,  and  our 
communities and staff were involved in a far reaching engagement 
process during 2023 where we sought to understand what matters 
to people who use our services, or staff and the wider community. 
A  lot  has  changed  since  we  published  our  previous  strategy, 
‘Achieving Excellence,’ in 2017. The pandemic and cost of living crisis 
`impact has been greatest on our most vulnerable groups. To deliver 
What are we aiming to achieve? 
a better patient experience, we must transform our models of care, 
improve performance and ensure we make best use of resources to 
achieve  best  value.  This  includes  taking  action  to  promote  good 
health. We have identified 4 priority areas of focus – Urgent and 
Emergency Care, Planned Care (including outpatients and surgery), 
Mental Health and Primary Care (which includes general practice). 
The  exciting  development  to  replace  the  University  Hospital 
Monklands provides opportunities to explore ideas for innovation 
and  service  redesign.  Adopting  new  approaches  for  health  care 
provision across our whole system will deliver a better experience 
for our patients and service users. 
Delivering the best quality of care is at the heart of all we do as an organisation and our Quality Strategy 2023‐2029 sets out the key principles 
of person centred, safe and effective care at its core. We will prioritise the national Population Health Plan commitments, building on local work 
underway to mitigate inequalities and support our communities to thrive. We know we can make our healthcare system more efficient and 
better for our patients by delivering care in the right place. 
Right care, Right place, Right time, First time

Page 136

OurHealthTogether2024–2031  
 
 
Our Aims & Objectives 
We know we need to do things differently to deliver a health and care model that continues to deliver affordable and sustainable services now 
and in the future. NHS Lanarkshire has a track record of delivering positive change and improvement and we want to build on this, strengthen 
existing partnerships and work together to create the conditions that can help to improve the health and wellbeing of our population. 
We have developed four overarching objectives that underpin everything we do in Lanarkshire. 
These are our ‘Corporate Objectives’: 
1. Better Health – Our health and social care teams will work together to improve the health 
and wellbeing of our local communities through prevention and early intervention. We will 
also take steps to address the health inequalities that we know impact significant sections 
of our population. 
2.   Better Care – We will re‐design and reform our services to improve access, outcomes and 
patient experience, and to ensure we deliver resilient and sustainable services. 
3.   Better Value – Improving efficiency will ensure we make best use of our limited resources, 
delivering services that add value. We will do this within our allocated budget. 
4.   Better Workplace – Our staff are our most valuable resource. We will identify opportunities to improve their day to day experience delivering 
services and healthcare to our population. 
Through our role as an ‘Anchor Organisation’ we can influence the wellbeing of the local 
community beyond the delivery of healthcare which helps address inequalities.  The term 
“anchor” means that we deliver crucial services, employ large numbers of local people, 
who form a significant proportion of our workforce and use our resources for the benefit 
of our communities. 
 
 
 
Our Vision 
To  enable  healthier,  longer  lives. 
 
We  will  deliver  compassionate, 
innovative,   sustainable  and  high‐ 
quality  health   and  care   services   that 
empower people and reduce inequalities

Page 137

OurHealthTogether2024–2031  
 
 
03: Why We Need to Change 
 
 
There are challenges we need to plan for and exciting opportunities to explore, innovate and develop. Our services face major challenges and 
we must deliver a modern service that meets the needs of our communities. Our current position is very different to where we were pre‐ 
pandemic despite the recovery we have made so far. 
 
1. Our Population is Changing 
From 2021 to 2031… 
Lanarkshire’s population will increase by: 
 
 
  People ages 75+  are expected to increase  Children under 15 will decrease by: 
 
 
approximately 
3,000 
That’s over 0.5% over the next 10 years 
approximately 
14,000 
That’s 25.7% by 2031 
approximately 
10,000 
That’s approx. 9.1% fewer 0–14s by 2031. 
 
Population projections are modelled from census data and subject to change 
 
Lanarkshire has experienced a fluctuation in the number of births each year.  Across Scotland, an increase in caesarean sections and an increase 
in the average age at which mothers give birth can bring more complexities to pregnancy care due to health care needs. Additionally, we will 
have more elderly people and less people of working age across our communities. Many of our older population will live healthy, engaged and 
independent lives, supporting their families and communities. However, we also know that an aging population means we will have more people 
who: need support with their health issues; have more than one long term health condition and have complex medical needs which will increase 
demands on our services.

Page 138

OurHealthTogether2024–2031  
 
 
 
2. More People Experiencing Poorer Health 
Factors that impact on health and wellbeing are complex and are closely linked with social and environmental circumstances. We have higher 
than average levels of deprivation, more children living in poverty and life expectancy is below national levels. Life expectancy and ‘healthy’ life 
expectancy (the average life spent with good health) are closely linked with poverty and other societal factors.  We know that in the most 
deprived areas in Scotland, people will spend more than a third of their lives in poor health which is not a positive outcome for them and 
increases demand for our services. 
We have a growing gap between the most and least deprived: 
• A large proportion of our population are negatively impacted by the cost of living crisis 
• We have the second lowest life expectancy in Scotland 
• We have more areas of deprivation than other areas of Scotland 
• We were affected more by the pandemic than other areas of Scotland 
• We have a higher rate of pre‐term babies than other areas of Scotland 
• More children are delayed reaching developmental milestones following the pandemic 
Populations living in areas with most deprivation have over 3 times the levels of multiple 
long term conditions than those living in areas of least deprivation. 
The largest forecasted annual ill health impact is on those aged 65 to 85 years. 
 
 
 
 
 
21% 
 
 
 Annual impact of ill health is forecast to 
increase by 21% over the next 20 years. 
 This  is  equivalent  to  the   entire  2019 
disease burden caused by cancer 
 
Our Commitment: 
We will continue to build on our 
existing strong partnerships and 
support each other to make the 
changes and improvements that 
can deliver a reduction in health 
inequity  that  we  know  exists 
across Lanarkshire.

Page 139

OurHealthTogether2024–2031  
 
 
3. Make the Best Use of Our Resources 
 
It is vital that we make best use of our resources – finance, workforce and property ‐ for the benefit of our patients, carers 
and communities. 
 
Our services must be efficient, deliver value for money and be sustainable for future generations. We will work together 
with our staff and communities to ensure that we optimise and make best use of our limited resources. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Finance 
NHS Lanarkshire has managed our services and financial position positively over a number of years. However, as population needs 
change, types of treatment options evolve and costs increase, managing the needs of our population within a  fixed budget 
becomes more challenging. 
 
To address these challenges, we MUST improve efficiency and effectiveness.  We will: 
 Align our priorities to meet the needs of our population‐ 
o Prioritise delivery of core services 
o Re‐invest in what makes a difference, focusing resources where they make a difference to health and the quality of life 
 Optimise the use of resources to achieve best value 
 Ensure that we deliver services that are resilient, sustainable and affordable 
 Transform, reform, innovate and modernise care 
£

Page 140

OurHealthTogether2024–2031  
 
 
Workforce 
It is positive that most of our staff live in the local area, 
and many are long term employees. Like other Boards, 
we are facing high levels of staff turnover and have 
challenges filling some roles. In some instances, we have to rely on agency 
and locum staff. 
 
Our staff have told us that they continue to experience stress and burnout 
and optimising wellbeing remains a key priority. The age profile of our staff 
is  increasing  and  this  will  impact  on  our  future  workforce  planning, 
particularly as we are facing increasing demand for our services in future 
 
Property 
Our premises, which include hospitals, health centres, 
stores, laundry, office facilities and green spaces, are 
central to the provision of safe modern healthcare. We 
have a combination of newer and older buildings, all of which require 
to  be  maintained. On  occasion  some  need  to be  re‐designed  or 
replaced to accommodate changing service needs. We need to use 
our  properties  efficiently  and  flexibly  as  this  enables  us  to 
accommodate growing patient populations, new models of care and 
new  technologies.  Our  communities  can  continue  to  access  our 
green spaces as part of our drive to improve wellbeing. 
 
Our  new  University  Hospital  Monklands  gives  us  an  incredible 
opportunity  to  modernise  and  to  embrace  technology  and 
innovation.  We  will  also  continue  to  collaborate  with  our  Local 
Authority partners, exploring opportunities for joint developments 
that local communities can enjoy. 
 
 
Our facilities, and the services we deliver from them, impact climate 
change. We need to adapt and invest to improve energy efficiency 
and reduce the waste we produce. Our Net Zero ambitions are laid 
out in our Su stain ab ility & Climate Ch an ge Strategy.

Page 141

OurHealthTogether2024–2031 
Page10 of 34
  
4. Medical Advances and Innovation 
 
 
The way we see and treat our patients is very different compared to a few years ago. Advances in medicine and technology have changed the 
way we deliver care to our patients and service users, increasing the number of people we can help and delivering better outcomes. This has led 
to a better quality of life for many people who live across Lanarkshire. 
We expect this trend to continue with new technologies offering opportunities to access and receive care differently. Medicine, technology and 
research advances deliver many opportunities: 
 
 Using technology to support diagnosis & provide care ‐ remote monitoring, decision support and patient consultations 
 Development of new medicines and therapies 
 Better sharing of information through Information Technology Advances in robotic assisted technology 
 Developments in understanding of genetics ‐ causes of disease, and tailored therapies so patients get the treatments and advice that 
works best for them. 
Our recently published Digital Plan sets out how we will utilise digital technology to support delivery of person centred, safe and effective care.

Page 142

OurHealthTogether2024–2031 
Page11 of 34
  
04: What Matters to you ‐ 
Stakeholders as Part of our Development Process 
 
 
We have adopted a new approach to stakeholder engagement to inform the development of our strategy. Historically, we ‘consulted’ on plans 
which had already been developed. As part of our new approach, we have engaged and involved our stakeholders at an earlier stage, involving 
patients, unpaid carers, our staff and local communities. Your feedback has helped us to identify priorities and shape the design of our services. 
 
What did we ask our stakeholders? 
We developed a number of topics we wanted to gather stakeholders’ 
thoughts about. These were: 
 Factors that impact on health and well being 
 Ways we can best support our communities to stay well 
 Access to our services 
 The role of digital developments in healthcare 
We have used this information to: 
 Identify common themes 
 understand what is working well and what needs to improve 
 Identify gaps in our services 
 Shape our priorities. 
 
How we engaged 
Between  April  and  August  2023,  we  spoke  to  our  staff  and 
communities to learn what matters to people who live and work in 
Lanarkshire. A variety of methods were used to capture views which 
included:  online  events;  digital  and  offline  surveys;  in  person 
meetings and presentations. 
It was  important  that our  engagement with  stakeholders  was  as 
inclusive  as  possible.  Our  voluntary  sector  partners  and  Health 
Improvement Team helped us to reach residents and services users 
who  don’t  normally  engage  in  this  type  of  process.  We  did  this 
through  a  series  of  community  and  staff  engagement  events, 
voluntary  sector  partner  engagement,  attending  community 
groups/meetings, MSP/MP briefing sessions. We also held a focused 
period of engagement with children and young people. Over the 
course  of  our  engagement  programme  we  reached  almost  2000 
people.

Page 143

OurHealthTogether2024–2031 
Page12 of 34
  
What you told us 
We learned that: 
There is broad support for self‐management of health conditions. 
This includes education courses, community support networks, mental health resources (including 
for younger people) and remote or digital options. 
There is general comfort with digital approaches. 
Willingness to engage with digital technology was high among our staff and the public. 
There were a range of views captured and the feedback can be summarised into 4 key themes: 
 
Address Service Access Challenges – Delays and challenges 
accessing our services was the single biggest issue raised by our 
stakeholders. We need to improve GP access, reduce long waits and 
remove  barriers.  This  includes  extended  provision  for  patient 
appointment scheduling and digital outreach. 
Improve Patient Experience – Our patients want to feel heard, 
understood and cared for. Care should be delivered in an appropriate 
setting, with people supported to stay at home as long as possible. 
We need to provide flexible appointment systems and use virtual 
appointment  options  or  online  appointments  appropriately. 
Stakeholders  also  asked  that  we  reduce  the  need  for  multiple 
appointments with different specialties. 
Enhance Mental Health & Wellbeing in Communities – 
Poor mental health and wellbeing was highlighted as a concern by 
both the public and staff. Improving surroundings, green spaces & 
access to community networks was flagged as a means of improving 
mental  wellbeing.  Working  with  our  voluntary  sector  and  local 
authority partners will be key to improving the mental health and the 
physical health of our population. 
Improve Staff Wellbeing and Morale – Our staff are central to 
our organisation and need to feel valued and supported.  Optimising 
wellbeing remains a  key  priority  to address stress  and burnout. 
Achieving a good work life balance and building in time for reflection 
and learning is desirable. This is an area we know we can improve.

Page 144

OurHealthTogether2024–2031 
Page13 of 34
  
What matters to you? – The impact of inequalities 
Through our engagement programme we reached out to communities who do not traditionally engage, and as a result 
we were able to hear about the impact that life circumstances have. We heard that some of our population experience 
challenges accessing services. These challenges could be financial, physical, cultural or as a result of life circumstances 
 
Choice – 
You have told us that inequalities mean choice is 
often removed or reduced. 
Respect – 
You   have   told   us   you   want   us   to   be   more 
empowering and supportive 
Dignity – 
Our  systems  and  administration  arrangements  present 
difficulties for some of our patients without support from 
others. This is a particular issue for those with a physical or 
mental  disability.  Digital  solutions  could  help  to  increase 
independence. 
 
Despite the barriers that were described, we were encouraged to hear from the same groups that small changes can make a difference. 
 
How did we ensure that our engagement programme was 
the correct approach? 
It was important that our engagement programme reflected good 
practice and was inclusive. To give assurance that this was the case 
we adopted a three‐stage assessment/review process: 
 Good  Practice  –  we  shared  our  process  with  Health 
Improvement  Scotland  (HIS)  Community  Engagement,  our 
Health Improvement Team and our Inequalities Team 
 Independence – our survey was conducted and evaluated 
by an independent company. 
 Evaluation of the Programme – the engagement survey 
work was verified by a secondary external party. 
Based on the feedback our stakeholders have told us we 
should: 
 Create an ongoing feedback loop by listening, learning 
and  leading  change.  When  we  can’t  make  the  changes 
requested, we should be clear and honest, sharing relevant 
information. 
 Communicate the benefits and outcomes to the widest 
possible audience. 
 Use  simple  language  that  everyone  can 
understand. 
 Text  messaging  with  a  wider  range  of 
stakeholders

Page 145

OurHealthTogether2024–2031 
Page14 of 34
  
What we do now
05: Transformation in Practice 
 
 
 
Refreshing our Focus 
NHS Lanarkshire has a long history of modernising and reforming services to the benefit of our patients and service users. We will continue to 
build on this. We will be informed by your feedback and will work alongside our communities to plan together how to best address the 
challenges.   We will embed resilience to ensure the future service can withstand challenge and 
disruption. 
A lot has changed since we published our previous healthcare strategy ‘Achieving Excellence’. The 
pandemic, closely followed by the cost of living crisis, has increased costs beyond what we can afford 
within our allocated budget. This means we need to look at our spending and reduce costs to manage 
within our budget. 
We know there are efficiencies we can deliver, but the challenge is significant and it is likely that we 
will need to make some difficult decisions around how and where we deliver care. We will need to 
prioritise core services that make the biggest difference to the health of our communities. We need 
to consider how to balance what our stakeholders have told us against our own corporate objectives 
and the priorities identified by the Scottish Government. 
 
What we do now 
We  are  responsible  for  delivering  health  services  to  over  654,000  people  across 
Lanarkshire. We deliver care in a variety of settings, from community‐based centres, acute 
hospital wards and secure settings, to services delivered in people’s own homes or via 
video.  Dentists, Opticians and  Pharmacies  support NHS  Lanarkshire in the delivery of 
health and care services across our localities.

Page 146

OurHealthTogether2024–2031 
Page15 of 34
  
Our Corporate Objectives 
 
 
 
Better Health 
• Tackle access issues our service users are currently facing 
• Maximise health improvement activities 
• Target services to those most in need to help reduce health 
inequity 
• Maximise the uptake of screening and vaccination programmes 
• Reduce the climate impact of our services 
• Empower people to manage their own health conditions where 
this is appropriate 
 
Better Value 
Better Care 
• Ensure care is delivered in the right place, navigating 
appropriately 
• Reduce the waiting list backlog 
• Streamline care by adopting a more person centred approach 
• Maximise opportunities to deliver care as close to home as 
possible 
• Reduce/remove interventions that have minimal clinical value 
• Remove unnecessary hospital stays 
• Minimise the length of time people have to stay in our hospitals 
 
• Optimise efficiency 
• Make best use of and rationalise our estate 
• Improve the energy efficiency of our buildings 
• Reduce reliance on agency and locum staff 
• Streamline corporate processes/functions 
• Reduce levels of sickness absence 
£  Better Workplace 
• Support our staff to improve their day to day experience 
• Optimise opportunities to improve health and wellbeing 
• Deliver flexible working practices 
• Maximise opportunities for learning and development 
• Provide support to improve attendance rates 
 
 
We must reform our services to address our challenges and make best use of our available resources. Delivering the same services in the same 
way is not sustainable. This will not improve the health and wellbeing of our population. To deliver the change required and address the priorities 
noted above, we have identified four key areas to focus on. These are Primary Care, Mental Health, Planned Care and Urgent & 
Emergency Care.

Page 147

OurHealthTogether2024–2031 
Page16 of 34
  
Developing our Reform Programme 
Our stakeholders shared what matters to our communities. Based 
on this feedback, and in consideration of the challenges ahead, we 
have  developed  a  new  approach  and  established  four 
Transformation  and    Reform  groups.  They  will  oversee    the 
development of proposals for change in the following areas: 
 Primary Care (including General Practice) 
 Mental Health (young people and adult) 
 Urgent and Emergency Care (“Operation FLOW”) 
 Planned Care (scheduled clinics and treatment) 
 
Delivering change 
Our  Transformation  and  Reform  groups  will  address  our  system 
pressures. In taking this forward they will be asked to: 
 Consider the feedback and reflect how we can address the 
issues highlighted. 
 Work with our stakeholders to develop plans for reform. 
This includes optimising health improvement opportunities, 
adopting the principles of realistic medicine and considering 
the financial and capacity challenges. 
 Develop  a  workforce  model  that  is  sustainable  and 
affordable 
 Identify leadership to plan for the future and deliver our 
ambitions 
 
We need to consider ways to do things differently and prioritise 
where we focus our resources. We want to ensure we continue to 
deliver high quality services for our patients and carers. We need our 
patients to use our services in a different way. This includes: 
 Supporting  and  empowering  patients  to  maintain  good 
health  and  manage  their  own  health  conditions as  far  as 
possible 
 Creating online resources and education materials for patient 
use 
 Modernising approaches to patient access and appointments 
 Being seen by the appropriate health care professional, based 
on need

Page 148

OurHealthTogether2024–2031 
Page17 of 34
  
 
Primary Care 
 
Primary Care is where most patient contact occurs. It is usually the 
first access point for person‐centred care, and includes a broad range 
of services. 
 
Examples of the professionals who deliver Primary Care 
General Practice is  central  to  the  delivery  of  health care  across 
Lanarkshire. Our General Practices are individually managed through 
a Scotland‐wide General Medical Services (GMS) contract. 
 
There has been considerable investment in General Practice as part 
of the national Primary Care Improvement Plan to enable our GPs to 
deliver appropriate care to patients. This funding has been used to 
recruit Multi‐Disciplinary Teams who provide care. 
 
A General Practice Multi‐Disciplinary Team consists of a wide range 
of professionals including Practice Nurses, Community Link Workers, 
Pharmacists,  Advanced  Nurse  Practitioners,  Physiotherapists, 
Occupational Therapists and Phlebotomists (bloods).  Funding was 
also used to transform our Vaccination Programme and establish our 
Community  Treatment  &  Care  (CTAC)  network  which  delivers 
services such as Phlebotomy and wound care management. 
 
Through  our  engagement  we  know  that  many  patients  across 
Lanarkshire are concerned about access to their GP. We also know 
that general practices are faced with significant demands and risks in 
relation to their sustainability.  To address this, we need to ensure 
that our patients access the most appropriate professional for their 
needs.  This  means  that  the  expertise  of  staff  within  general 
practices is focused on those patients whose needs they can best 
meet.

Page 149

OurHealthTogether2024–2031 
Page18 of 34
  
We have also started to develop plans for our Primary Care reform programme which will focus on the continued development of: 
 
 General Practice Multi‐Disciplinary Teams 
 Flow Navigation Centre (virtual Emergency Department) and access collaboration (to improve wait times), including our Out of Hours 
Service (OOHs) 
 Digital innovation 
 Redesigning primary care services in partnership with patients and carers 
 
We will work with partners (including Colleges and Universities) to help us to understand the current and future 
demand and need for primary care services. This work and a further engagement programme will enable us to 
design a future Primary Care service based on population need.  As part of this reform programme we will: 
 
 Promote the sustainability of all general practices.   This includes helping with the recruitment and 
retention of GPs and other practice staff. 
 Ensure stability and development of other valued NHS primary care contractor groups – community 
dentistry, community optometry and community pharmacy. 
 Strengthen the working relationships between primary care and acute hospital based care. 
We recognise that the 
public  must  have 
confidence  that  they 
can access appropriate 
primary  care  services 
when  needed.  This 
will  be  crucial  to 
success.

Page 150

OurHealthTogether2024–2031 
Page19 of 34
  
Mental Health & Wellbeing 
 
It is vital that we do all we can to 
support  and  improve  the  mental 
health  and  wellbeing  of  our 
population.  We  all  have  both 
physical and mental health needs 
and we know that there is a direct 
link between them. 
 
Demand for mental health services 
has  increased  as  a  result  of  the 
pandemic.  Providing  support  and 
creating  ways  that  improve  mental  health  and  wellbeing  was 
identified as a key feature from our stakeholders. 
 
We know people’s needs for mental health support and care vary. 
Some people may be able to manage their mental health  needs 
themselves  (self‐management).  Some  will  require  social  and/or 
community support. Others will need more formal interventions to 
manage their diagnosed mental health conditions, in the community 
or hospital. 
 
Social inequalities and environment have a direct impact on mental 
health and wellbeing. It is essential that we continue to work with 
our partners to address the social factors that effect and worsen 
mental health. We must also address the stigma and discrimination 
that  exists.  By  working  in  partnership,  together  we  can  raise 
awareness of how poverty, deprivation, addiction, homelessness and 
social isolation impact. 
Following extensive engagement with key stakeholders, Lanarkshire 
developed Scotland’s first Mental Health and Wellbeing  S  trategy 
(2019‐2024). The  2019‐2024  strategy has  successfully delivered a 
comprehensive  change  programme.  However,  there is still much 
work  to  be  progressed.  We  will  continue  to  work  with  our 
partners, recognising  that  “mental  health  is  everyone’s business”. 
 
With our Community Planning Partners we will continue to develop 
and  implement  local  mental    health    &    wellbeing    (MHW) 
priorities.  We  will  ensure  that  these  align  with  the  Scottish 
Government/COSLA  Mental  Health  and  Wellbeing  Strategy  (June 
2023)  and use  work  that  is  developing  nationally to  inform  the 
development of our local MHW Delivery Plan. 
 
Good Mental Health for All –Delivery Plan priorities: 
 Addressing Mental Health inequalities 
 Early  intervention  and  preventing 
mental health conditions 
 Improving/increasing access to Mental 
Health Supports and Services 
 Children  and  Young  People’s  Mental 
Health and Wellbeing Services 
 Specialist Mental Health Services

Page 151

OurHealthTogether2024–2031 
Page20 of 34
  
TacklingStigma 
 
Good Mental Health 
For All 
Our  Children  and  Young  People’s  Mental  Health  Service 
(CAMHS) have benefitted from investment and we opened 
our new Children’s Centre at Udston Hospital in September 
2022.  This  new  facility  provides  a  valuable  resource 
supporting  delivery  of  our  CAMHS  and  Neuro 
Developmental  Services.  This  was  co‐designed by  service 
users and their families. 
 
Supporting ‘Good Mental Health for All’ can only be delivered with positive collaboration across sectors, including support for prevention and 
early intervention. This is important given the increased demand for support along with the need to operate within budget. 
A number of initiatives are already underway which will support us to continue to evolve and improve mental health services and access. 
 
 
 
 
 
Review Ligature Reduction 
across the inpatient estate 
SpecialistMental 
HealthServices 
ReviewoftheCustody
Suite Model of Service
Delivery 
 
Develop and Deliver a
dedicated Adult 
Neurodevelopmental
Pathway
ServiceModelReviewof 
Theraputic Emotional 
SupportServices(TESS) 
Extend roll out of Neuro 
Development Service 
projects in schools. 
 
Children & Young 
People 
Improving transition to 
adult mental health 
services 
Embedding Choices and 
Partnership Approach 
model 
Neuro Developmental 
Service open access 
workshops for families 
while they wait 
Digital innovations 
Prioritisingpatientswith
long waits between teams 
University partnerships 
Class based activities 
ImprovedAccess
Peripateticteamto support
areas and reduce 
geographical inequity 
 
Waitinglist clinics
Mentally healthy infants, 
children & young people 
Menally healthy later life 
Mentally healthy 
environments  & 
communitites 
Mentallyhealthy 
employment 
Reducing prevalence of 
suicide, self‐harm, distress 
& common MH problems

Page 152

OurHealthTogether2024–2031 
Page21 of 34
  
Urgent and Emergency Care 
 
Urgent  and  emergency  care  is  delivered 
across  our  whole  healthcare  system  24 
hours a day 7 days per week in a variety of 
settings. Urgent care needs can be met in 
communities by our pharmacists, dentists, 
opticians  and  through  general  practice. 
Emergency care for our sickest patients is 
delivered  in  our  3  emergency 
departments. 
We launched our whole system redesign of 
unscheduled  care,  ‘Operation  FLOW’,  at 
the  start  of  2023.  The  work  is  a 
collaboration  between  NHS  Lanarkshire, 
University  Health  and  Social  Care  North 
Lanarkshire,  South Lanarkshire  University 
Health and Social Care Partnership and the 
Scottish Ambulance Service. 
The aim of Operation FLOW is to ensure 
that  our  patients  receive  the  care  they 
need in the right setting, reducing pressure 
on  our  emergency  departments.  Where 
emergency  care  is  needed  our  patients 
should receive  treatment  quickly  and  be 
discharged from hospital without delay.

Page 153

OurHealthTogether2024–2031 
Page22 of 34
  
 
 
Key  to  enhancing  patient  experience  is  improving  their  journey 
through our hospitals. We have invested in additional staff and put 
new structures in place that would allow us to reform and improve 
our emergency and urgent care pathways through our services. 
The initial focus is on frailty and rehabilitation to reduce the number 
of patients delayed in our hospitals. Rehabilitation services support 
quicker recovery. They also reduce the time people need to spend in 
hospital. We know that we have some patients in hospital for longer 
than they should be. Reducing delays and ensuring patients return 
home timeously, reduces risks which may include falling, catching 
infections  and  reduced  mental  and  physical  wellbeing.  This  is  a 
particular risk to our elderly population. 
Reducing occupancy levels provides a number of additional benefits 
which would include: 
 enhanced quality of care for patients 
 reduced pressure on staff 
 maximise care delivered in the community closer to patients’ 
homes. 
 opportunity to review the configuration of our beds 
 allows us to use our resources more efficiently

Page 154

OurHealthTogether2024–2031 
Page23 of 34
  
Planned Care 
 
Planned care is the provision of services with 
planned  appointments,  such  as  outpatient 
appointments  or  surgical  procedures.  Our 
planned care services were particularly affected 
by the pandemic and we continue to work to 
reduce long waits for our patients. 
 
We  also  know  that  the  demand  for  more 
specialist  care  and  surgery  will  grow  in  the 
future due to the changing age profile of our 
communities  and  an  increasing  elderly 
population. 
Our focus is to: 
• Reduce waiting times  for our patients 
back to pre Covid levels 
• Maximise  the  use  of  the  National 
Treatment Centres such as the Golden 
Jubilee National Hospital  to support  a 
reduction in waiting times 
• Reduce  longest  waits  for  patients 
waiting over one year 
• Improve  cancer  outcomes  through 
better prevention and diagnostics 
 
 
To deliver against these aims we need to review all aspects of our planned care pathways: 
 
 
 
 
Workforce
Maximisenon‐doctorrolestofreeup
consultant capacity (Surgical Care 
Practitioners,SurgicalFirstAssistants) 
Developthetheatreworkforce
Protect Planned Care 
(hospital within a hospital) 
Optimise Theatre booking and 
scheduling 
Consider options for high volume hub 
Right procedure ‐ Right Place 
 
In patient and Day Case 
Clinical triage (prioritisation) and 
advanced vetting to assign more 
appropriate pathway 
Review of return appointments ‐ 
maximise use Patient Initiated Returns 
where appropriate 
Standardise pre‐operative assessment to 
reduce uneccessary face to face 
appointments 
 
Outpatient Redesign

Page 155

OurHealthTogether2024–2031 
Page24 of 34
  
We need to consider the planned care provision across NHS Lanarkshire and how to get the best out of the limited capacity, ensuring we use our 
resources to best effect. This includes our staff, clinic accommodation and our operating theatres. Through our engagement we learned that our 
patients are concerned about long waits. We also learned that they are willing to travel if it means quicker access to treatment. This gives us 
opportunities to look at where and how we deliver services and to consider different options and models that we see working effectively in other 
health care systems.  Current areas of reform include: 
 
Surgery 
 Increase activity through our Day Surgery Units 
 Embed the 23 Hour Care model (extended time for recovery) 
 Maximise use of robotics in surgery 
 Optimise theatre use and implement digital solutions 
 
 
Outpatients 
 One‐stop Gynaecology out‐patient clinics (see and treat) 
 Redesign   of   Neurology   services,   increasing   outpatient 
capacity and nurse led‐activity 
 Embed  an  approach  where  patients  can  make  follow‐up 
appointments  for  the  same  condition  when  required. 
(Patient Initiated Review) 
Cancer 
Our active cancer reform programme is focused on a number of 
areas: 
 Detecting Cancer Early Programme 
 Rapid Cancer Diagnostic Service 
 Development of a Urology Hub 
 Improved validation & multi‐disciplinary team input 
 Active Patient Tracking 
 Introduction of Cancer Care Navigators to Breast, Upper GI & 
Lung. 
 Embedding  Prehabilitation sessions  to  focus  on  physical, 
psychological and nutritional health behaviour change 
 Introduce Advanced Nurse Practitioner‐led virtual clinics for 
low risks cancer patients

Page 156

OurHealthTogether2024–2031 
Page25 of 34
  
06: Next Steps 
 
 
 
We have engaged and listened to what is important 
to our service users, the wider community and our 
staff. We have also considered the challenges and 
need to deliver sustainable and affordable services. 
We  will  now  progress  a  programme  for 
transformation and reform which will support us to 
deliver our stakeholders’ ambitions. 
 
 
Our Commitment to Deliver Stakeholders’ Ambitions 
 
 
You said… Wewill…
Address service access 
challenges so that 
services can be accessed 
in a timely manner 







EstablishTransformationandReformgroupsthat willoverseethedevelopmentofproposalsforchange. 
Work with primary care providers to improve access to GP services 
Reduce our hospital waiting times for outpatient clinics, diagnostic tests and surgery 
Ensure our hospital teams plan for discharge from admission and work with community partners to reduce 
length of stay and improve transitions of care 
Implement theatre optimisation programmes 
Explore the provision of direct access for GPs to refer appropriate patients to hospital services 
Deliver on the ambitions of the new Unscheduled Care Improvement Programme (Operation FLOW) to 
reducehospitaloccupancyandimproveaccess to EmergencyDepartments
Our commitment 
We will continue to involve patients, carers & staff, as we work together to develop 
reform plans that deliver the best possible outcomes within our available resources. 
We will work together with planning partners to identify opportunities that support 
improvement in the health and wellbeing of our population.

Page 157

OurHealthTogether2024–2031 
Page26 of 34
  
 
You said…  We will… 
 
Provide the necessary 
supports/resources to 
promote wellbeing & 
independence 
(this includes prevention 
and early intervention) 
 Support  our  services  to  create  user  friendly  resources  and  educational  programmes  to  support  self‐ 
management. This work is already underway for Rehabilitation, Falls and Children & Young People services 
 In partnership with the voluntary sector and community partners deliver a range of supports that prevent 
illness, improve health and wellbeing and reduce health inequality 
o Physical Activity programmes both in and outdoors, 
o Smoking Cessation support, 
o Weight Management & Healthy Eating, 
o Breastfeeding support 
o Stress control classes 
 
 Promotion of physical activity and leisure services, Get Walking  Lanarkshire programme and  outdoor 
opportunities as part of “Our Natural Health Service” 
 promote the use of information resources and directories that provide information on available supports 
within the community 
 Signposting to NHS Inform resources 
 
Deliver care in an 
appropriate setting 
(this includes support for 
people to stay at home 
as long as possible) 
 Design a state‐of‐the‐art hospital with new clinical models that include delivering some services in the 
community 
 Deliver the new rehabilitation model 
 Work with our Local Authority partners to create shared community spaces (e.g. Chryston Hub, re‐purposing 
of the existing University Hospital Monklands) 
 Flow Navigation Centre model developed to facilitate direction of patients at the right time and in the right 
place 
 Deliver on the review findings of the Hospital @ Home service to focus on admission avoidance and step 
down for complex patients 
 Increased access and use of NHS Inform, NHS24 mental health helpline, on‐line resources and dedicated 
mental health hub with access to onward referral to those in distress and crisis 
 Develop specialist community and outreach teams to support people at home

Page 158

OurHealthTogether2024–2031 
Page27 of 34
  
 
You said…  We will… 
 
Deliver person centred 
care – people are more 
than a demographic 
 
 
 
Access to community 
based mental health 
supports for younger 
people 
 
 
 
 
 
Staff health and 
wellbeing 
 Deliver on the requirements of the ‘UN Convention on The Rights of the Child’ 
 Encourage annual review and care co‐ordination for people with multiple chronic health conditions 
 Explore opportunities to expand shared decision making with consideration of patients’ wider needs 
 Consider opportunities across our service to highlight and action what our stakeholders have told us 
 Review communications to our patients and look for opportunities to improve our approach 
 Increase the number of polypharmacy reviews (reviews for patients on more than five medications) 
 Improve processes for young people transitioning to adult mental health services taking a trauma informed 
approach 
 Development of Neuro Developmental Service (NDS) open access workshops for families whilst they wait, 
or if they have self‐identified any need 
 Undertake two NDS projects in schools to focus on a whole school approach to ND need, identification, 
assessment and support. The second project will focus on transition of children between Primary and 
secondary school. Work with pupils will start in P6 and progress with the pupils to S2 
 Develop a directory of mental health services and supports for children and young people to ensure the right 
support is available at the right time for the whole family across ages and stages of a young person’s life 
 Deliver our Staff Health and Wellbeing Plan 
 Create more opportunities for our wider staff group to be involved in the design and delivery of our services 
 Progress the work of the Staff Equality Networks ‐ Ethnic Minority Employee Network, Lesbian Gay Bisexual 
and Transgender + (LGBT+) Employee Network and Disability Network 
 Deliver Resilience and Wellbeing in the workplace sessions to staff across NHSL 
 Deliver an annual staff wellbeing week 
 
Optimise the use of 
digital technology, with 
the flexibility to tailor 
support based on patient 
needs/abilities/wishes 
 Work with staff and patients to co‐design digital approaches which will improve access to services and health 
information within the new Monklands hospital 
 Develop systems which support the sharing of patient records between healthcare professionals 
 Continue to roll out innovations which enable remote monitoring of patients with long term conditions 
 Optimise remote monitoring of patients

Page 159

OurHealthTogether2024–2031 
Page28 of 34
  
 
You said…  We will… 
 
 Promote closer to home consultations using Near Me (including community supported Near Me) that will 
reduce health miles 
 Accelerate delivery of the digital prescribing programme 
 
Ongoing engagement 
with stakeholders is 
highly valuable 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Healthier communities – 
educational & 
employment 
opportunities 
 Ongoing engagement to co‐design the new Monklands hospital through Design Development Workshops, 
Monklands Engagement Forum and NEXTGEN Events focused on young people. 
 Utilise feedback from School Nursing engagement exercise, Children and Adolescent Mental Health Services 
engagement, engagement around Children’s Services Plans in North and South Lanarkshire to inform future 
developments 
 Deliver Falls Prevention Pop Up engagement events with the public to provide opportunities for discussion 
and advice on medication side effects, eyewear, footwear/foot health, blood pressure and falls 
 Utilise the Mental Health and Wellbeing Strategy Communications and Engagement Reference Group to 
ensure that there is ongoing meaningful involvement with all communities impacted by poor mental health 
and wellbeing, particularly those with lived experience 
 Continued engagement and involvement with our voluntary sector partners 
 Stakeholder engagement to inform a new model for Primary Care 
 Deliver on our Anchor Plan 
 Build on our existing educational partnerships with our local schools and academic partners (University of 
the West of Scotland, New College Lanarkshire, Strathclyde University, Glasgow Caledonian University, West 
College Scotland) 
 Continue to be a major local employer: 
o run  employability  initiatives  including  modern,  graduate  and  foundation  apprenticeships;  graduate 
internships and pre‐employment programmes including Project Search, Kickstart and NHS Demonstrator 
Project 
o participation in NEXTGEN Events which aim to give Young People a better understanding of the wide 
range of careers available across the NHS 
o the new Monklands hospital project will support our commitment to deliver employment, economic, 
environmental and societal benefits and opportunities across the communities it serves.

Page 160

OurHealthTogether2024–2031 
Page29 of 34
  
 
You said…  We will… 
 
o work with Local Authority and Community partners to ensure we maximise the use of our combined 
green spaces, improving these and extending access to local communities. 
 Community hospital garden groups established across a number of sites 
 Continue to be active alongside North Lanarkshire and South Lanarkshire Community Planning Partnerships 
to focus efforts on what we can do together to improve health 
 
Address Climate Change 
Challenges 
 Building upgrades to improve energy efficiency 
o upgrade of old light fittings to LEDs 
o installation of solar power systems throughout community sites 
o improve insulation 
 Electronic  Vehicle  (EV)  replacement  programme  in  place  with  all  small  fleet  vehicles  scheduled  for 
replacement by 2025 
 Explore options to improve biodiversity in our green spaces, e.g. wild meadows 
 West of Scotland Laundry heat recovery projects and solar panel installation 
 Upgrade building management systems 
 Continue to expand our hospital garden project 
 work with our clinical teams to support changes to clinical practice 
 reduce reliance on single‐use supplies 
 reduce waste and increase recycling

Page 161

OurHealthTogether2024–2031 
Page30 of 34
  
07: Measuring Success 
 
 
Monitoring our achievements and measuring what they deliver for patients and our communities is a vital part of 
running our whole system. This can help us to identify opportunities and risk in our plans. It can also help us to see 
where pressures, gaps in resource and changing demands are impacting. This means we can continue to find solutions 
and develop future strategies that should benefit our patients and the teams. 
How will we do this? 
There are several ways we look at how our whole system is performing. 
 
Performance Targets ‐ There are 
a series of performance targets 
set by the Scottish Government 
and  our  Board.  They  help  us  to  quickly 
identify  where  our  system  is  not 
performing as we would hope and direct us 
to focus on areas for improvement. These 
are intended to give guarantees as to what 
people  should  expect  when  they  access 
services. 
Performance  &  Benchmarking  ‐ 
We  use  performance  and 
benchmarking  information  for  a 
number of reasons which would include 
• Measure the impact of what we are 
doing 
• Benchmark  against  high  performing 
health systems 
• Determine achievement of targets 
• Measure improved access 
Population  and  community  outcomes  ‐ 
We  also  have  broader  and  more 
aspirational areas where we want 
to improve: 
• Patient experience 
• Staff experience 
• Health outcomes 
• Healthy life expectancy 
• Community Mental Health & 
Wellbeing 
 
 
Measuring if we achieve these high‐level outcomes is complex. Lots of different things will influence our achievements and each work programme 
will agree measures to assess whether or not the work and actions they identify makes a difference.

Page 162

08: Summary & Conclusion
Page31of 34
  
 
 
 
‘Our Health Together – Living Our Best Lives in Lanarkshire’ has set 
out  NHS  Lanarkshire’s  ambitions  to  deliver  the  positive  change 
needed. This will ensure we have a modern fit for purpose services 
that meet the needs of our communities now and in the future. 
We  have  listened  to  our  staff,  communities  and  partners  and 
explored together how we can support improvements to health and 
wellbeing. Together we will continue to identify opportunities for 
positive  change  that  we  will  deliver  through  development  of  an 
ambitious reform programme. 
Delivering best value and maximising efficiency will be essential if we 
are  to  address  the  significant  challenges  facing  our  services. By 
striving to become a high performing organisation we will create the 
conditions that support us to deliver a quality healthcare model. This 
will enhance  patient  experience  and  continue to  deliver  this for 
future generations. 
 
While we reform to address our current challenges, we will work with 
our   partners   to   create   the   conditions   that   support   health 
improvements  helping  to  address  our  future  demand.  We  must 
ensure  services  and  programmes  are  proportionately targeted  to 
those most in need with a view to reducing the health inequity that 
currently exists. 
We are proud of  our role as an ‘Anchor Organisation’ and  will 
continue to use this to influence the wellbeing of local communities 
beyond the delivery of healthcare. As a major local employer, we 
know that our staff are our most valued resource. By ensuring that 
we look after their health and wellbeing we can be recognised as an 
exemplar employer and continue to attract new people to our health 
and social care family. 
As we implement our healthcare strategy, we will ensure that any 
changes to our services deliver against our ambitions. We know that 
we are operating in a challenging environment, but it remains our 
aim to achieve better outcomes and improvements for everyone in 
our communities.

Page 163

Page32of 34
09: Acknowledgements
 
 
 
 
We would like to extend our thanks to everyone who contributed to the development of Our Health Together. We are very grateful to our staff, 
service users and residents who contributed to our successful engagement programme during 2023.  Your willingness to commit time and 
enthusiasm to the process was much appreciated and has informed and enriched the vision and aspiration for our future service. 
This would not have been possible without the support of our partners in Voluntary Action North Lanarkshire (VANL) and Voluntary Action South 
Lanarkshire (VASLAN) and our Health Improvement Team who helped us to reach stakeholders who don’t normally engage in this type of process. 
 
 
Thank you

Page 164

Page33of 34
10: Supporting Documents
 
 
 
NHS LANARKSHIRE STRATEGIC PLANS/REPORTS 
Digital Plan 2023 ‐ 28  
Quality Strategy 2023‐2029 
Research & Development Strategy 2023‐2026  
Sustainability & Climate Change Strategy 
Director of Public Health Annual Report 2022–2023 
 
STRATEGIC COMMISSIONING PLANS 
University Health & Social Care North Lanarkshire (UHSCNL)  ‐ Strategic Commissioning Plan 2023‐2026 
South Lanarkshire University Health & Social Care Partnership (SL UHSCP)  ‐ Strategic Commissioning Plan 2022‐2025 
 
 
CHILDREN’S PLANS 
NHS Lanarkshire ‐ Children and Young People’s Health Plan, Lanarkshire 2021‐2023 
North Lanarkshire Council ‐  Childrens Services Plan 2021‐2023 
South Lanarkshire Council ‐ Children's Services Plan 2021‐2023 
North Lanarkshire Council – Child Poverty Action Report 2022‐2023 
South Lanarkshire Council – Child Poverty Action Report 2022‐2023 
The United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (Incorporation) (Scotland) Act 2024

Page 165

Page34of 34
  
LOCAL AUTHORITY PLANS 
North Lanarkshire ‐ The Plan for North Lanarkshire ‐ Live Learn Work Invest Visit 
North Lanarkshire Council – Towards A Fairer North Lanarkshire, Tacking Poverty Strategy 2023 – 2026 
South Lanarkshire ‐ South Lanarkshire Community Plan 2022 ‐ 2032 
 
 
NATIONAL PLANS 
National Mental Health and Wellbeing Strategy June 2023 
National Mental Health and Wellbeing Strategy: Delivery Plan Nov 2023  
New Dementia strategy for Scotland: Everyone's Story 
New Dementia strategy for Scotland: Delivery Plan 2024  
Women's Health Plan

Page 166

REPORT 
Item No: 11 
SUBJECT: North Lanarkshire Alcohol and Drug Partnership (ADP) Annual
Reporting Survey 2023/24
TO: Integration Joint Board, Performance, Finance and Audit Committee
Lead
Officer for
Report:
Morag Dendy Chief Officer of Planning, Performance and Quality
Assurance
Author(s) of
Report
John Holleran – Strategic Lead, North Lanarkshire ADP
DATE: 21 August 2024 
1. PURPOSE OF REPORT
This paper is coming to the IJB for: 
For approval ☒ For endorsement ☐ To note ☐ 
2. ROUTE TO THE BOARD 
This paper has been: 
Prepared By:
ADP Support
Team
☒ Reviewed By:
Strategic
Lead for the
ADP
☒ Endorsed By:
ADP Chair and Core
Team
☒

Page 167

3. RECOMMENDATIONS 
The IJB PFA is asked to approve the below recommendations: 
(1) Note the content of the report 
(2) Approve the Alcohol and Drug Partnership (ADP) Annual Reporting Survey
2023/24 for submission 
4. VARIATIONS TO DIRECTIONS? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ N/A ☐ 
5. BACKGROUND/SUMMARY OF KEY ISSUES
5.1 The Alcohol and Drug Partnership (ADP) Annual Reporting Survey is designed
to collect information from all ADPs across Scotland on a range of aspects
relating to the delivery of the National Mission during the financial year 2023/24.
5.2 The data collected is used to better understand the challenges and
opportunities at the local level and the findings will be used to help inform the
following nationally:
• The monitoring of the National Mission;
• The work of a number of national groups including the Whole Family
Approach Group, the Public Health Surveillance Group and the
Residential Rehabilitation Working Group, amongst others; and
• The priority areas of work for national organisations which support local
delivery.
5.3 Once the data is analysed and findings are published at an aggregate level as
Official Statistics on the Scottish Government website
5.4 The detail in the Annual Reporting Survey reflects the positive work reported
through the IJB in March 2024 and through the PFA in October 2023.

Page 168

6. CONCLUSIONS
6.1  NLADP continues to deliver on the National Drugs Mission objectives and ADP
strategic priorities targeting resources appropriately and measuring impact. 
6.2 The ADP has appropriate structures and governance arrangements in place to
support decision making around spend and offering best value. 
6.3 The right mechanisms in place to offer assurances that as much as possible is being
done to tackle harms from substances and reduce deaths. 
6.4 There’s a wide variety of supports in place for individuals and families who are
impacted by substance use. The current commissioning approach will support efforts
to improve the quality and availability of support across statutory and
community/voluntary services. 
6.5 There’s a strong focus on learning and development across the ADP linked to listening
to stakeholder views and involving those with lived and living experience across each
area of work and sub-group.

Page 169

7. IMPLICATIONS 
7.1 NATIONAL OUTCOMES
Link(s) to National Health and Wellbeing Outcomes 
People are able to look after and improve their own health and wellbeing
and live in good health for longer
☒
People, including those with disabilities or long-term conditions, or who are
frail, are able to live, as far as reasonable practicable, independently and at
home or in a homely setting in their community
☒
People who use Health and Social Care Services have positive
experiences of those services, and have dignity respected
☒
Health and Social Care Services are centred on helping to maintain or
improve the quality of life of people who use those services
☒
Health and Social Care Services contribute to reducing health inequalities ☒
People who use Health and Social Care Services are safe from harm ☒
People who work in Health and Social Care Services feel engaged with the
work they do and are supported to continuously improve the information,
support, care and treatment they provide
☒
Resources are used effectively and efficiently in the provision of Health and
Social Care Services
☒
7.2 ASSOCIATED MEASURE(S)
The ADP Board monitors performance on a quarterly basis. 
7.3 FINANCIAL
The ADP Finance Sub Committee ensures tight governance of the financial resource
ensuring best practice, best value and greatest impact.

Page 170

This paper has been reviewed by Finance: 
Yes ☐ No ☒ N/A ☐ 
7.4 RISK ASSESSMENT/RISK MANAGEMENT 
Relevant Risk Register
Details
Current Risk Level Risk Owner 
Choose an item. 
7.5 ENGAGEMENT & PARTICPATION
Please tick the engagement and participation objectives that link(s) with this piece of
work and provide further details regarding the engagement and participation that was
undertaken. 
Objectives Further Details
☒ Involve stakeholders in the development
work aimed at achieving the national
outcomes
Regular stakeholder engagement
takes place through the ADP
subgroup structures with people
with lived and living
experience (including
families) involved in shaping the
decisions around tackling alcohol
and drug related harms.
☒ Provide stakeholders with information on
how to get involved 
☒ Ensure a diverse range of engagement
and participation and opportunities are in
place to suit different needs 
☒ Measure how well we involve community
stakeholders in the planning, design
and delivery of our services 
☒ Provide regular feedback on how
stakeholder engagement and participation is
shaping and influencing service
development and delivery
ADP sub-groups/Stakeholder event
and ongoing engagement in
communities across North
Lanarkshire.
☒ Provide support to enable stakeholder
representatives to participate meaningfully
and confidently at meetings
ADP sub-groups/Stakeholder event
and ongoing engagement in
communities across North
Lanarkshire.

Page 171

☐ Develop participation guidelines to ensure
a common understanding and set of
expectations for both stakeholders and
partnership staff 
☒ Support engagement planning and
participation in localities, taking account of
other engagement activity and local plans
across the Community Planning
Partnership
ADP sub-groups/Stakeholder event
and ongoing engagement in
communities across North
Lanarkshire. 
7.6 INEQUALITIES & FAIRER SCOTLAND DUTY 
EQIA Completed & Fairer Scotland Impact Assessment Form Completed and
attached to report: 
Yes ☐  No ☒ N/A ☐ 
EQIA added to website: 
Yes /
Date
added
☐  No ☐  N/A ☒ 
8. BACKGROUND PAPERS 
None. 
9. APPENDICES
Appendix 1  Alcohol and Drug Partnership (ADP) Annual Reporting Survey
2023/24 
CHIEF ACCOUNTABLE OFFICER (or Depute)
Members seeking further information about any aspect of this report, please contact
the following; John Holleran, Strategic Lead, North Lanarkshire Alcohol and Drug
Partnership (NLADP) john.holleran@lanarkshire.scot.nhs.uk

Page 172

Direction from North Lanarkshire Integration Joint Board (IJB) 
1 Reference Number  2024/2108-11
2 Report Title  ADP Annual Reporting Survey 2023 24
3 Date direction issued by IJB 
4 Date from which direction
takes effect 
5 Direction to: 
6 Does this direction
supersede, revise or revoke a
previous direction – if yes,
include reference number(s) 
7 Functions covered by
direction 
8 Full text of direction 
9 Budget allocated by
Integration Joint Board to
carry out direction 
10 Performance Management /
Governance arrangements 
11 Date direction will be
reviewed

Page 173

Appendix 1 
Alcohol and Drug Partnership (ADP) Annual Reporting
Survey: 2023/24
This survey is designed to collect information from all ADPs across Scotland on a range of aspects
relating to the delivery of the National Mission on drugs during the financial year 2023/24. This
will not reflect the totality of your work but will cover areas where you do not already report
progress nationally through other means. 
The survey is composed of single option and multiple-choice questions with a limited number of
open text questions. We want to emphasise that the multiple-choice options provided are for ease
of completion and it is not expected that every ADP will have all of these in place. 
We do not expect you to go out to services in order to respond to questions relating to activities
undertaken by them in your area. Where questions refer to service level activities, we are
interested in the extent to which you are aware of these at an ADP level.
We are conscious that some of the data we are now asking for may appear to have been supplied
through other means (e.g. MAT Standards reporting). After careful review, we found the data
supplied via these means is not in a form that allows for consistently tracking change over time at
a national level and so have included a limited number of questions on these topics.
The data collected will be used to better understand progress at local level will inform: 
 National monitoring of the National Mission on Drugs;
 The work of advisory groups including the Whole Family Approach Group, the Public Health
Surveillance Group and the Residential Rehabilitation Working Group, amongst others; and
 The work of national organisations which support local delivery.
The data will be analysed and findings will be published at an aggregate level as Official Statistics
on the Scottish Government website. You can find the report on the 2022/23 ADP survey
responses here. All data will be shared with Public Health Scotland to inform drug and alcohol
policy monitoring and evaluation, and excerpts and/or summary data may be used in published
reports. It should also be noted that the data provided will be available on request under freedom
of information regulations and so we would encourage you to publish your return. 
The deadline for returns is Friday 28 June 2024. Your submission should be signed off by the
ADP and the IJB. We are aware that there is variation in the timings of IJB meetings so please flag
if this will be an issue.
If you require clarification on any areas of the survey or would like any more information, please do
not hesitate to get in touch by email at substanceuseanalyticalteam@gov.scot.

Page 174

Cross-cutting priority: Surveillance and Data Informed
Question 1
Which Alcohol and Drug Partnership (ADP) do you represent? Mark with an ‘x’.
[single option] 
Aberdeen City ADP
Aberdeenshire ADP
Angus ADP
Argyll & Bute ADP
Borders ADP
City of Edinburgh ADP
Clackmannanshire & Stirling ADP
Dumfries & Galloway ADP
Dundee City ADP
East Ayrshire ADP
East Dunbartonshire ADP
East Renfrewshire ADP
Falkirk ADP
Fife ADP
Glasgow City ADP
Highland ADP
Inverclyde ADP
Lothian MELDAP ADP
Moray ADP
North Ayrshire ADP
x North Lanarkshire ADP
Orkney ADP
Perth & Kinross ADP
Renfrewshire ADP
Shetland ADP
South Ayrshire ADP
South Lanarkshire ADP
West Dunbartonshire ADP
West Lothian ADP
Western Isles ADP

Page 175

Question 2
Which groups or structures were in place at an ADP level to inform surveillance and
monitoring of alcohol and drug harms or deaths? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’ – if drug
and alcohol deaths are reviewed at a combined group, please select both ‘Alcohol death
review group’ and ‘Drug death review group’.
[multiple choice] 
X Alcohol death review group
X Alcohol harms group
X Drug death review group
X Drug trend monitoring group/Early Warning System
None
Other (please specify): 
Question 3
3a. Do Chief Officers for Public Protection receive feedback from drug death reviews?
Mark with an ‘x’.
[single option] 
Yes
X No
Don’t know 
3b. If no, please provide details on why this is not the case.
[open text – maximum 500 characters] 
Question 4
Please describe what local and national structures are in place in your ADP area for the
monitoring and surveillance of alcohol and drug harms and deaths, and how these are
being used to inform local decision making in response to emerging threats (e.g. novel
synthetics)? [open text – maximum 2,000 characters]
Chief Officers and Public Protection have assurances via the ADP strucutres and
governance arrangements that the appropraite processes and procedures are in
place to review DRDs and incoproate relevant learning.
Chief Officers and Public Protection have assurances via the ADP strucutres and
governance arrangements that the appropraite processes and procedures are in
place to review DRDs and incoproate relevant learning.

Page 176

The Drug Death Prevention Group (strategic and operational) reviews and monitors
data/surveilance from a number of sources locally and nationally to help target our
response to reduce harms and deaths from drugs. Similary, the reducing alcohol
harms group has the same approach and both structures are accountable to the
ADP Partenship Board. These are charied by Public Health Colleagues. All learning
from each groups is fed back thought the the wider ADP sub-groups and
stakeholders, where appropraite. There is a SOP in place for monitoring emerging
threats with links to RADAR/PHS nationally - PHS colleagues are part of the DTMG.
The  ADP  and  all  groups  within,  including  those  cited  above  have  good

Page 177

representation from Police, Health, Social work, Housing, Education, Youth
services, Community/voluntary sector and people with lived experience.
The Drug Death Prevention Group (strategic and operational) reviews and monitors
data/surveilance from a number of sources locally and nationally to help target our
response to reduce harms and deaths from drugs. Similary, the reducing alcohol
harms group has the same approach and both structures are accountable to the
ADP Partenship Board. These are charied by Public Health Colleagues. All learning
from each groups is fed back thought the the wider ADP sub-groups and
stakeholders, where appropraite. There is a SOP in place for monitoring emerging
threats with links to RADAR/PHS nationally - PHS colleagues are part of the DTMG.
The  ADP  and  all  groups  within,  including  those  cited  above  have  good

Page 178

Question 5
5a. In response to emerging threats, e.g. novel synthetics, have you made specific
revisions to any protocols? Mark with an ‘x’.
[single option] 
X Yes
No 
5b. Please provide details of any revisions
[open text – maximum 500 characters] 
representation from Police, Health, Social work, Housing, Education, Youth
services, Community/voluntary sector and people with lived experience.
We have developed a specific SOP to review/monitor new and emerging threats -
this has been developed in partnerships with RADAR and colleague at PHS. This is
also linked to the National Drug Deaths Incident Management Team.
We have developed a specific SOP to review/monitor new and emerging threats -
this has been developed in partnerships with RADAR and colleague at PHS. This is
also linked to the National Drug Deaths Incident Management Team.

Page 179

Cross-cutting priority: Resilient and Skilled Workforce
Question 6
6a. What is the whole-time equivalent1 staffing resource routinely dedicated to your ADP
Support Team as of 31 March 2024.
[numeric, decimal] 
Total current staff (whole-time
equivalent including fixed-term and
temporary staff, and those shared with
other business areas)
8.50
Total vacancies (whole-time equivalent) 0.00 
6b. Please list the job title for each vacancy in your ADP Support Team as at 31 March
2024 (if applicable).
[open text – maximum 500 characters] 
Question 7
Please describe any initiatives you have undertaken as an ADP, or are aware of in the
Strategic Lead,
Development officer - x 3,
Information research Officer,
Administrator,
Higher Clerical Officer,
Peer support worker
Drug Death Information Office (0.5 WTE)
Strategic Lead,
Development officer - x 3,
Information research Officer,
Administrator,
Higher Clerical Officer,
Peer support worker
Drug Death Information Office (0.5 WTE)

Page 180

services you commission, that are aimed at improving employee wellbeing (volunteers
as well as paid staff).
[open text – maximum 2,000 characters] 
1 Note: whole-time equivalent (WTE) is a unit of measurement that indicates the total working hours of
employees in relation to a full-time position. It helps to standardise and compare staffing resource across
different teams or organisations. A full-time employee is equal to one whole-time equivalent. For part-time
employees, divide their hours by the whole-time equivalent. For example, if a part-time employee is
required to work 7.5 hours per week and a ‘full-time’ position is considered to be 37.5 hours, the WTE
would be 0.2 (7.5 hours / 37.5 hours).

Page 181

Cross cutting priorities: Lived and Living Experience
Question 8
Do you have a formal mechanism at an ADP level for gathering feedback from people
with lived/living experience who are using services you fund? Mark all that apply with an
‘x’. [multiple choice] 
X Experiential data collected as part of MAT programme
x Feedback / complaints process
X Lived / living experience panel, forum and / or focus group
X Questionnaire / survey
No formal mechanism in place
Other (please specify): 
Question 9
How do you, as an ADP, use feedback received from people with lived/living
experience and family members to improve service provision? Mark all that apply with
an ‘x’. [multiple choice] 
Lived/living experience Family members
Feedback is integrated
into strategy X X
Feedback is presented at
the ADP board level X X

Page 182

Feedback used in
assessment and appraisal
processes for staff
X X

Page 183

Feedback used to inform
service design X X
Feedback used to inform
service improvement X X
Other (please specify) LLE Peer Researchers LLE Peer Research
Question 10
10a. In what ways are people with lived and living experience able to participate in
ADP decision-making? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
x Through ADP board membership
X Through a group or network that is independent of the ADP
X Through an existing ADP group/panel/reference group
X Through membership in other areas of ADP governance (e.g. steering group)
Not currently able to participate
X Other (please specify): Embedded through ADP commissioned
services/Programmes 
10b. In what ways are family members able to participate in ADP decision-making?
Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
X Through ADP board membership
X Through a group or network that is independent of the ADP
X Through an existing ADP group/panel/reference group
X Through membership in other areas of ADP governance (e.g. steering group)
Not currently able to participate
Other (please specify): 
Question 11
What mechanisms are in place within your ADP to ensure that services you fund involve
people with lived/living experience and/or family members in their decision making (e.g.
the delivery of the service)? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
Prerequisite for our commissioning
X Asked about in their reporting
X Mentioned in our contracts
None
X Other (please specify): Service Level Agreements set out LLE engagement
requirements

Page 184

Question 12
Please describe how you have used your ADP’s allocated funding for lived/living
experience participation2 in the last financial year. Within your answer please indicate
which activities have been most costly.
[open text – maximum 2,000 characters] 
Cross cutting priorities: Stigma Reduction
Question 13
Within which written strategies or policies does your ADP consider stigma reduction for
people who use substances and/or their families? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
X ADP strategy, delivery and/or action plan
X Alcohol deaths and harms prevention action plan
X Communication strategy
Community action plan
X Drug deaths and harms prevention action plan
X MAT standards delivery plan
x Service development, improvement and/or delivery plan
None
Other (please specify): 
Question 14
14a. Please describe what work is underway in your ADP area to reduce stigma for
This has been used to fund Peer Research training and engagement linked to MAT
standards and wider LLE activities, events and training. In addition, the ADP has
recruited a Peer Support Worker to take forward our LLE work alongside locally
commissioned services.
This has been used to fund Peer Research training and engagement linked to MAT
standards and wider LLE activities, events and training. In addition, the ADP has
recruited a Peer Support Worker to take forward our LLE work alongside locally
commissioned services.

Page 185

people who use substances and/or their families.
[open text – maximum 2,000 characters] 
2 The funding letter specified that “£0.5 million is being allocated to ADPs to ensure the voices of people
with lived and living experience are heard and acted upon in service design and delivery at a local level.
This includes decisions about prioritisation, commissioning and evaluation of services.”

Page 186

14b. What data does your ADP have access to that could be used to capture the impact
of the work described in 14a? (Please indicate if this is not currently possible).
[open text – maximum 500 characters] 
NLADP works closely with Stigma Free Lanarkshire to ensure stigma associated
with substance use is included in their work. NLADP stigma work, in relation to
substance use, will be linked to the rights-based approach in 2024. Five individuals
have completed an SVQ's in Rights Based Advocacy with Reach Advocacy, this
was funded by the ADP and SG, they will support the development of our stigma
work this year. In addition, over 30 staff attended advocacy training workshops
delivered by Reach in 2023/24. This is the first phase of our stigma plans - we will
continue to work with Reach Advocacy to offer more SVQs and sessions in 2024 to
develp our stigma action plan with the LLE groups and commissioned services.
NLADP works closely with Stigma Free Lanarkshire to ensure stigma associated
with substance use is included in their work. NLADP stigma work, in relation to
substance use, will be linked to the rights-based approach in 2024. Five individuals
have completed an SVQ's in Rights Based Advocacy with Reach Advocacy, this
was funded by the ADP and SG, they will support the development of our stigma
work this year. In addition, over 30 staff attended advocacy training workshops
delivered by Reach in 2023/24. This is the first phase of our stigma plans - we will
continue to work with Reach Advocacy to offer more SVQs and sessions in 2024 to
develp our stigma action plan with the LLE groups and commissioned services.
Feedback from individuals, case studies from quarterly reporting from
commissioned services, Peer Worker Blogs and peer researchers linked to the
Recovery Community, MAT standards and the Living Experience groups led by SDF.
Feedback from individuals, case studies from quarterly reporting from
commissioned services, Peer Worker Blogs and peer researchers linked to the
Recovery Community, MAT standards and the Living Experience groups led by SDF.

Page 187

Fewer people develop problem substance use
Question 15
How is information on local treatment and support services made available to different
audiences at an ADP level (not at a service level)? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
In person
(e.g. at
events,
workshops,
etc) 
Leaflets /
posters
Online
(e.g.
websites,
social
media,
apps, etc.)
Non-native English speakers (English
Second Language)   
People from minority ethnic groups  
People from religious groups   
People who are experiencing
homelessness   
People who are LGBTQI+   
People who are pregnant or peri-natal  
People who engage in transactional
sex   
People with hearing impairments
and/or visual impairments   
People with learning disabilities and
literacy difficulties   
Veterans   
Women

Page 188

Question 16
Which of the following education or prevention activities were funded or supported3 by
the ADP? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
0-15 years
(children)
16-24 years
(young
people)
25 years+
(adults)
Campaigns / information X X X
Harm reduction services X X X
Learning materials X X X
Mental wellbeing X X X
Peer-led interventions X X X
Physical health X X X
Planet Youth X X 
Pregnancy & parenting X X 
Youth activities X X 
Other (please specify)   
3 Note: ‘supported’ refers to where the ADP provides resources of some kind (separate from financial,

Page 189

which is covered by “funded”). This could take the form of knowledge exchange, staffing, the supply of
materials (e.g. learning templates, lending them a physical location), etc.

Page 190

Risk is reduced for people who use substances
Question 17
In which of the following settings are selected harm reduction initiatives delivered in your
ADP area? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
Supply of
naloxone
Hepatitis C
testing
Injecting
equipment
provision
Wound
care
Community
pharmacies    
Drug services (NHS,
third sector, council) X X X X
Family support
services X   
General practices    
Homelessness
services X X X 
Hospitals (incl. A&E,
inpatient departments) X   
Justice services X   
Mental health services    
Mobile/outreach
services X X X X
Peer-led initiatives X   
Prison X X 
Sexual health services X X 
Women support
services    
Young people’s
service x   
None    
Other (please specify)

Page 191

Question 18
19a. Which of the following harm reduction interventions is there currently a demand for
in your ADP area? (Either where the intervention is not currently provided or where
demand exceeds current supply). Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
Drug checking
X Drug testing strips
Heroin Assisted Treatment
Safer drug consumption facility
Safer inhalation pipe provision
Safe supply of substances
Other (please specify): 
19b. Please provide details, e.g. scale of the demand.
[open text – maximum 500 characters] 
We have request from individuals liked to ADP commissioned service for drug
testing strips for Nitazene/New Synthetic Opioid detaction.
We have request from individuals liked to ADP commissioned service for drug
testing strips for Nitazene/New Synthetic Opioid detaction.

Page 192

People most at risk have access to treatment and recovery
Question 19
Which partners within your ADP area have documented pathways in place, or in
development, to ensure people who experience a near-fatal overdose (NFO) are
identified and offered support? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
NFO pathway in
place
NFO pathway in
development
Community recovery providers X
Homeless services X
Hospitals (including emergency
departments) X 
Housing services X
Mental health services  X
Police Scotland  
Primary care  
Prison  
Scottish Ambulance Service X
Scottish Fire & Rescue Service  
Specialist substance use treatment
services X 
Third sector substance use services X
Other (please specify)   
Question 20
Which, if any, of the following barriers to implementing NFO pathways exist in your ADP
area? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
Further workforce training required
Insufficient funds
x Issues around information sharing
Lack of leadership
Lack of ownership
Workforce capacity
X None
Other (please specify):

Page 193

Question 21
In what ways have you worked with justice partners4? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
Strategic level
X ADP representation on local Community Justice Partnership
X Contributed to strategic planning
X Coordinated activities between justice, health or social care partners
X Data sharing
X Justice organisations represented on the ADP (e.g. COPFS, Police Scotland, local
Community Justice Partnership, local Justice Social Work department, prison)
X Provided advice and guidance
Other (please specify): 
Operational level
X Provided funding or staff for a specialist court (Drug, Alcohol, Problem Solving)
X Raised awareness about community-based treatment options (partners involved in
diversion from prosecution or treatment-based community orders)
X Supported staff training on drug or alcohol related issues
Other (please specify): 
Service level
Funded or supported:
X Navigators for people in the justice system who use drugs
X Services for people transitioning out of custody
X Services in police custody suites
X Services in prisons or young offenders institutions
X Services specifically for Drug Treatment and Testing Orders (DTTOs)
X Services specifically for people serving Community Payback Orders with a Drug or
Alcohol Treatment Requirement
Other (please specify): 
4 Note: ‘justice partners’ includes Community Justice Partnerships (CJPs), Justice Social Work

Page 194

departments, Prisons and Young Offender Institutes, Police, Crown Office and Procurator Fiscal Service
(COPFS), Scottish Courts and Tribunals Service (SCTS), Sacro, and third sector organisations that
specifically serve people involved with the criminal justice system.

Page 195

Question 22
Which activities did your ADP support at each stage of the criminal justice system? Mark
all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
Pre-
arrest5
Inpolice
custody6
In
courts7
In
prison8
Upon
release9
Advocacy or
navigators X X X X X
Alcohol
interventions X X X X X
Drug and alcohol
use and treatment
needs screening
X X X X X
Harm reduction inc.
naloxone X X  X X
Health education &
life skills X X X X X
Medically
supervised
detoxification 
X X  X 
Opioid Substitution
Therapy X  X X X
Psychosocial and
mental health based
interventions
X X X X X
Psychological and
mental health
screening
X X X X X
Recovery (e.g. café,
community) X X X X X
Referrals to drug
and alcohol
treatment services
X X X X X
Staff training X X X X X
None     
Other (please
specify)     
5 Pre-arrest: Services for police to refer people into without making an arrest.
6 In police custody: Services available in police custody suites to people who have been arrested.
7 In courts: Services delivered in collaboration with the courts (e.g. services only available through a
specialist drug court, services only available to people on a DTTO).

Page 196

8 In prison: Services available to people in prisons or young offenders institutions in your area (if
applicable).
9 Upon release: Services aimed specifically at supporting people transitioning out of custody.

Page 197

Question 23
24a. Does your ADP fund or support any residential services that are aimed at those in
the justice system (who are who are subject to Community Payback Orders, Drug
Treatment and Testing Orders, Supervised Release Orders and other relevant
community orders)? Mark with an ‘x’.
[single option] 
Yes
X No
Don’t know 
24b. If yes, please list the relevant services.
[open text – maximum 500 characters] 
Question 24
24a. For individuals who have had a court order given to them in relation to their
substance use, do you have testing services available in your ADP area10? Mark with an
‘x’. [single option] 
X Yes
No
Don’t know 
24b. If yes, please describe the type of monitoring that takes place (e.g. sampling with
handheld devices, spit tests, electronic monitoring) and who provides these services
(e.g. private, third sector, statutory). [open text – maximum 500 characters]. 
Statutory Services - Jusice social work, DTTO with links to the Addiction Recovery
Teams (ART)

Page 198

10 We are including this question on behalf of Scottish Government Justice colleagues to better
understand substance testing for orders and licences in Scotland.
Statutory Services - Jusice social work, DTTO with links to the Addiction Recovery
Teams (ART)

Page 199

People receive high quality treatment and recovery services
Question 25
What screening options are in place to address alcohol harms? Mark all that apply with
an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
X Alcohol hospital liaison
X Arrangements for the delivery of alcohol brief interventions in all priority settings
X Arrangement of the delivery of alcohol brief interventions in non-priority settings
Pathways for early detection of alcohol-related liver disease
None
Other (please specify): 
Question 26
What treatment options are in place to address alcohol harms? Mark all that apply with
an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
X Access to alcohol medication (e.g. Antabuse, Acamprase, etc.)
X Alcohol hospital liaison
X Alcohol related cognitive testing (e.g. for alcohol related brain damage)
x Community alcohol detox (including at-home)
X In-patient alcohol detox
X Pathways into mental health treatment
X Psychosocial counselling
X Residential rehabilitation
None
Other (please specify):

Page 200

Question 27
27a. Which, if any, of the following barriers to residential rehabilitation exist in your ADP
area? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
Availability of aftercare
X Availability of detox services
X Availability of stabilisation services
Current models are not working
Difficulty identifying all those who will benefit
Further workforce training required
Insufficient funds
Insufficient staff
Lack of awareness among potential clients
X Lack of capacity
X Lack of specialist providers
X Scope to further improve/refine your own pathways
X Waiting times
None
Other (please specify): 
27b. What actions is your ADP taking to overcome these barriers to residential
rehabilitation?
[open text – maximum 500 characters] 
Question 28
28a. Have you made any revisions in your pathway to residential rehabilitation in the last
year? Mark with an ‘x’.
[single option] 
No revisions or updates made in 2023/24
Yes - Revised or updated in 2023/24 and this has been published
NLADP is in the process of evaluating out Residential Rehab Pathways with
engagement with those who have been referred for assessment/places within the
last 12 months. HIS Self-Assessment also supported improvement measures and a
Resi-Rehab steering group is in place, accountable to the ADP Partnerhsip Board.
NLADP is in the process of evaluating out Residential Rehab Pathways with
engagement with those who have been referred for assessment/places within the
last 12 months. HIS Self-Assessment also supported improvement measures and a
Resi-Rehab steering group is in place, accountable to the ADP Partnerhsip Board.

Page 201

X Yes - Revised or updated in 2023/24 but not currently published 
28b. If yes, please provide brief details of the changes made and the rationale for the
changes.
[open text – maximum 500 characters]

Page 202

To build on the learning from a programme of work led by Scottish Recovery
Consortium in 2023 and to increase awareness and understanding of our local
pathways for staff, people accessing support and wider community.
To build on the learning from a programme of work led by Scottish Recovery
Consortium in 2023 and to increase awareness and understanding of our local
pathways for staff, people accessing support and wider community.

Page 203

Question 29
29a. Which, if any, of the following barriers to implementing MAT exist in your area?
Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
Accommodation challenges (e.g. appropriate physical spaces, premises, etc.)
X Availability of stabilisation services
Difficulty identifying all those who will benefit
x Further workforce training is needed
Geographical challenges (e.g. remote, rural, etc.)
Insufficient funds
Insufficient staff
Lack of awareness among potential clients
Lack of capacity
X Scope to further improve/refine your own pathways
Waiting times
None
Other (please specify): 
29b. What actions is your ADP taking to overcome these barriers to implementing MAT
in your ADP area?
[open text – maximum 500 characters] 
There is a WTE Impovement Manager in post to oeversee all aspects of MAT
standards implementation (since May 2023). This role is incorporated into statutory
addiction services and works closely with the ADP team and community voluntary
supports. There is a MAT steering group that oversees all work required to
implement and fully embed the standards - this group met fortnightly throughout
2023 with representation from the MIST team from PHS for numerical/processes
and experiential elements.
There is a WTE Impovement Manager in post to oeversee all aspects of MAT
standards implementation (since May 2023). This role is incorporated into statutory
addiction services and works closely with the ADP team and community voluntary
supports. There is a MAT steering group that oversees all work required to
implement and fully embed the standards - this group met fortnightly throughout
2023 with representation from the MIST team from PHS for numerical/processes
and experiential elements.

Page 204

Question 30
Which of the following treatment and support services are in place specifically for
children and young people using alcohol and / or drugs? Mark all that apply with an
‘x’. [multiple choice] 
Up to 12
years (early
years and
primary)
13-15 years
(secondary
S1-4)
16-24 years
(young
people)
Alcohol-related medication (e.g.
acamprosate, disulfiram,
naltrexone, nalmefene)   
x
Diversionary activities X X X
Employability support  X X
Family support services  X X
Information services X X X
Justice services   X
Mental health services (including
wellbeing) X X X
Opioid Substitution Therapy   X
Outreach/mobile (including
school outreach)   X
Recovery communities  X X
School outreach X X X
Support/discussion groups
(including 1:1) X X X
Other (please specify)   
Question 31
Please list all recovery groups11 in your ADP area that are funded or supported12 by your
ADP.
[open text – maximum 2,000 characters] 
11 ‘Recovery group’ includes any group that supports recovery and/or wellbeing in your local area. This
could be local recovery cafés; peer support groups; wellbeing groups that support people affected by
Recovery Scotland - across all 6 localities on NL and supported recovery activities
in Shotts Prison. Recovery Scotland is formally commissioned to lead on all
Recovery Scotland - across all 6 localities on NL and supported recovery activities
in Shotts Prison. Recovery Scotland is formally commissioned to lead on all

Page 205

substance use; or more established recovery networks, hubs or organisations. If some of these are
covered by umbrella groups, please list both.
12 Note: ‘supported’ here refers to where ADP provides resources of some kind (separate from financial,
which is covered by “funded”). This could take the form of knowledge exchange, staffing, the supply of
materials (e.g. learning templates, lending them a physical location), etc.

Page 206

Quality of life is improved by addressing multiple disadvantages
Question 32
Do you have specific treatment and support services in place for the following groups?
Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
Yes No
Non-native English speakers (English Second
Language)  X
People from minority ethnic groups X
People from religious groups X
People who are experiencing homelessness X
People who are LGBTQI+ X
People who are pregnant or peri-natal x
People who engage in transactional sex X
People with hearing impairments and/or visual
impairments X 
People with learning disabilities and literacy
difficulties  X
Veterans  X
Women X 
Question 33
33a. Are there formal joint working protocols in place to support people with co-occurring
substance use and mental health diagnoses to receive mental health care? Mark with an
‘x’. [single choice] 
x Yes
No 
33b. Please provide details.
[open text – maximum 500 characters] 
Recovery community development activitiy, sucessful after a competitive tendering
process.
Recovery community development activitiy, sucessful after a competitive tendering
process.
The screening for MH and susbstance use co-occuring diagnosis takes place within
the Urgent Response Team for same day access to treatment as part of the delivery
of MAT standard 1.

Page 207

The screening for MH and susbstance use co-occuring diagnosis takes place within
the Urgent Response Team for same day access to treatment as part of the delivery
of MAT standard 1.

Page 208

Question 34
What arrangements are in place within your ADP area for people who present at
substance use services with mental health concerns for which they do not have a
diagnosis? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
Dual diagnosis teams
Formal joint working protocols between mental health and substance use services
specifically for people with mental health concerns for which they do not have a
diagnosis
X Pathways for referral to mental health services or other multi-disciplinary teams
X Professional mental health staff within services (e.g. psychiatrists, community
mental health nurses, etc)
None
Other (please specify): 
Question 35
How do you as an ADP work with support services not directly linked to substance
use (e.g. welfare advice, housing support, etc.) to address multiple disadvantages?
Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
X By representation on strategic groups or topic-specific sub-groups
X By representation on the ADP board
X Through partnership working
X Via provision of funding
Not applicable
Other (please specify):

Page 209

Question 36
Which of the following activities are you aware of having been undertaken in ADP
funded or supported13 services to implement a trauma-informed approach? Mark all that
apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
X Engaging with people with lived/living experience
X Engaging with third sector/community partners
X Provision of trauma-informed spaces/accommodation
X Recruiting staff
X Training existing workforce
X Working group
None
Other (please specify): 
Question 37
37a. Does your ADP area have specific referral pathways for people to access
independent advocacy? Mark with an ‘x’. [single option] 
X Yes
No
Don’t know 
37b. If yes, are these commissioned directly by the ADP? Mark with an ‘x’.
[single option] 
X Yes
No
Don’t know

Page 210

13 Note: ‘supported’ refers to where the ADP provides resources of some kind (separate from financial, which
is covered by “funded”). This could take the form of knowledge exchange, staffing, the supply of materials
(e.g. learning templates, lending them a physical location), etc.

Page 211

Children, families and communities affected by substance use are
supported 
Question 38
Which of the following treatment and support services are in place for children and
young people affected by a parent’s or carer’s substance use? Mark all that apply
with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
Up to 12 years
(early years
and primary)
13-15 years
(secondary
S1-4)
16-24 years
(young people)
Carer support X X X
Diversionary activities X X X
Employability support  X
Family support
services X X X
Information services X X X
Mental health services X X X
Outreach/mobile
services   X
Recovery communities   X
School outreach X X x
Support/discussion
groups  X X
Other (please specify)   
Question 39
Which of the following support services are in place for adults affected by another
person’s substance use? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
X Advocacy
X Commissioned services
X Counselling
X One to one support
X Mental health support
X Naloxone training
X Support groups
X Training
None
Other (please specify):

Page 212

Question 40
40a. Do you have an agreed set of activities and priorities with local partners to
implement the Holistic Whole Family Approach Framework in your ADP area? Mark with
an ‘x’.
[single option] 
X Yes
No
Don’t know 
40b. Please provide details of these activities and priorities for 2023/24.
[open text – maximum 500 characters] 
Question 41
Which of the following services supporting Family Inclusive Practice or a Whole Family
Approach are in place in your ADP area? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
Family member in
treatment
Family member not in
treatment
Advice X X
Advocacy X X
Mentoring X X
Peer support X X
Personal development X X
Social activities X X
Support for victims of gender
based violence and their
families 
X X
Youth services X X
Other (please specify)   
Question 42
42a. Are any activities in your ADP area currently integrated with planned activity for the
Whole Family Wellbeing Funding in your Children’s Service’s Planning Partnership
All family support activites are linked to the work led by Scottish Families, the ADP
Whole family support sub-group priorities and the ealry intervention and prevention
sub-group. Our work is linked to the chidren services plan and the Joint Strategic
Needs Assessment to ensure all cross-cutting priorities are evidenced and linked
together.
All family support activites are linked to the work led by Scottish Families, the ADP
Whole family support sub-group priorities and the ealry intervention and prevention
sub-group. Our work is linked to the chidren services plan and the Joint Strategic
Needs Assessment to ensure all cross-cutting priorities are evidenced and linked
together.

Page 213

area? Mark with an ‘x’. [single option] 
X Yes
No
Don’t know

Page 214

42b. If yes, please provide details.
[open text – maximum 500 characters] 
All ADP activities target towards families is recognised in the Childrens Planning and
cited in the Joint Strategic Needs Assessment. The ADp is represented in the family
support planning group with cross representation in the ADP Whole Fmily approach
and Early Intervention and Prevention Sub-Groups.
All ADP activities target towards families is recognised in the Childrens Planning and
cited in the Joint Strategic Needs Assessment. The ADp is represented in the family
support planning group with cross representation in the ADP Whole Fmily approach
and Early Intervention and Prevention Sub-Groups.

Page 215

Additional question
Question 43
Please list all services / organisations commissioned by your ADP during 2023/24 and
the amount of funding provided for 2023/24. If the final year-end position is not yet
known, please include the projected spend amount. For part-funding, please only
include the amount contributed by your ADP. 
Service / organisation name
[open text]
Amount of funding provided £
[number]
Addiction Pyschology NHS 108000.00
Barnardos 298364.00
NLC Contextual Safeguarding 57000.00
NLC SW DTTO Justice Throughcare 98000.00
NLC Equal Say Advocacy 120000.00
Equals Advocacy, Older People 40000.00
GBV Services 39000.00
IPS SAMH 90000.00
NLC Kickstart 35000.00
NLC Children in Conflict with the law 85000.00
Phonenix Futures Prison Link Worker 40000.00
NLC Enchanced Diversionary Youth
Work 156975.00
NLC/Barnardos x 3 Projects Under
Whole Family App 118000.00
NLRC Recovery Community 175000.00
Phoenix Futures 2 x ContractsFamily &
Individuals 446346.00
SDF Addiction Worker Training
Program&Peer Resrch 49000.00
Turning Point Scotland 650000.00
Acute Navigators Medica Against
Violence 80000.00
NLC Youth Bridges 64632.00
Harm Reduction NHSL Staff & Foils 50000.00
Substance Misuse Liason Nurses NHS 53511.00
Barnardos/Phoenix CORRA Match
funding 68812.00
Landed 81818.00
NLC SW Alcohol & Drug Porlbem
Solving Court TOC 92000.00
NLC/NHS Addiction Recovery Team 260858.00

Page 216

Confirmation of sign-off
Question 44
Has your response been signed off at the following levels? [multiple choice] 
X ADP
x IJB
Not signed off by IJB (please specify date of the next meeting in dd/mm/yyyy
format): 
Thank you
Thank you for taking the time to complete this survey, your response is highly valued.
The results will be published in the 2023/24 ADP Annual Survey Official Statistics report,
scheduled for publication in autumn 2024. 
Please do not hesitate to get in touch via email at
substanceuseanalyticalteam@gov.scot should you have any questions. 
[End of survey]

Page 217

1 
 
REPORT 
Item No: 12 
SUBJECT: Internal Audit Annual Audit Report 2023/2024
TO: Integration Joint Board Performance Finance & Audit Committee
Lead
Officer for
Report:
Ross McGuffie, Chief Officer NL HSCP
Author(s)
of Report
Paula Hendry Acting Chief Officer (Audit and Risk), North Lanarkshire
Council
Jocelyn Lyall Chief Internal Auditor, NHS Lanarkshire
DATE: 21 August 2024 
1. PURPOSE OF REPORT
1.1 This paper is coming to the IJB Performance, Finance and Audit Committee
(PFAC): 
For approval For endorsement  To note 
2. ROUTE TO THE BOARD
2.1 This paper has been: 
Prepared By:
Acting Chief Officer (Audit and
Risk), North Lanarkshire Council
and Chief Internal Auditor, NHS
Lanarkshire.
☒ Reviewed By:
Chief Finance Officer
☒ Endorsed By:
Chief Officer
☒
3.          RECOMMENDATIONS
3.1  It is recommended that the IJB PFA: 
(1) Endorse the opinion of the Chief Internal Auditors that Reasonable
Assurance can be placed upon the adequacy and effectiveness of the IJB’s
framework of governance, risk management and internal control for the year
ended 31 March 2024. 
4.  VARIATIONS TO DIRECTIONS 
Yes  No  N/A

Page 218

2 
 
5. BACKGROUND/SUMMARY OF KEY ISSUES 
The Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Scotland) Act 2014 requires the IJB to comply
with the accounts and audit regulations and legislation under section 106 of the
Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973.
The Integrated Resources Advisory Group (IRAG) guidance sets out that IJBs
should make appropriate and proportionate arrangements for audit provision,
including arrangements to review risk management, governance, and control of
delegated resources.
A professional and objective joint internal audit service has been established in
accordance with recognised internal audit standards and practices as laid out in the
revised Public Sector Internal Audit Standards (PSIAS), in order to comply with
article 7 of the Local Authority Accounts (Scotland) Regulations 2014.
The internal audit arrangements for the IJB are provided jointly by the internal audit
teams of North Lanarkshire Council and NHS Lanarkshire.
Appendix 1 is the IJB Internal Auditors’ 2023/24 Annual Internal Audit Report. This
report is produced annually to provide the IJB PFAC with an independent view of
the overall adequacy and effectiveness of the framework of governance, risk
management, and control within the IJB. In turn, this informs the compilation of the
IJB’s draft Annual Governance Statement, which forms part of the IJB’s Annual
Accounts. 
5.1 The Internal Audit Annual Audit Report 2023/2024 is based on a body of work
contained within the partner organisation Internal Audit Plans for 2023/2024 and
also takes cognisance of the outcomes of the internal audit review of North
Lanarkshire IJB governance arrangements and the assessment of action taken to
address previous internal audit actions, issued on 11 July 2024. 
6. CONCLUSIONS
6.1 The Internal Audit Annual Audit Report for 2023/2024 provides a high-level overview
of the activity undertaken by the Internal Audit teams during the year, as reflected
in the annual opinion.
6.2 Based on the work undertaken directly on behalf of the IJB and being informed by
internal audit work undertaken independently by each respective internal audit
function within North Lanarkshire Council and NHS Lanarkshire, it is concluded that
reasonable assurance can be placed upon the adequacy and effectiveness of the
IJB’s framework of governance, risk management, and internal controls for the year
ending 31 March 2024.
6.3 Internal Audit will, as part of the agreed 2024/2025 workplan, develop and agree
arrangements to undertake follow-up work on the implementation of actions agreed
in response to relevant audit recommendations and report on this work to the PFAC
during 2024/2025. 
7. IMPLICATIONS
7.1 National Outcomes 
Link(s) to National Health and Wellbeing Outcomes:

Page 219

3 
 
People are able to look after and improve their own health and wellbeing
and live in good health for longer 
☒
People, including those with disabilities or long-term conditions, or who are
frail, are able to live, as far as reasonable practicable, independently and at
home or in a homely setting in their community
☒
People who use Health and Social Care Services have positive
experiences of those services, and have dignity respected
☒
Health and Social Care Services are centred on helping to maintain or
improve the quality of life of people who use those services 
☒
Health and Social Care Services contribute to reducing health inequalities  ☒
People who use Health and Social Care Services are safe from harm ☒
People who work in Health and Social Care Services feel engaged with the
work they do and are supported to continuously improve the information,
support, care and treatment they provide
☒
Resources are used effectively and efficiently in the provision of Health and
Social Care Services 
☒
7.2 Associated Measure(s)
The PFAC and both partners are required to ensure effective governance
arrangements are in place.
7.3 Financial 
There was no charge for the provision of internal audit work as joint working
arrangements have been developed to deliver this service. 
This paper has been reviewed by Finance:
Yes  No  N/A 
7.4 Risk Assessment/Risk Management
The management of risk is an integral part of the development of the Internal Audit
Plan. The IJB risk register was reviewed as part of year end assurance work.
The ‘Ineffective Governance arrangements’ risk rating was reduced from Medium to
Low during 2023/24. The mitigating controls include work being carried out to embed
governance processes within the Health & Social Care Partnership including risk
review, complaints, patient feedback, adverse events and completion of the IJB
Governance Self-Assessment. 
7.5 Engagement & Participation
The Chief Officer and the Chief Financial Officer have both been consulted on the
preparation of the Internal Audit Annual Report 2023/2024. 
Objectives  Further details 
☐ Involve stakeholders in the development
work aimed at achieving the national 
outcomes
N/A
☐ Provide stakeholders with information on
how to get involved
N/A
☐ Ensure a diverse range of engagement
and participation and opportunities are in 
N/A

Page 220

4 
 
place to suit different needs 
☐ Measure how well we involve community
stakeholders in the planning, design 
and delivery of our services 
N/A
☐ Provide regular feedback on how
stakeholder engagement and participation is
shaping and influencing service
development and delivery
N/A
☐ Provide support to enable stakeholder
representatives to participate meaningfully
and confidently at meetings
N/A
☐ Develop participation guidelines to ensure
a common understanding and set of 
expectations for both stakeholders and
partnership staff
N/A
☐ Support engagement planning and
participation in localities, taking account of 
other engagement activity and local plans
across the Community Planning 
Partnership
N/A 
7.6 Inequalities & Fairer Scotland Duty
EQIA Completed & Fairer Scotland Impact Assessment Form Completed and
attached to report: 
Yes  No  N/A 
EQIA added to website: 
Yes  No  N/A 
8. BACKGROUND PAPERS 
None. 
9. APPENDICES
Appendix 1 Internal Audit Annual Report 2023/2024   
.............................................................................
CHIEF OFFICER (or Depute)   
Members seeking further information about any aspect of this report, please contact the following:
Paula Hendry, Acting Chief Officer (Audit and Risk), North Lanarkshire Council:
hendryp@northlan.gov.uk
Jocelyn Lyall, Chief Internal Auditor, NHS Lanarkshire: Jocelyn.lyall2@nhs.scot

Page 221

5 
 
INTERNAL AUDIT ANNUAL AUDIT REPORT 2023/2024 Appendix 1
1 Purpose of Report
1.1 To report the activities undertaken by Internal Audit on behalf of the IJB for the year
2023/2024, and to present an independent annual opinion on the adequacy and effectiveness
of the IJB’s internal controls based on the work undertaken during the year.
2 Background
2.1 Internal Audit is an independent and objective assurance function designed to add value and
improve the IJB’s operations.  It helps the IJB accomplish its objectives by bringing a
systematic, disciplined approach to evaluate and improve the effectiveness of the IJB’s risk
management, internal control and governance processes thereby assisting the IJB, the
Performance, Finance and Audit Committee (PFAC), and the Senior Management Team to
effectively discharge their role and responsibilities.
2.2 Internal Audit reports its outputs to the PFAC which also approves the Internal Audit annual
audit plan and monitors the performance of the function.
2.3 Internal audit activity is planned to enable an independent annual opinion to be given by the
Chief Internal Auditors on the adequacy and effectiveness of internal controls within the IJB,
including the systems that achieve the corporate objectives of the IJB, and those that manage
the material risks they face.  It should be noted, however, that the presence of an effective
internal audit function contributes towards, but is not a substitute for, effective control. It is
primarily the responsibility of line management to establish internal controls so that the IJB’s
activities are conducted in an efficient and well-ordered manner, to ensure that management
policies and directives are adhered to, and that any relevant assets and records are
safeguarded.
3 High level overview of Internal Audit activity during 2023/2024
3.1 Both internal audit functions operated throughout 2023/2024 in accordance with the Public
Sector Internal Audit Standards (PSIAS).
3.2 Internal Audit completed a review of the IJB Governance Checklist self-assessment and
provided an adequate level of assurance.  The review concluded that the arrangements in
place for reviewing and assessing the governance framework are largely satisfactory and
that this framework is generally consistent with legislative requirements and expected good
practice.  We identified the need to ensure that all improvement actions identified from the
self-assessment are carried forward to the Annual Governance Statement and thereafter
tracked and monitored to completion.  This review also assessed the extent to which
management have implemented those actions previously committed to, in response to both
recommendations contained in previous internal and external audit reports and improvement
actions identified by management in previous years Annual Governance Statements.  Whilst
reasonable progress has been made, there is a need to ensure that outstanding actions are
timeously progressed to completion. 
4.2 In addition, the North Lanarkshire Council and NHS Lanarkshire internal audit teams
undertook a range of audit work within their respective organisations.  For North Lanarkshire
Council this included work undertaken on a range of systems and activities in the areas of
including procurement, creditors, petty cash and payroll which also provide assurance in
respect of North Lanarkshire Council operations for which the IJB has delegated
responsibility.  
4.3 Of particular note for NHS Lanarkshire were the Internal Control Evaluation and Annual
Internal Audit Report, both of which provided a holistic view of the adequacy and
effectiveness of Internal Controls across NHS Lanarkshire, including delegated functions.
Whilst these reviews provided positive assurance, they highlighted the demand, financial and
workforce challenges facing the Board and the need for a strategic response to be developed,
with partners. Other relevant areas covered by NHS Lanarkshire included resilience, adverse

Page 222

6 
 
event management, staff governance, clinical governance, risk management, health strategy,
and financial sustainability reviews.
4.4 Audit work undertaken within North Lanarkshire Council and NHS Lanarkshire support a
generally positive view of the IJB’s governance and internal control arrangements.
4.5 The results from our work suggest that there are no matters that we require to highlight no
significant weaknesses, areas of concern, material frauds or irregularities resulting in financial
loss to the IJB were identified in 2023/2024 that require to be brought to your attention.
4 Annual Internal Audit Opinion 
5.1 There is a formal requirement for the Chief Internal Auditors to prepare an annual opinion on
the organisation’s internal control system.  The opinion is presented to members of the PFAC
and the Chief Officer, North Lanarkshire  Health and Social Care Partnership and is intended
to provide independent and objective assurance to these different stakeholders as to the
adequacy and effectiveness of internal controls within the IJB.
5.2 The evaluation of the control environment is informed by a number of sources, and primarily
by validation of the governance checklist self-assessment. In bringing these together,
consideration has been given to whether there is evidence that any key controls are absent,
inadequate or ineffective and whether the existence of any weaknesses identified, taken
independently or with other findings, significantly impairs the IJB’s overall systems of internal
control.  Wider issues relating to the IJB’s corporate governance and risk management
arrangements have also been considered.
5.3 We would like to thank all IJB staff who have assisted Internal Audit during the course of our
work throughout 2023/2024. 
Basis of Opinion
The evaluation of the control environment is informed by:
 Validation of the IJB governance self-assessment checklist.
 Our wider knowledge of the IJB’s corporate governance, risk management and performance
management arrangements.
 Relevant reports issued by NHS Lanarkshire and North Lanarkshire Council Internal Audit
teams during 2023/2024.
 Reports issued by the IJB’s External Auditors during 2023/2024, together with reports from
other external review and inspection bodies.
Opinion
It is our opinion that reasonable assurance can be placed upon the adequacy and effectiveness of
the North Lanarkshire Health and Social Care Integration Joint Board’s framework of governance,
risk management, and internal control for the year ended 31 March 2024.

Page 223

7 
 
LEVEL OF ASSURANCE DEFINITION 
Audit Grading
Audit reports are graded with an overall assurance opinion, and any issues and associated
recommendations are classified individually to denote their relative importance, in accordance
with the definitions in the tables below. 
Definition of audit assurance and recommendation categories
Assurance Confidence based on sufficient evidence that internal controls are in place,
operating effectively and objectives are being achieved. 
Assurance opinion
Level of
Assurance
Definition
Substantial
assurance
Sound systems for risk, control and governance are in place and should
be effective in mitigating risks to the achievement of business and control
objectives.  Some minor improvements to existing controls in a few areas
may be required.
Adequate
assurance
The systems for risk, control and governance are largely satisfactory, but
there is some scope for improvement as the present arrangements could
undermine the achievement of business and/or control objectives and/or
leave them vulnerable to some risk of error/abuse.
Limited
assurance
The systems for risk, control and governance have some satisfactory
aspects, but contain a number of significant weaknesses that are likely to
undermine the achievement of business and/or control objectives and
leave them vulnerable to an unacceptable risk of error or abuse. 
Recommendation priority
Priority Definition
Red Significant weaknesses which management needs to address to achieve
objectives.
Amber Weaknesses which require prompt action to avoid exposure to risks in
achieving objectives.
Green Action advised/area for improvement to enhance control or improve
efficiency.

Page 224

1 
REPORT 
Item No: 13 
SUBJECT: Performance Update – Quarter 4 (January – March 2024) 
TO: Integration Joint Board Performance, Finance & Audit Committee
Lead
Officer for
Report:
Morag Dendy, Head of Planning, Performance and Quality
Assurance 
Author(s) of
Report
Stephen Forrest, Performance Manager
DATE: 21 August 2024 
1. PURPOSE OF REPORT 
This paper is coming to the IJB for: 
For approval ☐ For endorsement ☐ To note ☒ 
2. ROUTE TO THE BOARD 
This paper has been: 
Prepared By: ☒ Reviewed By: ☒ Endorsed By: ☐
Prepared by:      
Performance Manager 
Reviewed by: 
Senior Manager, Strategy
& Performance

Page 225

2 
3. RECOMMENDATIONS
It is recommended that the IJB PFA Committee:
(1) Note the contents of the report and the appendix. 
4.  VARIATIONS TO DIRECTIONS? 
5. BACKGROUND/SUMMARY OF KEY ISSUES
The Chief Officer has joint quarterly performance review meetings with the Chief Executives
of NHS Lanarkshire and North Lanarkshire Council. These meetings are supported by a
Chief Executives Performance Framework, comprising a range of performance measures
taken from across both the health and social work systems, including relevant targets and
trajectories for the measures presented. 
Each quarter there are areas for improvement identified within the performance framework;
these are identified using a RAG rating and those measures that are flagged as Red or
Amber are subject to improvement or corrective action. The performance review meetings
are used as a means for jointly agreeing these actions. 
6. CONCLUSIONS
The areas for improvement and corrective action are attached as Appendix 1. The areas for
improvement identified in Appendix 1 are being progressed as a matter of priority, and
progress updates will be reported at future meetings of the Board and the Performance,
Finance & Audit Committee.  
7. IMPLICATIONS 
7.1 NATIONAL OUTCOMES
Link(s) to National Health and Wellbeing Outcomes 
People are able to look after and improve their own health and wellbeing
and live in good health for longer 
☒
People, including those with disabilities or long-term conditions, or who are
frail, are able to live, as far as reasonable practicable, independently and at
home or in a homely setting in their community
☒
Yes  ☐ No ☐ N/A ☒

Page 226

3 
People who use Health and Social Care Services have positive
experiences of those services, and have dignity respected
☒
Health and Social Care Services are centred on helping to maintain or
improve the quality of life of people who use those services 
☒
Health and Social Care Services contribute to reducing health inequalities  ☒
People who use Health and Social Care Services are safe from harm ☒
People who work in Health and Social Care Services feel engaged with the
work they do and are supported to continuously improve the information,
support, care and treatment they provide
☒
Resources are used effectively and efficiently in the provision of Health and
Social Care Services 
☒
7.2 ASSOCIATED MEASURE(S)
None. 
7.3 FINANCIAL
This paper has been reviewed by Finance: 
7.4 RISK ASSESSMENT/RISK MANAGEMENT 
Relevant Risk Register Details  Current Risk
Level 
Risk Owner 
IJB 11.21 - Oversight of
Performance Activity
Low Ross McGuffie
NLC RIA0000460 –
Performance & planning
High NLC – Social  Work/Social care
7.5  ENGAGEMENT & PARTICPATION
Please tick the engagement and participation objectives that link(s) with this piece of
work and provide further details regarding the engagement and participation that was
undertaken.
Objectives  Further Details 
☐ Involve stakeholders in the development
work aimed at achieving the national 
outcomes 
☐ Provide stakeholders with information on
how to get involved 
Yes  ☐ No ☐ N/A ☒

Page 227

4 
☐ Ensure a diverse range of engagement
and participation and opportunities are in 
place to suit different needs 
☐ Measure how well we involve community
stakeholders in the planning, design 
and delivery of our services 
☐ Provide regular feedback on how
stakeholder engagement and participation is
shaping and influencing service
development and delivery 
☒ Provide support to enable stakeholder
representatives to participate meaningfully
and confidently at meetings
The performance information, with
the corresponding improvement
and corrective actions will enable
stakeholder representatives to
participate in wider discussion
about performance.
☐ Develop participation guidelines to
ensure a common understanding and set of 
expectations for both stakeholders and
partnership staff 
☒ Support engagement planning and
participation in localities, taking account of 
other engagement activity and local plans
across the Community Planning 
Partnership
The performance information, with
the corresponding improvement
and corrective actions supports
locality planning. 
7.6 INEQUALITIES & FAIRER SCOTLAND DUTY 
EQIA Completed & Fairer Scotland Impact Assessment Form Completed and
attached to report: 
EQIA added to website: 
8. BACKGROUND PAPERS
Yes  ☐ No ☐ N/A ☒
Yes /
Date
added 
☐ No ☐ N/A ☒

Page 228

5 
None. 
9. APPENDICES
Appendix One - Areas for Improvement (Quarter 4, January – March 2024) 
CHIEF ACCOUNTABLE OFFICER (or Depute)  
Head of Planning, Performance and Quality Assurance 
Members seeking further information about any aspect of this report, please contact
the following;
Stephen Forrest – Performance Manager Stephen.Forrest@lanarkshire.scot.nhs.uk

Page 229

6 
1.   Cervical Screening Target 2023/24 2023/24 Q3  2023/24 Q4 Performance 
Compared to 
Previous Quarter 
Performance 
Compared to Same 
Quarter Previous 
Year 
RAG Status 
Cervical Screening  80%  71.8%  71.2%    RED 
Narrative & Corrective Action 
 
Data from MiLan was used in an analysis of cervical screening uptake across Lanarkshire. The graph below illustrates the cervical uptake rate for North Lanarkshire, 
showing a slight decline in performance across 5 localities and stability in the remaining 6th locality. No locality achieved the recommended target of 80%. 
 
Despite the decline in performance, North Lanarkshire performs better than the Scottish average for this indicator; NL performs better than Lothian, GGC and many of 
the best performers, such as Highlands, have a very different population base to NL. As the decline is a national trend, Public Health Scotland have been carrying out 
research and analysis, looking particularly at the decline in younger people, which was emerging as a trend prior to the Covid 19 pandemic.

Page 230

7 
 
2023 /24 
 
 
Quarter 1 
June 
Quarter 2 
September 
Quarter 3 
December 
Quarter 4  
March  Target 
Airdrie  69.1%  69.2% ↑  68.8% ↑  68.8% ↔  80.0% 
Bellshill  70.7%  70.9% ↑  70.6% ↓  70% ↓  80.0% 
Coatbridge  71.5%  71.2% ↓  70.4% ↓  69.1% ↓  80.0% 
Motherwell  72.6%  72.8% ↑  72.2% ↓  71.9% ↓  80.0% 
69.1%
70.7%
71.5%
72.6% 75.8%
71.8%
69.2%
70.9%
71.2%
72.8% 75.7%
71.5%
68.8% 70.6%
70.4% 72.2%
75.3%
70.9%
68.8%
70.0%
69.1% 71.9% 74.8%
70.4%
62.0%
64.0%
66.0%
68.0%
70.0%
72.0%
74.0%
76.0%
78.0%
80.0%
82.0%
Airdrie Bellshill Coatbridge Motherwell North Wishaw
% 
uptake
Axis Title
North 2023/24 Quarterly Uptake 
by locality  
2023 /24 Quarter 1
June
2023 /24 Quarter 2
September
2023 /24 Quarter 3
December
2023 /24 Quarter 4
March
2023 /24 Target

Page 231

8 
North  75.8%  75.7% ↓  75.3% ↓  74.8% ↓  80.0% 
Wishaw  71.8%  71.5% ↓  70.9% ↓  70.4% ↓  80.0% 
Analysis for the period 1st January 2024 – 31st March 2024 – Quarter 4 
 
There has been no statistically significant change in uptake across localities. Of the 50 GP practices in North Lanarkshire, only 2 achieved the 80% target in quarter 4 
 Airdrie (6 practices) – no practices achieved the 80% uptake target  
 Bellshill (9 practices) – no practices achieved the 80% uptake target  
 Coatbridge (6 practices) – no practices achieved 80% uptake target  
 Motherwell (6 practices) – no practice achieved above 80% uptake target  
 North (12 practices) – 2 practices achieved 80% or above  
 Wishaw (11 practices) – no practices achieved the 80% uptake target  
Throughout the 12 months there have been 3 practices consistently performing well against the cervical screening target of 80%. In the last quarter 1 practice has slipped 
below 60% uptake. 
Following discussions at the April scrutiny panel it was highlighted that once Sector Management meetings are re‐established, there is a clear need to reengage the 
Cluster Leads and Service Managers as they are key stakeholders in driving appointment availability and capacity within their systems; we know from experience that this 
type of local engagement will drive performance.  Access to primary care appointments is a known barrier to women accessing their cervical screening. 
 
Activity 
Improving and maintaining cervical screening uptake is complex. Several multidisciplinary actions are in place, with a particular focus on inequalities. These are described 
in the Inequalities in Screening Action Plan  
General awareness raising. During Cervical Cancer Awareness Week (Jan 24), NHS Lanarkshire Facebook reached up to 28,074 people, X/Twitter 1806 impressions and 
Instagram 2,183 impressions. In addition, a further 5000 people were reached by partners reposting and sharing the media. 
Targeted work in the community. In Bellshill, the “Culture Junction” 6‐month evaluation report highlighted good levels of community engagement in their community 
workshops (8 workshops reaching 79 individuals) and their follow‐up focus groups (1 groups with 20 individuals). Although individuals were not asked to provide any 
equality monitoring, intelligence from the workshops indicates that there was engagement with groups living with a physical or learning disability, from ethnic minority 
populations, LGBTQ+ groups and those living in SIMD 1 and 2 areas. The workshops have increased awareness and understanding about cervical screening and provided a 
rich source of local data about barriers to engaging with cervical screening. 
In Airdrie, the commissioned community project has engaged with over 60 individuals, although staff absence has impacted on the progress of the project. This is 
expected to improve in the next quarter. 
To help target communications and awareness with younger women (who are less likely to attend for screening), a meeting with Health Improvement Early Years topic 
leads has been arranged to help identify and disseminate information to the Early Years staff networks and further explore opportunities to target younger women. 
Health Improvement Team Leaders have agreed with North Lanarkshire Community Boards to present at their upcoming meetings where screening will be presented as a 
substantive agenda item; an input will be provided by HI in order to raise awareness of the 3 main screening programmes, including cervical. 
Targeted work in Primary Care. Five GP practices in North Lanarkshire are participating in a 3‐month project providing additional time‐limited funding to assist practices 
in identifying and then targeting those on the defaulters list and then providing additional cervical screening appointments to encourage uptake. These practices were

Page 232

9 
identified as serving populations in lower SIMD areas and had average screening uptakes rates between 60.5% and 69.%. The evaluation of this initiative will be available 
in Quarter 2 2024/25.   
A successful pilot in South Lanarkshire practices where treatment rooms nurse received additional training, allowing them to raise the issue of screening with their 
existing patients will also now be delivered in North Lanarkshire. 
 
2.   Childhood Immunisations  Target 2023/24 2023/24 Q3  2023/24 Q4 Performance 
Compared to 
Previous Quarter 
Performance 
Compared to Same 
Quarter Previous 
Year 
RAG Status 
Immunisations – %s of 5 year olds    95%  90.6%  90.1%    RED 
Narrative & Corrective Action 
 
Action is being conducted at the level of the individual; a “deep dive” of every child’s journey is conducted within localities and for those non‐attenders, a number of 
factors are being considered to improve performance for this indicator. Where a “hold” on consent is in place, this is being interrogated and the reasons for the hold 
being investigated and an accurate rationale recorded. As there have been issues identified with the use of the SIRS hold, such as incorrect holds placed on those children 
transferring in to Lanarkshire, these holds are removed and the individual case investigated to ascertain the current position for that child. 
 
At every stage of the pathway contact is made and targeted contact is made pre‐immunisation to confirm attendance; if non‐attendance is likely, alternative options and 
appointments are offered. For non‐attendance, colleagues are making contact and engaging with the family to understand if there are barriers, such as boundary/travel, 
or vulnerabilities that are preventing their attendance. Where a child has a non‐complete immunisation record, this information is shared promptly with their GP. This 
information sharing has prompted further consideration of the wider public health implications of immunisation, particularly in light of the recent Measles outbreak 
across Europe. Fortunately, the known cases in Scotland have not been in Lanarkshire, however it is likely that transmission will extend to Lanarkshire, whether through 
holiday travel, or otherwise. National intelligence suggests that the prevalence of Whooping Cough is likely to pose a similar challenge for Boards. 
 
To improve uptake of the Measles vaccine there have been multiple clinics held and opportunities offered to families for children to receive the vaccine. These additional 
clinics were planned and held during any additional free time that could be identified as suitable and the team will continue to utilise such time to hold additional 
vaccination clinics. 
 
Health Visiting Teams have been actively pursuing an offer of vaccination where this has previously been declined. Health Visitors are discussing vaccinations at every 
pathway visit and a specific script was developed to assist staff nurses when calling and talking with families. There has been some feedback from families of having 
received multiple approaches and vaccination offers, which has the potential to impact negatively and this situation will be monitored to ensure that no negative effect 
will be experienced. 
 
The table below shows the volume of cases initially identified as having outstanding MMR vaccination and number of those to date that have now been given the vaccine:

Page 233

10 
 
No. Identified by 
Child Health 
Given after 
revisiting 
Bellshill  160  43 
Motherwell  184  68 
Wishaw  24 
Shotts  9 
Coatbridge  221  114 
Airdrie  263 (35 duplicates) 
228 
142 
North  299  145 
Given the resource and operational implications of any outbreak, such as the use of PPE, work is being delivered in collaboration with Public Health colleagues to prepare 
the workforce, including recording the vaccination status of staff and conducting immunity testing. Additionally, there is targeted engagement with our GP and Primary 
Care partners. This engagement will extend to Social Care partners and Public Health communications will mirror the advice given nationally by NHS Inform. 
 
3.   6 – 8 Week Reviews Target 2023/24 2023/24 Q1  2023/24 Q2 Performance 
Compared to 
Previous Quarter 
Performance 
Compared to Same 
Quarter Previous 
Year 
RAG Status 
Percentage of people who have completed 6‐8 week 
review  90%  79.9%  81.3%    RED... 
Narrative & Corrective Action 
 
Performance data for the most recent two quarters is not available; this data is normally presented one quarter in arrears, however the most recent quarter per the 
expected schedule is not currently available. It has recently been established that this performance metric has been incorrectly reported in the recent past (post‐Covid),

Page 234

11 
as reviews have been counted as complete if either the HV or GP return has been received. The change that is now being implemented will mean that reviews will only be 
counted if both the HV and GP parts are complete, restoring the metric to pre‐Covid definition. 
 
The expectation is that the percentage of completed reviews will decrease due to this, however the extent of the impact is presently unknown. 
Work continues to establish UHVP as a high priority for Morse implementation as an area of need and risk. This sits alongside wider engagement nationally to support a 
national digital recording solution. In addition, scoping work continues regarding the Elsie App, which is used in other healthcare settings to reduce DNA through more 
dynamic communication, reducing manual processes and increasing productivity of colleagues. Further updates will be provided as the service engages with stakeholders 
regarding the SBAR proposal for the introduction of the Elsie App. 
 
This indicator reflects on the wider Home Visit/ Universal Home Visit Pathway and previous “deep‐dive” analysis identified the inconsistency in practice across GP 
practices and less effective communication between Health Visitors and some GP practices as playing some part in the decline in performance. 
 
Work is being progressed with GP Practices NHS Lanarkshire‐wide to support the completion and return of forms; this works supports the regular engagement with GP 
practices on the importance of communicating any non‐attendance and specific engagement with GP and their Practice Managers to discuss the processes in place to 
ensuring CHSP forms are collected and delivered. At a locality level the service continues to implement practical actions to address the immediate concerns around 
missed reviews, and incomplete or missing records. Specific testing is being undertaken in Airdrie on improvements to the process and it is hoped that this can be scaled 
and spread, providing a consistent approach across each locality. 
 
With regard to the wider Health Visiting workforce, this is monitored using the PRAG recording tool, which continues to identify and highlight challenges in some areas; 
the service is responding with sector‐wide support and where possible, flexing the available resource to meet demand. 
 
4.   Reablement and Rehabilitation   Target 2023/24 2023/24 Q3  2023/24 Q4 Performance 
Compared to 
Previous Quarter 
Performance 
Compared to Same 
Quarter Previous 
Year 
RAG Status 
Reablement ‐ % Of New or Increased Home Support 
Packages Which Are Reablement  70%  70.0%  60.8%    RED 
Reablement ‐ % Of People With No or Reduced Home 
Support Service Required At End Of Process  70%  58.8%  58.5%    RED 
Balance Of Care ‐ % Of People (Age 65+)  45%  34.0%  36.4%    RED 
IEAS ‐ % Deliveries Achieved Within 7 Working Days 
Quarterly  80%  53.5%  63.4%    RED 
Narrative & Corrective Action

Page 235

12 
 
Reablement / Home Assessment Team 
The aim of rehabilitation and reablement services is to ensure that our residents are able to achieve, maintain, and recover their independence through appropriate 
supports at home and in their communities, including preventative approaches, self‐management and choice over supports and services. In addition, the shift in the 
balance of care toward delivering services by Self‐directed Support, allowing people to have greater choice and control in their own lives, requires that further 
consideration is required as to the performance indicators that might best represent how the delivery of services is changing. Working in these new ways, there is an 
associated increase in system capacity and improvement in patient flow by reducing the occupied bed days caused by Delayed Discharge.   
 
The development of the Reablement service is interdependent with work to develop Home Assessment Teams, the ongoing Review of Home Support services and the 
development of Locality Enabling Hubs. This is further dependent on the work to ensure that Reablement and Rehabilitation practice is cohesive across HAT, Home 
Support and Integrated Rehab Teams. Whilst recruitment remains a challenge for such services, with HAT teams not fully staffed and therefore little capacity to mitigate 
the impact of any sickness absence and annual leave, significant progress has been made. 
 
As well as raising awareness and understanding of HAT, the practice of assessment at home and a “Home First” approach embedded in everyday practice, tests of change 
are currently underway in UHM (Wards 14 & 20) and UHW (Ward 7) to introduce Non‐Prescriptive Referrals for Home Support. This follows analysis of data and 
information showing discrepancy between prescribed discharge care plans and the actual care that patients required post‐discharge, leading to a reduction in care 
provided. 
 
The purpose of the ToC is to increase the accuracy of Home Support Referrals and improve patient outcomes by adopting non‐prescriptive referrals, whereby potential 
referrals are screened by Home Support Team Leads and support is delivered on basis of need‐led input and available resources are optimised. The Team Leads will be 
deployed to proactively identify potential referrals for home care within the ward. Their role will involve providing guidance, coaching, and overall management of the 
situation, ensuring that the size of care packages is appropriate based on the individual patient's needs. It is hoped that evidencing a reduction in care required and 
provided will assist and influence clinicians and Allied Health Professionals to reassess their risk tolerance levels and adapt their approach accordingly. The data, 
particularly the outcomes for patients, will be analysed to identify further improvements and the potential to scale the approach. Further work to adopt a model of pre‐
PDD interface is planned in the coming months.

Page 236

13 
 
 
For 2023/24, the longer‐term trend was for more service users to complete the Reablement process, however in March there was a reduction in those completing from 
previous months. 
 
 
Looking at the change in service provision for Q4 following completion of the Reablement process, we can see that in Cumbernauld there has been a long‐term trend for 
an increase in the number of people completing the Reablement process with no service.

Page 237

14 
 
 
 
The most recent reporting details that the total number of referrals accepted by HAT is 1935. 133 referrals were accepted in April 2024, which is the highest monthly 
figure recorded, to date.  The volume of referrals to HAT in a calendar month is now regularly >100; this is the eighth month in the last year that the total accepted 
referrals has been over 100. In the last year, Wishaw had 27% of all referrals, with Airdrie, Motherwell and Cumbernauld having between 19% and 22%.  The volume of 
referrals for Bellshill and Coatbridge have increased over the last three months with Coatbridge now accepting similar volumes to the more established Motherwell team. 
0102030405060708090
Deceased
Decreased Hours
Increased Hours
No Service
Same Hours
Deceased
Decreased Hours
Increased Hours
No Service
Same Hours
Deceased
Decreased Hours
Increased Hours
No Service
Same Hours
Deceased
Decreased Hours
Increased Hours
No Service
Same Hours
Deceased
Decreased Hours
Increased Hours
No Service
Same Hours
Deceased
Decreased Hours
Increased Hours
No Service
Same Hours
Airdrie Bellshill Coatbridge Cumbernauld Motherwell Wishaw
Q4 ‐ Service users completing reablement process by change in service
0
20
40
60
80
100
Cumbernauld ‐ Service users completing reablement process by change in 
service
Decreased Hours Increased Hours No Service Same Hours

Page 238

15 
 
 
There is little movement in percentage terms for the origin of referrals since the last reporting; overall UHW Wishaw has generated more referrals than UHM. 
Monklands  876  45% 
Wishaw  1002  52% 
Other  58  3% 
 
The majority of referrals received related to females (59%), with the largest number in the age range 75‐84 years old (39%).  Under 65s only accounted for 9% and there is 
no one aged under 18 recorded.

Page 239

16 
 
 
The majority of cases have up to two Social Care services in place at the time of HAT referral. The largest input service remains Home Support, followed by OT, which is 
consistent across the last 12 months. 
 
 
95% of people were recorded as completing the HAT process. 37% of those completing HAT were recorded as requiring further service. Some data issues will be 
addressed in future HAT reporting, as the definition of ongoing service is being reconfigured to not include referrals being made to other certain services, such as NL 
Leisure. At the end of the HAT process 64% required no further service.

Page 240

17 
 
 
Significant effort continues to be applied to reduce discharge delays and in Q4, there was a notable decrease in the number of delays with reduction in both onsite and 
offsite bed days lost due to delayed discharges. This is a positive trend and more coordinated approach to the work of the Flow Boards and concise monthly planning 
should see sustained impacts on overall system performance. 
 
IEAS 
Change and Improvement work within the Equipment & Adaptation Service is governed by the Equipment & Adaptation Service (EAS) Governance Board. This ensures 
coordinated planning and communication, particularly in relation to performance management. 
Following a recruitment process, a new Equipment & Adaptation Service Manager has been appointed and is now in post, completing an induction process, local training 
and familiarisation. 
The MICES Replacement Project is on track, with a “Go Live” date of 05/08/24 for ELMS2, to be known as “Lanarkshire Equipment Ordering Service” to replace the 
outgoing MICES system. 
A full programme of training is in delivery and the introduction of the new system will facilitate improved management and performance information and easier 
integration of data with wider partnership systems. 
 
5.   CAMHS  Target 2023/24 2023/24 Q3  2023/24 Q4 Performance 
Compared to 
Previous Quarter 
Performance 
Compared to Same 
Quarter Previous 
Year 
RAG Status 
18 Week RTT Performance – CAMHS NHSL (NORTH 
HOSTED)  90%  72.6%  58.7%    RED 
Service at Completion
HS ‐ Reablement 12%
HS ‐ Mainstream 11%
IRT ‐ Physio 11%
IRT ‐ OT 11%
Rehabilitation ‐ Other 1%
CAS 16%
Locality SW Referral 1%
IDS 0%
LSS 1%
District Nurse 6%
NL Leisure 1%
Third Sector 3%

Page 241

18 
Narrative & Corrective Action 
 
The RTT performance decreased during Q4. The data prior to 2022 shows higher RTT% performance, however it does not reflect the increasing number of Children and 
Young People (CYP) waiting for first assessment. The reduced capacity to see new patients resulted in more routine/return activity, which in turn resulted in decreased 
RTT performance. 
 
 
Although RTT performance has significantly decreased since the second half of 2022, this is because the number of patients seen for first assessment has increased, 
meaning in turn they have breached the timescale to be seen for intervention within 18 weeks. May and June saw some recovery of position but did not establish a 
continued pattern in July. 
 
It is important to highlight that at the time of writing, over 200 waits had been removed from the waiting list in April 2024, those children having received a “Choice” 
appointment. The trajectory for long waits is a 40% and then a further 25% reduction in the coming months, with the end goal of having no initial wait for an 
appointment. This activity will inevitably result in a reduction in RTT as those who have been waiting are prioritised; the Scottish Government have been briefed on the 
approach, continuously monitor the position for CAMHS and are both comfortable and supportive of the approach taken in North Lanarkshire. 
 
There is now evidence beyond anecdote to support the drop‐off in activity at times of the year when there are concentrated school holidays. This is due to a combination 
of reduction in staff capacity and children not being brought for appointments. January 2024 reported a significant drop in performance. This was expected and 
anticipated. The operational management team have highlighted this pattern, along with similar “dips” that occur at Easter and Summer.

Page 242

19 
As a result, work is being undertaken with Team Coordinators to encourage flexibility in capacity, giving more consideration to patterns of appointments that children and 
young people would most likely attend at these times. If it is choice, then a flexing up of choice capacity will be provided in those weeks. If it is partnership, then choice 
will be flexed to a higher proportion of appointment capacity in weeks pre and post these identified challenging weeks. This will remain under review to ascertain if there 
is any improvement. 
 
The further drop in performance in February was unanticipated and themes have emerged from analysis of the data: ‐ 
 Choice Appointments not meeting demand due in part to increased demand from emergency presentations. 
 Choice appointment capacity not being protected within model of care delivery. 
As a result, the Senior Management and Service Improvement Team have reassumed full responsibility of CAPA job planning rounds. There is a plan to bring performance 
back in‐line with trajectory by focussed clinical choice appointment activity in April 2024. This has been planned noting the potential impact of school holidays, 
anticipated staff availability (low annual leave and training commitments), waiting list and admin support, and support from unscheduled care colleagues and functional 
teams. This will be further progressed by clinical activity based on discharge to create additional flow and additional capacity for PRL waiting list. 
 
 
Psychiatric Consultant capacity continues to be challenged. Additional capacity pre‐Christmas had been provided by a consultant led waiting list initiative. This proved to 
be highly successful and reduced the growing bottleneck of referrals for children and young people who required a consultant‐level assessment. Since Christmas, the 
service has been successful in recruiting 1 WTE locum consultant, a further 0.6 WTE NHS locum in February and a third in April. A colleague has moved on from the 
service but there has already been interest in the post and it is hoped that recruitment to the post will be quick. 
 
A number of key actions are in place within CAMHS at various stages of progress with the aim of reducing the waiting list and addressing the RTT performance: ‐ 
 Establishment of a psychiatry waiting list clinic to address consultant psychiatry capacity – Operating during November and December 2023, reviewing patients 
with severe and/or complex presentations. This waiting list has now been able to be paused due to recruitment of new consultant into a locum position. 
 Locality waiting list initiative – now superseded by local review of CAPA appointment capacity. 
 Introduction of CAPA service model – improved data and information allowing for demand/capacity modelling. 
 Introduction of group therapy in several specialist areas

Page 243

20 
 Additional support from the wider CAMHS workforce (AHP groups, Pharmacy), as well as centralised to provide additional scheduled and unscheduled support to 
locality teams. 
 West of Scotland collaborative work to build a broader unscheduled intensive workforce to support care provided at home. 
 Appointment of Head of CAMHS and NDS Psychology and two Clinical Mangers to focus on quality assurance and efficiency. 
 
6.   Adult Mental Health Target 2023/24 2023/24 Q3  2023/24 Q4 Performance 
Compared to 
Previous Quarter 
Performance 
Compared to Same 
Quarter Previous 
Year 
RAG Status 
18 Week RTT Performance – Psychology (NHSL) (NORTH 
HOSTED)  90%  82.5%  78.1%    RED 
Consultant Outpatient WT ‐ Adult Mental Health ‐ 12wks 
(NHSL) (NORTH HOSTED)  90%  40.4%  37.7%    RED 
Consultant Outpatient WT ‐ Older Adult Psychiatry ‐
12wks (NHSL) (NORTH HOSTED)   90%  77.8%  74.7%    RED 
Narrative & Corrective Action 
 
18 Week RTT Performance – Psychology (NHSL) (NORTH HOSTED) 
There has been a slight decline in the RTT performance, however it remains within the expected range against the modelling carried out by the internal analyst. The 
service continues to refresh and monitor the modelling; the position remains that without any significant change in staffing, the service should continue to report ~80% 
RTT. This figure assumes retaining all current staff in post, maintaining the current ratio of patient contact, no changes to DNA patterns, stable funding and digital services 
remaining in scope of RTT.

Page 244

21 
 
 
A number of factors contribute to the inability to meet the RTT target, most notably the WTE establishment; at end of March 24, the service had 23.2 WTE vacancies 
within the service. The scenario modelling above illustrates the likely impact of a loss of capacity/funding within the service, with the impact shown of R&RF 1 = 13.655 
WTE, RR&F 2 = 9.55WTE. 
 
In Q4, several exceptional data points were noted. In terms of the number of referrals received by PT services, January 2024 was the highest recorded in a January month 
since the Covid‐19 Pandemic. Despite the high number of referrals, the number of completed waits (including digital therapies) in January 2024 was also the highest 
recorded in a January month since the Covid‐19 Pandemic. In January 2024, 965 patients started treatment compared to 779 in January 2022. The waiting list The waiting 
list declined from 2,671 in December to 2,646 in January, the biggest decline between months since September to October 2022. 
In 2023, Lanarkshire PT services received 15,006 referrals, 48.1% of which were for online, digital therapies. By comparison, in 2022 there were 15,159 referrals, 52.2% of 
which were for digital therapies. As a result, there were 532 more referrals to PT services in 2023 requiring clinical time and resources. 
Recent changes to Neuropsychology service criteria, as well as the projected change in waiting times guidance regarding the management of Digital Self Help, will further 
impact on reported performance. 
 
There has been focussed effort to reduce the longest waits, with those patients waiting greater than 18 weeks for treatment being targeted, however such work impacts 
the ability to achieve the RTT target, which is likely to continue to fluctuate between the high seventies and low eighties until the desired reduction in the number of 
patients waiting longest and over 18 weeks is achieved. 
 
Consultant Outpatient WT ‐ Adult Mental Health ‐ 12wks (NHSL) (NORTH HOSTED) 
The vacancy level for General Adult Psychiatry remains at approximately 66% in North Lanarkshire and the staffing position for General Adult Psychiatry in North 
Lanarkshire is mostly unchanged since autumn 2024, with the exception of the loss of one further locum consultant from the service at the end of last month. In South

Page 245

22 
Lanarkshire, there has been a substantive appointment to one consultant position in General Adult Psychiatry during that time, allowing the release of the locum doctor 
who was covering that post. The Programme Board for MHLD&A services have a programme of work, which includes actions relating to medical staffing issues, along with 
other issues for development. The service is considering the changes needed to current “traditional” psychiatry working practices and where appropriate, developing new 
practice; this is secondary to the medical staffing situation, however it is acknowledged that work of this nature, such as the proposal to consider ANP community 
working to improve and support CMHT working more generally, can also support medical staffing gaps and such new ways of working may attract new candidates. 
Multiple actions are being progressed in relation to the current staffing position, characterised in the most recent medical staffing report, which is available on request.  
 
The actions being progressed include: ‐ 
 Continued efforts to recruit via Partnership with HR and wider advertising of vacant posts. 
 Collaboration with the Centre for Workforce Supply in Scotland, looking at partnerships with recruitment agencies, pathway for IMG, novel marketing, service 
model change and internal and external portfolio pathways (CESR). 
 Exploratory work with Medical Education with regard to funding additional higher trainee placements. 
 Use of Extra Planned Activities for current staff to cover gaps in service and vacancy. 
It should be noted that given the local and national situation, there are very few actions that will be likely to lead to a short‐term improvement with medical staffing and 
the consequent impact on waiting times; most measures being developed are medium to long‐term solutions, however it is believed that this work will best serve for the 
future development of the service. 
 
The vacancy level for General Adult Psychiatry remains at approximately 66% in North Lanarkshire and the staffing position for General Adult Psychiatry in North 
Lanarkshire is mostly unchanged since autumn 2024, with the exception of the loss of one further locum consultant from the service at the end of last month. In South 
Lanarkshire, there has been a substantive appointment to one consultant position in General Adult Psychiatry during that time, allowing the release of the locum doctor 
who was covering that post. The Programme Board for MHLD&A services have a programme of work, which includes actions relating to medical staffing issues, along with 
other issues for development. The service is considering the changes needed to current “traditional” psychiatry working practices and where appropriate, developing new 
practice; this is secondary to the medical staffing situation, however it is acknowledged that work of this nature, such as the proposal to consider ANP community 
working to improve and support CMHT working more generally, can also support medical staffing gaps and such new ways of working may attract new candidates. 
Multiple actions are being progressed in relation to the current staffing position, characterised in the most recent medical staffing report, which is available on request. 
The actions being progressed include: ‐ 
 Continued efforts to recruit via Partnership with HR and wider advertising of vacant posts. 
 Collaboration with the Centre for Workforce Supply in Scotland, looking at partnerships with recruitment agencies, pathway for IMG, novel marketing, service 
model change and internal and external portfolio pathways (CESR). 
 Exploratory work with Medical Education with regard to funding additional higher trainee placements. 
 Use of Extra Planned Activities for current staff to cover gaps in service and vacancy.

Page 246

23 
It should be noted that given the local and national situation, there are very few actions that will be likely to lead to a short‐term improvement with medical staffing and 
the consequent impact on waiting times; most measures being developed are medium to long‐term solutions, however it is believed that this work will best serve for the 
future development of the service. 
An Options Appraisal has been developed detailing options for a Programme for Change for General Adult Psychiatry Services. The Options Appraisal, which is yet to 
finalised offers solutions that can be adapted given that the preferred option require integrated, cross‐disciplinary, tests of change. 
Six recommendations are made in the paper: 
 Formation of a Programme Board to review the model of GAP Services and developing a sustainable, cross‐discipline workforce in alignment with the Scottish 
Government Adult Secondary Mental Health Services – Quality Standards consultation document. 
 Maximise retention and recruitment of general adult psychiatrists by supporting the existing workforce to address the most acute challenges in the service, with 
longer‐term plans to absorb loyal ‘high cost locums’ into the NHS family in line with Scottish Government directive. 
 A workforce review for all disciplines providing input within GAP Services, including expansion of the ANP pilot into CMHT and consideration of other non‐medical 
prescribers, in addition to a review of Psychological Therapy Teams. 
 Engagement with referrers, patients and carers to ensure patients are able to access the right help at the right place at the right time. 
 Creation of clearly defined guidance for transition between primary care and secondary care GAP Services, in addition to transitions between different sub‐
specialities within Mental Health & Learning Disability Services. 
 Reliable and valid statistical modelling to support longer‐term workforce planning to ensure that our services meet the demand of the population. 
The options outlined in the paper are characterised by changes to the structural model of service, the scope of practice and the Duty AMP role, with further options 
around improving the attractiveness of working in NHS Lanarkshire and the principle of substantive employments only. 
The preferred option has been identified with due regard to the current composition and views of the existing GAP workforce. This is in addition to the views of our partners 
in primary care, third sector and patients / carers. Significant research and development has gone into the identification and development of all options, with due regard 
to both local and national workforce data, population data, including prevalence of deprivation, mental disorders and referral rates across the localities. The financial 
implications associated with these options has also been considered. 
The preferred options for the development of GAP Services in NHSL is for a change to a functional inpatient / outpatient split model of care, with one inpatient consultant 
per ward, this option appears to be the preferred option of GAP Services in Scotland, in addition to being favoured across the stakeholder forums held during this process. 
This model of functional split will allow for psychiatrists to have protected and dedicated time to embed within teams and deliver high quality care to either the inpatient 
service or CMHT, providing accessibility, consistency, responsivity and stability to the MDT working within these services. This option offers scope to simplify job plan, 
mitigate  anticipated  challenges  regarding  transitions  and  offers  natural  and  pragmatic  cross‐cover  arrangements  between  inpatient  psychiatrists  and  community 
psychiatrists, reducing the necessity for a Duty AMP role. 
As the OA is yet to be finalised, the above is still subject to change, however any developments and progression from OA to implementation of a preferred option will be 
communicated widely with stakeholders. 
Adult Community Mental Health Teams Model Review

Page 247

24 
To support the implementation of the future Medical model and mitigate the staffing pressures across other key disciplines within the MDT, it has been agreed that a full 
Adult CMHT model review is required to develop a sustainable workforce and maintain service delivery. 
To support the reform and transformation methodology, this work will align itself to both the National and Local Delivery Plan for the Refreshed Mental Health & Wellbeing 
Strategy.  
 
The AMD and GM for MH, LD & Addictions has established an Adult Community Mental Health Team Model Review, Programme Board with multidisciplinary representation 
to support a whole system review. The key work streams have been identified, with each work stream having multidisciplinary, multiagency, HR and Trade Union 
membership. 
 
Work streams: 
 Implementation of the GAP Medical Model  
 Advance Nurse Practitioner Test of Change ‐ to support medical caseloads where there have been no formal reviews due to recurring vacancies.  Measure the ANP 
four pillar clinical and professional remit within the wider CMHT. 
 CMHT & Addiction Interface & Complex case management 
 Review of PTT in line with the CMHT review 
 Development of an Adult ADHD Stepped Matched Pathway 
 Support CAMHs Transition Pathway to Adult CMHT 
The governance and reporting structures are currently under review to reflect the Refreshed Mental Health & Wellbeing Strategy and Delivery Plan. 
 
Consultant Outpatient WT ‐ Older Adult Psychiatry ‐ 12wks (NHSL) (NORTH HOSTED) 
The service has been managing a lack of Consultant capacity in Older Adults liaison since August 2023 due to maternity leave, which has been further intensified by a 
vacancy in the Consultant establishment, a post vacant since February 2024. 
 
As the service were not able to secure a locum for both, the maternity vacancy has been covered internally since August 2023. This requires a rota and the management 
of this rota requires that when on rota, the Community Consultants reduce their routine outpatient work and there is a subsequent impact on clinic waiting times.  The 
Consultant will be returning from maternity leave in September, which will limit disruption to clinics after this time and an improvement in wait times should be realised 
as Consultants resume their normal practice. The service also restructured Associate Specialist sessions to accommodate the vacancy. 
The service has now recruited successfully to the Motherwell consultant post, vacant since February 2024 and the new post holder will take up their position in August 
2024. 
 
The service has experienced changes to practice and s for two of the senior medics who are not Consultants have had to change their practice and number of sessions for 
health and personal reasons and we've not been successful in recruiting to the specialty doctor sessions, however I'm keen to look at more junior grades to cover these 
gaps and then nurturing these junior grades to gain more experience and competencies and hopefully retain the workforce in the long run. 
Locally, teams will run ad hoc clinics as waiting times increase to manage this.  We also look at waiting times as a department on a monthly basis to keep at the forefront 
of people's minds.

Page 248

25 
 
7.   SLT  Target 2023/24 2023/24 Q3  2023/24 Q4 Performance 
Compared to 
Previous Quarter 
Performance 
Compared to Same 
Quarter Previous 
Year 
RAG Status 
SLT ‐ Paediatrics ‐ 12wks (NORTH HOSTED)  90%*  23.2%  21.2%    RED 
Narrative & Corrective Action  
 
Work on the Service Improvement Plan is in progress and ongoing. There are several independent work streams reporting to the well‐established Speech and Language 
Therapy Service Improvement Steering Group. These include: ‐ 
 Waiting List improvement work 
 HR and Workforce 
 Administration and Digital 
 Communication and Engagement 
 Accommodation 
All of the work streams are at different stages of progress, although it should be noted that not all need to proceed in a linear way. However, it is recognised that service 
improvement activity is the highest priority and first and foremost of that is a focus on improving the waiting time position. Through our scoping of service capacity and 
activity we have been able to evidence: ‐ 
 The lack of a robust TrakCare model makes it difficult to provide reliable data across all areas of service delivery. This has been addressed by undertaking a 
service model review to ensure that future TrakCare builds on local learning and builds on organisational learning from other builds. Forward planning for 
inclusion in the AHP Hub model will proceed in parallel to these TrakCare developments. The SLT service in Forth Valley is considered an exemplar patient 
journey and provides an initial conversation (initial contact), which can be measured and then a specialist assessment can be provided, if it is required. Working 
in this way will allow a better measure of time to first assessment and the SLT CYP Trakcare build will mirror this best practice approach, embed these 
measurements meaning that patient journey and waiting times will be tracked more accurately. The planned go live date is 2nd September 2024. 
 Variance in waiting list length by area, which is being addressed through revised workforce planning, incorporating the best‐practice and learning from other 
areas who have specialist children’s health services units. Our future focus will be to transition from restrictive locality models for managing the waiting list. 
 Continued challenges around the recruitment and retention of newer colleagues. As a result of this, we are working with university colleagues to identify new 
practitioners who have expressed their desire to work in Lanarkshire on registration. This allows us to maximise and enhance opportunities for placement, 
improvement projects and induction planning, ensuring that we present ourselves as an area that is not only welcoming but committed to the ongoing 
development of individuals and the service. In addition to this, we are actively determining whether there are any skill mix solutions available when remodelling 
our service delivery.

Page 249

26 
 The funding stream from Local Authority has been reduced, which will reduce staff WTE. However, this provides an opportunity to work with professional 
colleagues to ensure that all activity is aligned to direct and/or indirect pursuit of meeting the SLT waiting time target. With the ongoing vacancy challenges, the 
SCHSU has agreed that the 10% savings targeted can be deferred towards the end of 2025/26, which will allow for some recruitment to increase capacity. 
 Our links with further education can be further enhanced. The professional relationships between service and university have already been improved and we 
have academic representation that actively contributes to both our Workforce Planning and Service Improvement Steering Group. 
 Good communication processes, and the sharing of information and practical learning online have been established and will be further developed as service 
improvement work progresses. 
Scoping of accommodation options is ongoing to ensure we have the appropriate capacity and environment to support the delivery of our future service model. 
 
8.   Dietetics Target 2023/24 2023/24 Q3  2023/24 Q4 Performance 
Compared to 
Previous Quarter 
Performance 
Compared to Same 
Quarter Previous 
Year 
RAG Status 
Dietetics ‐ 12wks (NORTH HOSTED)  90%*  74.8%  74.1%    RED 
Narrative & Corrective Action 
 
Following the significant reduction in the level of performance in Q2, the improvement in Q3 has sustained in Q4. The overall long‐term trend is for improving 
performance, however further analysis would be required to understand any cause/effect relationship with wider system factors, as the service continues to be restricted 
by the (approximately) 20% reduction in available workforce, which is due to both long term sickness and sustained vacancies. 
 
Although recruitment activity continues, as with many services Dietetics has difficulty in attracting suitably skilled and experienced staff due to lack of available workforce 
nationwide. 
 
The General Manager for Adult Services has commissioned modelling and process mapping for the service with the aim of modernising the approach and service model 
for Dietetics. However, it should be noted that some additional project management support will likely be required to progress the work, given the capacity and vacancies 
both within the service and the wider directorate. 
 
9.   Complaints Target 2023/24 2023/24 Q3  2023/24 Q4 Performance 
Compared to 
Previous Quarter 
Performance 
Compared to Same 
Quarter Previous 
Year 
RAG Status 
Complaints Processed 20 Working Days(NHSL)  90%*  33%  40%    RED

Page 250

27 
Narrative & Corrective Action  
 
Work is underway to develop the new Inphase system to replace Datix for the management of complaints. Significant resource has been assigned to work on the 
implementation of InPhase (Oversight), which will replace Datix in July 2024. It will offer improved reporting, including focus on learning. 
Over 2023/24, the number of contacts to Patient Affairs for North HSCP increased over time: 
 
 
In order to improve performance, additional communication has been disseminated to encourage resolution of complaints at Stage 1, promoting the Stage 1 guidance 
and for Stage 2 complaints, the Person Centred Complaint Handling procedure. A short animation on writing complaint comments has been developed, which should 
assist in the response to Stage 2 investigations. The Stage 2 Escalation Procedure provides examples of when it is appropriate to apply extensions to timescales, which 
should assist colleagues in managing the 20‐working day response target, whilst balancing the need for a quality investigation. 
 
The North HSCP Governance Team have been working closely with Patient Affairs to improve performance, implementing a new process and with the team now having 
direct access to the complaints on Datix, they are now able to have greater influence the management of those complaints and compliance with the performance 
standards. Additional admin support has been recruited in MH services and their close links to the central Governance Team further enhances complaints tracking and 
updates from those services.  
 
Analysis of the data and information held in the new dynamic tracker shows that although a higher volume of complaints is generally received by MH services, as well as 
assisting with compliance with the performance standard, the new method of tracking and sharing information between disciplines and teams is improving the response 
by ensuring that any necessary clinical information required for the complaint response can be collated in a timely manner. It is believed from analysis of the tracker that 
some improvement in response times should be realised in Q1 of 2024 as the new process is embedded in practice; in relation to MH complaints, the average total 
number of days that complaints are open appears to be reducing, with delays in excess of 28 days also likely to reduce.

Page 251

28 
 
The SPSO are due to publish amended Child Friendly Complaints Procedure; the expectation is that from 16 July 2024, when handling complaints involving children 
Boards will be asked to be mindful of the principles but that there will be no expectation to implement the full procedure. The date for full implementation is yet to be 
announced and the NHSL response will be scoped when the procedure is received from the SPSO. 
There were 87 stories posted on Care Opinion regarding North Lanarkshire Health and Social Care services throughout Q4; all related to Health services and none were 
related to services provided by Social Work.   A renewed campaign has commenced to promote use of Care Opinion across the North Lanarkshire Localities and Home 
Support services. 
 
10.   Smoking Cessation Target 2023/24 2023/24 Q1  2023/24 Q2 Performance 
Compared to 
Previous Quarter 
Performance 
Compared to Same 
Quarter Previous 
Year 
RAG Status 
28.7
5
0.0
5.0
10.0
15.0
20.0
25.0
30.0
35.0
Average Total Number of Days of Complaints Open
& Delays Past 28 Days 
01/03/2024 to 05/06/2024
Average Total Duration of Number of Days  Complaints Open
Delays Past 28 days (Total Duration of Days Open)

Page 252

29 
Sustain and embed successful smoking quits, at 12 weeks 
post quit, in 40% of SIMD areas. (AOP) (NORTH HOSTED)  902  53  110  ...  ...  RED  
Narrative & Corrective Action  
 
The indicator remains RAG Red against the targeted levels of performance; although the data is presented in two quarters in arrears, at the current level of performance 
it is unlikely to meet the annualised target, which was also not met in the previous year. To address this, a number of key actions have been approved and agreed by both 
North Health Ops and Professional Group and the South Lanarkshire HSCP SMT to improve the performance for smoking cessation in Lanarkshire. These actions were 
characterised in an SBAR that was developed and then presented to those groups. The initial task will be in response to the national review of smoking cessation services, 
with a local action plan developed to address the recommendations and adopt the best practice documented in the review. 
 
This will require a redesign of smoking cessation services aligned to the National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE) guidelines, national specifications and 
reflect a “Once for Scotland” approach. To support this, a standard operating procedure aligned with the recent guidance from the Medicines & Health Care Products 
Regulatory Agency (MHRA) will facilitate the provision of Nicotine Replacement Therapies from non‐clinical staff to people who are motivated to stop smoking. In 
addition, the use of a patient group directive for the supply of NRT will be stood down. (Patient group directions (PGD) are written instructions to supply or administer 
medicines to patients, usually in planned circumstances. A qualified healthcare professional can supply or administer under a PGD) 
 
All change and improvement actions required will employ recognised improvement methodology, with a specific focus on understanding and addressing unwarranted 
variation in the overall system. 
 
A number of the actions focus on communication and engagement, emphasising the need for colleagues at all levels to actively raise the issue of smoking and refer, when 
appropriate, individuals to our smoking cessation services at every health and social care point of contact. In order to develop the necessary knowledge, skills, and 
awareness, colleagues working in priority areas will be encouraged to complete the Public Health Scotland Very Brief Advice module and familiarise themselves with the 
services referrers briefing paper. 
 
Beyond high‐level messaging around smoking cessation, our actions aim to increase direct referrals to the Lanarkshire Quit Your Way (QYW) service from maternity, 
mental health, secondary care services, as well as our voluntary and third sector partners. Direct communication and engagement with these services will be 
supplemented by a broader social media campaign to share information and details about the national QYW advice and support service, ensuring anyone trying to stop 
smoking in Scotland knows where to turn for help. 
 
The service provides support, advice and can help design an individualised programme to help people stop smoking, at any stage of the cessation journey and provide 
links and referrals to local NHS services. Further detail is available at the national website and Quit Your Way Scotland | NHS inform, helpline telephone number ‐ 0800 84 
84 84. A local website provides additional detail for Lanarkshire residents, Quit Your Way | NHS Lanarkshire (scot.nhs.uk) and there is a local helpline ‐ 01698 754 888. 
Some preparatory work is required to facilitate information sharing between services, particularly with secondary care and our voluntary and third sector partners, 
however this work can be delivered in parallel with the development of the QYW service locally.

Page 253

30 
11.   Adult Social Work Target 2023/24 2023/24 Q3  2023/24 Q4 Performance 
Compared to 
Previous Quarter 
Performance 
Compared to Same 
Quarter Previous 
Year 
RAG Status 
Percentage of Notifications Received by LAC Team 
Within 3 days of LAC Date  95%  36%  26%    RED 
% Of Adult Protection Referrals Passed To Care Team For 
Investigation  20%  12.7%  20.1%    RED 
% Of Adult Protection Investigations Going To Initial Case 
Conference  20%  19.2%  11.9%    RED 
Narrative & Corrective Action 
 
LAC TEAM 
The impact of delays experienced following the Christmas period are seen in the Q4 performance data and the North School Nursing Team are creating an improvement 
plan based on analysis of the delays. 
 
Analysis of the CEL16 data has identified a lag in the reporting of cases following seasonal holidays; this is particularly evident following both the Christmas and Summer 
school holiday periods. The analysis also identified that there is a tendency for a greater volume of referrals to be made prior to the end of term and then an increased 
volume of delayed referrals following the end of term holiday; similar trends are evident in other services. More in‐depth analysis identified specific cases where the 
CEL16 was not received for several weeks following a holiday period. Given the circumstances being experienced, whereby the volume of CEL16 decrease over holiday 
period and then a significant increase of delayed referrals when staff return, this will require focussed work to improve process and practice in order to see improved 
performance for this metric. In the short‐term, where such instances have been identified, the specific teams have been contacted and both future communications and 
improvement work will be informed by those discussions. Additional analysis looking at whether particular SW team(s) are more likely to provide delayed referrals after 
LAC date, i.e. beyond the targeted performance of 3 days, is underway and will also inform targeted improvement actions. 
 
ADULT SUPPORT AND PROTECTION 
North Lanarkshire Social Work Services received 798 ASP referrals during Quarter 4 203/24. This represents a decrease of around 10% in comparison with Quarter 4 of 
the previous year (from 891 to 798). Despite the overall decrease, we have seen an increase in ASP referrals from Police Scotland and NHSL; Police referrals have 
increased by approximately 12% and Health referrals by around 13%. However, we have seen slight decreases in referrals from Scottish Fire and Rescue and NLC Housing 
when compared with the previous year. 
 
Over the last 12 months, the Care Home sector have generated the greatest number of AP1 referrals, however in Quarter 4 the number of referrals from Care Homes fell 
by around 40%, leaving Health as the highest referrer for the period.  Despite this reduction, the Care Home sector remain a priority for our ongoing ASP work to support 
improvements in both the quality of referrals and defensible decision making.

Page 254

31 
Analysis of the referrals has highlighted that Community based referrals are more likely to progress to ASP investigation when compared to referrals from Care 
Homes.  Referrals generated by Social Work and community partners often relate to multiple types of harm but our analysis has identified that self‐neglect and hoarding 
continue to rise; these cases are often complex and require a long‐term, inter‐agency response. 
 
It is important to highlight that the NLC Social Work Adult Support and Protection procedures have been updated.  There are significant changes to the language used in 
the procedures and describe how we now view ASP “Inquiries and investigations”.  The service now refers to initial inquires as ‘inquiries without investigatory activity’ 
and ASP investigations and ASP ‘Inquiry with investigatory activity’.  Importantly, investigatory activity involves any direct contact with the adult or their legal proxy and 
as such, it is anticipated there will be a rise in investigatory activity, which will be reflected in future reports. 
 
There were 151 ASP inquires with investigatory activity carried out during this quarter, which is a significant increase of 68% when compared to the same quarter last 
year (increasing from 90 to 151). The data shows that the conversion rate from initial inquiry without investigatory activity to inquiry with investigatory activity is 19% for 
Quarter 4. The reasons recorded for inquiry with investigation activity were Psychological/Emotional harm (47), Physical (38), Self‐neglect (31), Financial (20), Institutional 
harm (4) Self‐harm (1), Sexual (2), and not recorded (8). 
From the total of 151 inquiries with investigatory activity, 18 progressed to case conference for further action during Quarter 4, which represents 12% of all investigatory 
activity cases. This is a 20% increase from the same quarter in the previous year (15 to 18). In Quarter 4, 2% of the total ASP referrals progressed to an AP Case 
Conference; this rate is consistent with Q4 in the previous year. 
Internal audits of ASP records have identified discrepancies between the Social Work Information System and the Locality trackers submitted by senior social workers on 
a weekly basis.  For example, SWIS holds records for 18 Case Conferences held for Q4 but Locality trackers indicate that there were 35 Case Conferences held during the 
period.  Ongoing work will be completed with colleagues in localities to ensure that required information is recorded on SWIS, accurate records of Case Conferences are 
stored in SWIS, and performance and management information is produced.

Page 255

32 
Direction from North Lanarkshire Integration Joint Board (IJB) 
1 Reference Number  2024/2108-12
2 Report Title  Q4 Performance Report  
3 Date direction issued by IJB 
4 Date from which direction
takes effect 
5 Direction to: 
6 Does this direction
supersede, revise or revoke a
previous direction – if yes,
include reference number(s) 
7 Functions covered by
direction 
8 Full text of direction 
9 Budget allocated by
Integration Joint Board to
carry out direction 
10 Performance Management /
Governance arrangements 
11 Date direction will be
reviewed

Page 256

1 
REPORT 
Item No: 14 
SUBJECT: Supporting Unpaid Carers – Carers Support Allocation
TO: Integration Joint Board Performance, Finance and Audit Committee
Lead
Officer for
Report:
Morag Dendy, Chief Officer of Planning, Performance and Quality
Assurance
Author(s) of
Report 
Maria Williamson, Senior Manager, Quality Assurance
DATE: 21 August 2024 
1. PURPOSE OF REPORT
Previous reporting to the IJB outlined our planned approach to strengthen supports to
unpaid carers. The report identified a number of carers led and carers informed
initiatives introduced over the past year, highlighting our wider approach to
engagement with, and the participation of, carers and carer organisations.
This report provides an update on the current financial position and the budget
allocated to carers support. 
This paper is coming to the Integration Joint Board Performance, Finance and Audit
Committee for:
For approval ☒ For endorsement ☒ To note ☐ 
2. ROUTE TO THE BOARD
This paper has been:
Prepared By: 
Maria Williamson,
Senior Manager,
Quality Assurance
☒ Reviewed By: 
Morag Dendy, Head of
Planning, Performance
and Quality Assurance
☒ Endorsed By:
Ross McGuffie,
Chief Officer 
☒

Page 257

2 
3. RECOMMENDATIONS
It is recommended that the IJB PFA: 
(1) Endorse the approach to supporting Carers in North Lanarkshire 
(2) Note the current financial position and budget allocation in relation to carers
support. 
4.  VARIATIONS TO DIRECTIONS? 
5. BACKGROUND/SUMMARY OF KEY ISSUES
Background 
5.1 A previous report to the IJB in May 2024 provided details of support
arrangements in place for unpaid Carers and progress with the implementation
of the Carers Act.   
5.2 In addition, the response to a Freedom of Information request (released March
2024) on the Analysis of Carers (Scotland) Act 2016 funding 2022-2023 was
included and noted the unallocated spend in North Lanarkshire stood at
£1,032,017. This figure was based on caring related spend reported to
Committee in 2022. Since then, there has been further investment in the carer
support aligned to approaches and developments outlined in our Carers
Strategy 2024-2027. 
5.3 The report also included details of the position with Ear Marked Reserves
related to the implementation of the Carers Act Support Act.  The financial
position reported as of 28 February 24 was £2.596m.   
5.4 An update on the current financial position was requested and is provided in
this report. 
Report 
5.5  North Lanarkshire continues to have strong and long-standing relationships
with supported people, carers, and community organisations. This approach
ensures that local people and stakeholders can influence, inform, and shape
local policy, strategy, and services. 
5.6 Our approach has helped carers, supported people and carer focused
organisations influence and shape the range of carer services in North
Yes  ☐ No ☐ N/A ☒

Page 258

3 
Lanarkshire, with a number of successful initiatives expanded including Carer
Breather, PAMIS Family Support Service, Hospital Discharge Service and
Hope for Autism. 
5.7 The current commissioned Carer contracts are due to end in February 2025. In
line with statutory procurement rules, we have begun the process of engaging
with these organisations as we progress to retendering for carer services In
North Lanarkshire.  Through this process, our intention is to further enhance
and align carer support, as set out in the Carers Strategy 2024-2027.   
5.8  The Carer Support Budget Allocation for 2024-25 is as follows:   
Carer Support Allocation  2024‐2025 
Provision of Adult Carer Support Plans ‐ commissioned 
service, which also includes adult carer support 
 
 
 
  £  968,976  
Provision of Young Carer Statements ‐ commissioned service, 
which also includes young carer support 
 
 
 
  £  461,375  
Information and Advice – commissioned service, which also 
includes Carers Advocacy  £  315,825 
Post Diagnostic Support for Carers 
 
 
 
  £  271,636 
Duty to support adult carers – includes Carer Breather; 
Community Solutions; SDS including Carer Budgets 
 
 
 
 
 
£  2,100,000  
 
 
Duty to support young carers – includes PAMIS (provides 
support to families); SDS including Carer Budgets 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  £   186,000  
Additional short breaks support   £   200,000  
Local Carer strategies & Infrastructure   £   138,955  
Other ‐         
 
 
Hospital Support   £     146,844  
 
 
Waiving of Charges   £     241,192 
 
Developments ‐ Supporting Carers with POA   £     200,000 
 
 
Unallocated Budget   £      32,506 
TOTAL 
 
 
 
  £      5,263,309 
 
 
 
 
5.9 The position as of Feb 24 on Ear Marked Reserves related to the
implementation of the Carers Support Act has changed slightly with £188,000
utilised, leaving a balance of £2.408m. As this value is non-recurring, this will
be used to support shorter term initiatives that improve outcomes for Carers.

Page 259

4 
5.10 Through the process of engaging with carers, supported people and carer
focused organisations we will seek to further augment carer led initiatives and
solutions to meet caring related needs and outcomes.   Utilising any unallocated
funding and the available Ear Marked Reserves will further support the
development of a preventative and anticipatory approach, where people can
live independently as they wish and have support available within their own
networks and communities.   
Measures of Success 
5.11 Carers are engaged, included, and represented to the extent they wish to be. 
5.12  Improved opportunities for carers to influence, shape, co-produce and \ or co-
design policy, strategy, and services. 
5.13  Clear focus on the nine priority areas for action that carers have identified as
a priority for them, as set out in the Carer Strategy 2024-2027.
 Improving preventative approaches, anticipatory and future planning (and
preventing crisis).
 Improving communication with carers and their access to information and
advice.
 Ensuring carers know their rights.
 Supporting carers health and wellbeing
 Ensuring carers get a break from caring.
 Ensuring carers, and people being cared for, have their income
maximised.
 Improving carer experience around hospital discharge.
 Improving awareness of and access to Assistive Technology.
 Influencing and shaping policy and strategy. 
5.14  Reduction in the number of carers and \ or supported people first presenting
whilst already in crisis.  
6. CONCLUSIONS
6.1  We will work with carers, carer organisations and key stakeholders to develop
initiatives that offer a sustainable and innovative means to achieve the
outcomes that carers, as well as supported people, identify as being important
to them. 
6.2 Our aspiration is that through these initiatives, carers can lead full and
meaningful lives.

Page 260

5 
7. IMPLICATIONS
7.1 NATIONAL OUTCOMES
Link(s) to National Health and Wellbeing Outcomes 
People are able to look after and improve their own health and wellbeing
and live in good health for longer 
☒
People, including those with disabilities or long-term conditions, or who are
frail, are able to live, as far as reasonable practicable, independently and at
home or in a homely setting in their community
☒
People who use Health and Social Care Services have positive
experiences of those services, and have dignity respected
☒
Health and Social Care Services are centred on helping to maintain or
improve the quality of life of people who use those services 
☒
Health and Social Care Services contribute to reducing health inequalities  ☒
People who use Health and Social Care Services are safe from harm ☒
People who work in Health and Social Care Services feel engaged with the
work they do and are supported to continuously improve the information,
support, care and treatment they provide
☒
Resources are used effectively and efficiently in the provision of Health and
Social Care Services 
☒
7.2 ASSOCIATED MEASURE(S) 
7.3 FINANCIAL 
This paper has been reviewed by Finance: 
Directed funding allocated for Carers support will be used to retender and deliver
services that continue to support carers across our communities. Non-recurring Ear
Marked reserves will be used to support shorter term initiatives that improve
outcomes for carers.  We will engage with carers, carer organisations and key
stakeholders throughout. 
7.4 RISK ASSESSMENT/RISK MANAGEMENT 
Relevant Risk Register
Details 
Current Risk Level  Risk Owner 
n/a Choose an item. 
Yes  ☒ No ☐ N/A ☐

Page 261

6 
7.5  ENGAGEMENT & PARTICPATION
Please tick the engagement and participation objectives that link(s) with this piece of
work and provide further details regarding the engagement and participation that was
undertaken.
Objectives  Further Details 
☒ Involve stakeholders in the development
work aimed at achieving the national 
Outcomes
Through commissioned carer
support organisations locally.
☒ Provide stakeholders with information on
how to get involved
Through commissioned carer
support organisations locally.
☒ Ensure a diverse range of engagement
and participation and opportunities are in 
place to suit different needs 
Through commissioned carer
support organisations locally.
☒ Measure how well we involve community
stakeholders in the planning, design 
and delivery of our services 
Through commissioned carer
support organisations locally. 
Through participatory self-appraisal.
Through monitoring and assurance.
☒ Provide regular feedback on how
stakeholder engagement and participation is
shaping and influencing service
development and delivery
Through engagement and
participation processes with
commissioned carer support
organisations locally, framework
support provider organisations,
governance groups.
☒ Provide support to enable stakeholder
representatives to participate meaningfully
and confidently at meetings
Through commissioned carer
support organisations locally.
Through Advocacy
Through individual support.
Through carer development
programmes, such as Recognition
to Rights.
☒ Develop participation guidelines to
ensure a common understanding and set of 
expectations for both stakeholders and
partnership staff
Through the Engagement and
Participation Strategy, NLDF, and
through co-production with
stakeholders.
☒ Support engagement planning and
participation in localities, taking account of 
other engagement activity and local plans
across the Community Planning 
Partnership
Through the Engagement and
Participation Strategy, NLDF, and
through co-production with
stakeholders. 
7.6 INEQUALITIES & FAIRER SCOTLAND DUTY 
EQIA Completed & Fairer Scotland Impact Assessment Form Completed and
attached to report:

Page 262

7 
EQIA added to website: 
8. BACKGROUND PAPERS 
8.1  IJB report -  Supporting Unpaid Carers and North Lanarkshire Carers Strategy
2024 -2027 (May 24) 
9. APPENDICES
N/A 
Morag Dendy
Chief Officer (Performance, Planning & Quality Assurance)
CHIEF ACCOUNTABLE OFFICER (or Depute)   
Members seeking further information about any aspect of this report, please contact
the following: Maria Williamson, Senior Manager, Quality Assurance
WilliamsonM@northlan.gov.uk 
Yes  ☐ No ☒ N/A ☐
Yes /
Date
added 
☐ No ☒ N/A ☐

Page 263

8 
Direction from North Lanarkshire Integration Joint Board (IJB) 
1 Reference Number  2024/2108-13
2 Report Title  Supporting Unpaid Carers 
3 Date direction issued by IJB 
4 Date from which direction
takes effect 
5 Direction to: 
6 Does this direction
supersede, revise or revoke a
previous direction – if yes,
include reference number(s) 
7 Functions covered by
direction 
8 Full text of direction 
9 Budget allocated by
Integration Joint Board to
carry out direction 
10 Performance Management /
Governance arrangements 
11 Date direction will be
reviewed

Page 264

1 
REPORT 
Item No: 15 
SUBJECT: A Shared British Sign Language Plan for Lanarkshire 2024-2030
TO: Integrated Joint Board, Performance, Finance and Audit Committee
Lead
Officer for
Report:
Ross McGuffie Chief Officer NL HSCP
Author(s) of
Report 
Stacey Anderson Support Services Project Manager 
DATE: 21 August 2024 
1. PURPOSE OF REPORT 
This paper is coming to the IJB for: 
For approval ☐ For endorsement ☐ To note ☒ 
2. ROUTE TO THE BOARD 
This paper has been: 
Prepared By:
Stacey
Anderson,
Service
Support
Project
Manager 
☒ Reviewed By:
SLT
☒ Endorsed By: ☐

Page 265

2 
3. RECOMMENDATIONS
3.1 It is recommended that the IJB PFA note the contents of the report. 
4.  VARIATIONS TO DIRECTIONS? 
5. BACKGROUND/SUMMARY OF KEY ISSUES
5.1 The British Sign Language (Scotland) Act 2015, required certain public bodies
including Health Board and Local Authorities to develop a BSL plan every six years. 
5.2 A Shared BSL Plan for Lanarkshire 2024-2030, is the second shared BSL local
plan for Lanarkshire covering the work of NHS Lanarkshire, North Lanarkshire
Council and South Lanarkshire Council. 
5.3 The shared Plan was co-produced in partnership with Deaf and Deafblind BSL
communities of Lanarkshire – Deaf Services Lanarkshire, Deafblind Scotland,
D.E.A.F. South Lanarkshire and Lanarkshire Deaf Club. 
5.4 The Plan mirrors the National BSL Plan which aims to make Scotland the best
place in the world for BSL signers to live, learn, work and visit. 
5.5 The plan for Lanarkshire sets out actions around ten priority areas: 
 Delivery the Lanarkshire BSL Local Plan 2024-2030
 BSL Accessibility
 Children, Young People and their Families
 Access to Employment
 Health and Wellbeing 
 Celebrating BSL Culture
 BSL Data 
 Transport 
 Access to Justice
 Democratic Participation 
5.6 As the Shared BSL Plan for Lanarkshire is a high level plan, a first step for the
public body partners is to produce its own working action plan, ensuring
accountability and compliance with the requirements of the Act. 
Yes  ☐ No ☒ N/A ☐

Page 266

3 
5.7 The implementation of the Plan will be the subject of regular reporting to Council
Elected and NHS Board Members, with updates also being presented to the IJB. 
6. CONCLUSIONS
6.1 The BSL Plan for Lanarkshire will continue to build on work already achieved
through strong partnership and outlines the actions that will be taken while
maintaining the individual accountability of each organisation. 
6.2 The focus on the Plan will be to deliver actions that will lead to improved equality,
opportunities and outcomes for BSL users. 
7. IMPLICATIONS 
7.1 NATIONAL OUTCOMES
Link(s) to National Health and Wellbeing Outcomes 
People are able to look after and improve their own health and wellbeing
and live in good health for longer 
☒
People, including those with disabilities or long-term conditions, or who are
frail, are able to live, as far as reasonable practicable, independently and at
home or in a homely setting in their community
☒
People who use Health and Social Care Services have positive
experiences of those services, and have dignity respected
☒
Health and Social Care Services are centred on helping to maintain or
improve the quality of life of people who use those services 
☒
Health and Social Care Services contribute to reducing health inequalities  ☒
People who use Health and Social Care Services are safe from harm ☒
People who work in Health and Social Care Services feel engaged with the
work they do and are supported to continuously improve the information,
support, care and treatment they provide
☒
Resources are used effectively and efficiently in the provision of Health and
Social Care Services 
☒
7.2 ASSOCIATED MEASURE(S) 
7.3 FINANCIAL 
This paper has been reviewed by Finance: 
Yes  ☐ No ☐ N/A ☒

Page 267

4 
7.4 RISK ASSESSMENT/RISK MANAGEMENT 
Relevant Risk Register
Details 
Current Risk Level  Risk Owner 
N/A Choose an item. 
7.5  ENGAGEMENT & PARTICPATION
Please tick the engagement and participation objectives that link(s) with this piece of
work and provide further details regarding the engagement and participation that was
undertaken.
Objectives  Further Details 
☒ Involve stakeholders in the development
work aimed at achieving the national 
outcomes
Further engagement and
participation information is detailed
within the plan. 
☒ Provide stakeholders with information on
how to get involved 
☒ Ensure a diverse range of engagement
and participation and opportunities are in 
place to suit different needs 
☒ Measure how well we involve community
stakeholders in the planning, design 
and delivery of our services 
☐ Provide regular feedback on how
stakeholder engagement and participation is
shaping and influencing service
development and delivery 
☐ Provide support to enable stakeholder
representatives to participate meaningfully
and confidently at meetings 
☒ Develop participation guidelines to
ensure a common understanding and set of 
expectations for both stakeholders and
partnership staff 
☐ Support engagement planning and
participation in localities, taking account of 
other engagement activity and local plans
across the Community Planning 
Partnership 
7.6 INEQUALITIES & FAIRER SCOTLAND DUTY

Page 268

5 
EQIA Completed & Fairer Scotland Impact Assessment Form Completed and
attached to report: 
EQIA added to website: 
8. BACKGROUND PAPERS
8.1 A Shared British Sign Language Plan (BSL) Plan for Lanarkshire 2024-2030  
A Shared British Sign Language Plan for Lanarkshire 2024 -2030 | NHS Lanarkshire
(scot.nhs.uk) 
9. APPENDICES
Please include a glossary of terms if not already included.  
None. 
CHIEF ACCOUNTABLE OFFICER (or Depute)   
Members seeking further information about any aspect of this report, please contact
the following; Stacey Anderson Stacey.Anderson3@lanarkshire.scot.nhs.uk 
Yes  ☐ No ☐ N/A ☒
Yes /
Date
added 
☐ No ☐ N/A ☒

Page 269

6 
Direction from North Lanarkshire Integration Joint Board (IJB) 
1 Reference Number  2024/2108-14
2 Report Title  Shared BSL Plan for North Lanarkshire 
3 Date direction issued by IJB 
4 Date from which direction
takes effect 
5 Direction to: 
6 Does this direction
supersede, revise or revoke a
previous direction – if yes,
include reference number(s) 
7 Functions covered by
direction 
8 Full text of direction 
9 Budget allocated by
Integration Joint Board to
carry out direction 
10 Performance Management /
Governance arrangements 
11 Date direction will be
reviewed

Page 270

1 
REPORT 
Item No: 16 
SUBJECT: Risk Management Report
TO: Integration Joint Board Performance Finance and Audit Committee
Lead
Officer for
Report:
Ross McGuffie, NL HSCP Chief Officer
Author(s) of
Report
Stacey Anderson, Support Services Project Manager
DATE: 21st August 2024 
1. PURPOSE OF REPORT 
This paper is coming to the IJB for: 
For approval ☒ For endorsement ☐ To note ☐ 
The purpose of this report is to provide a summary to the IJB PFA on risk
management activity, noting any amendments or additions to the current risk
register. 
2. ROUTE TO THE BOARD 
This paper has been: 
Prepared By: ☒ Reviewed By: ☐ Endorsed By: ☐ 
By: The Support Services, Project Manager and Chief Officer North HSCP.

Page 271

3. RECOMMENDATIONS 
3.1 The IJB PFA is asked to note the contents of the presentation which includes a
review of the highest rated risks within the IJB risk register and a note of those
operational risks highlighted by the Heath & Social Care North Lanarkshire
partnership that impact upon delivery of IJB business. 
3.2  The IJB PFA should note the inclusion of one new risk to the IJB Risk Register
regarding Pharmacy Pressures within the Prison System. 
3.3 The IJB PFA is asked to consider the addition of a risk relating to the Speech and
Language Therapy Service to the IJB Risk Register following recent performance
reports. 
4. VARIATIONS TO DIRECTIONS? 
Yes ☐ No ☒ N/A ☐
5. BACKGROUND/SUMMARY OF KEY ISSUES 
5.1 From a good practice and sound governance perspective, all public bodies are
required to identify and take account of the impact of any potential risks in delivering
their business. 
5.2 The PFA Committee has delegated oversight and responsibility for financial and
performance risks associated with the remit of the Integration Joint Board. 
5.3 At the IJB PFA meeting on 22nd May 2024, the following risk changes were
approved:
 Delivery of CAMHs service, risk rating reduced from High to Medium
 Ineffective Governance arrangements, risk rating reduced from Medium
to Low.
 Unscheduled Care, risk rating reduced from Very High to High.
 Introduction of a new risk relating to Pharmacy Pressures within prison
service rated Very High. 
5.4 Following these changes there are currently two other risks rated as Very High on
the IJB risk register.
 IJB 06/21 – Prescribing Activity and Costs
 IJB 01/21 – Financial Challenges 
5.5 There following risks are rated high on the IJB risk register. 
 IJB 04/21 - Notional Set Aside Budget
 IJB 12/21 - Staff Health & wellbeing
 IJB 15/22 – Cost of Living

Page 272

4 
 IJB 16/22 – National Care Service
 IJB 19/23 – Service Sustainability
 IJB 20/23 – Workforce Sustainability
 IJB 12/22 – Unscheduled Care 
5.6 There are several High/Very High rated operational risks that have been identified
as having or potentially having an impact on IJB objectives and/or delivery of
services and these are highlighted within the Risk OVerview Dashboard (Appendix
1) and Risk Register (Appendix 2). 
5.7 Following recent performance reporting that has been presented to the IJB
focused around Speech and Language Therapy, it is recommended that a risk
relating to the performance of the Speech and Language Therapy Service is added
to the IJB risk register as detailed in the IJB Risk Overview Dashboard. 
6. CONCLUSIONS 
6.1 The IJB currently has 19 risks identified on its IJB risk register with 11 risks rated as
high or very high. 
6.2  Risks identified by H&SC NL as potentially impacting on IJB business are
highlighted in the report. 
6.3 The Pharmacy Pressures within the Prison Service is a  new risks that have been
added to the IJB Risk Register as per IJB approval in June 2024. 
6.4 It is recommended that the IJB PFA approve the inclusion of the Speech and
Language Therapy Service Risk to the IJB risk register. 
7. IMPLICATIONS 
7.1 NATIONAL OUTCOMES
Link(s) to National Health and Wellbeing Outcomes 
People are able to look after and improve their own health and wellbeing
and live in good health for longer
☐
People, including those with disabilities or long-term conditions, or who are
frail, are able to live, as far as reasonable practicable, independently and at
home or in a homely setting in their community
☐
People who use Health and Social Care Services have positive
experiences of those services, and have dignity respected
☐
Health and Social Care Services are centered on helping to maintain
or improve the quality of life of people who use those services
☐
Health and Social Care Services contribute to reducing health inequalities ☐
People who use Health and Social Care Services are safe from harm ☐

Page 273

5 
People who work in Health and Social Care Services feel engaged with the
work they do and are supported to continuously improve the information,
support, care and treatment they provide
☐
Resources are used effectively and efficiently in the provision of Health and
Social Care Services
☒
7.1  ASSOCIATED MEASURE(S) 
7.2  FINANCIAL 
This paper has been reviewed by Finance: 
Yes ☐ No ☒ N/A ☐
7.3 RISK ASSESSMENT/RISK MANAGEMENT 
Relevant Risk Register
Details
Current Risk Level Risk Owner
IJB Risk Register Choose an item. Multi 
7.4 ENGAGEMENT & PARTICPATION
Please tick the engagement and participation objectives that link(s) with this piece of
work and provide further details regarding the engagement and participation that was
undertaken. 
Objectives Further Details
Involve stakeholders in the development
work aimed at achieving the national
outcomes
 
1.  Provide stakeholders with information on
how to get involved
 
Ensure a diverse range of engagement
and participation and opportunities are in
place to suit different needs
 
1.  Measure how well we involve community
stakeholders in the planning, design
and delivery of our services
 
Provide regular feedback on how
stakeholder engagement and participation is
shaping and influencing service
development and delivery

Page 274

6 
Provide support to enable stakeholder
representatives to participate meaningfully
and confidently at meetings
 
Develop participation guidelines to
ensure a common understanding and set of
expectations for both stakeholders and
partnership staff
 
Support engagement planning and
participation in localities, taking account of
other engagement activity and local plans
across the Community Planning
Partnership
 
7.5 INEQUALITIES & FAIRER SCOTLAND DUTY 
EQIA Completed & Fairer Scotland Impact Assessment Form Completed and
attached to report: 
Yes ☐ No ☒ N/A ☐
EQIA added to website: 
Yes /
Date
added
☐ No ☐ N/A ☒
8. BACKGROUND PAPERS
None. 
9. APPENDICES
Please include a glossary of terms if not already included.
Appendix 1 – Risk Overview Dashboard

Page 275

7 
Appendix 2 – Risk Register 
CHIEF ACCOUNTABLE OFFICER (or Depute) 
Members seeking further information about any aspect of this report, please contact
the following; Stacey Anderson Stacey.Anderson3@lanarkshire.scot.nhs.uk

Page 276

8 
Direction from North Lanarkshire Integration Joint Board (IJB) 
1 Reference Number 2024/2108-15
2 Report Title Risk Management 
3 Date direction issued by IJB  
4 Date from which direction
takes effect
 
5 Direction to:  
6 Does this direction
supersede, revise or revoke a
previous direction – if yes,
include reference number(s)
 
7 Functions covered by
direction
 
8 Full text of direction  
9 Budget allocated by
Integration Joint Board to
carry out direction
 
10 Performance Management /
Governance  arrangements
 
11 Date direction will be
reviewed

Page 277

15
Report Prepared by Stacey Anderson on behalf of the Chief Officer
 
Appendix 1

Page 278

16
Report Prepared by Stacey Anderson on behalf of the Chief Officer

Page 279

17
Report Prepared by Stacey Anderson on behalf of the Chief Officer

Page 280

18
Report Prepared by Stacey Anderson on behalf of the Chief Officer

Page 281

19
Report Prepared by Stacey Anderson on behalf of the Chief Officer
 
Appendix 2 - North Lanarkshire Integrated Joint Board Risk Register 
IJB ID  Category 
Opened Date 
Description of Risk 
Risk level 
(Initial) Mitigating Controls 
Risk level 
(Current)
Risk level 
(Target)
Risk Owner 
Risk Register 
Lead
Assurance 
Source
Next Review 
Date
Closed Date 
 
 
IJB.01/ 
21 
Financial 
Strategic 
01/04/2021 
Financial Challenges 
 
  CONTROLS 
VERY HIGH 
Medium 
Amanda Kilburn 
Amanda Kilburn 
SLT, IJB PFA, IJB 
28.06.2024 
 
 
Previously 
IJB2,  IJB7, 
IJB10  and 
IJB12. 
There are a range of financial challenges 
which will impact on the IJB's ability to 
deliver the Strategic Commissioning 
Plan intentions within the financial 
envelope available. These include: 
HIGH 
1.     IJB PFA Committee. 
Reviewed 
and Updated 
May 2023. 
Reviewed 
and Updated 
Sept 2023. 
    
2.     IJB Chief Officer is a member of each partner's key decision‐
making forums.    
1.  The absence of a unique IJB financial 
settlement from the Scottish 
Government. 
 
 
3.     Effective joint working between North and South Chief 
Financial Officer and both Council and NHS Finance Departments. 
Reviewed 
and updated 
Jan 2024. 
2.  The IJB is dependent on funding 
from both partners. 
 
 
4.     Regular budget meetings with Chief Executives and 
Directors of Finance.    
3.  Late Scottish Government financial 
settlement. 
 
 
5.     Regular HSCP budget monitoring meetings across Senior 
Leadership Team. 
Reviewed 
and updated 
March 2024. 
4.  Budget reductions due to insufficient 
Scottish Government financial 
settlements and/or partner 
contributions. 
 
 
6.     The IJB Financial Plans have been agreed and are reviewed 
regularly. 
 
 
5.  New Scottish Government policy 
commitments e.g. Carers (Scotland) Act 
2016. 
 
 
7.     IJB medium term financial plan 2023‐26 and reserves 
strategy 2023‐24 approved at March 23 IJB 
Review and 
risk increased 
June 2024.  
6.  Demographic growth. 
 
  8.     Capacity plans in place to maximise efficiency.    
7.  Competing service priorities. 
 
  9.     IJB Integration Scheme setting out the budget recovery 
processes. 
 
 
8.  Conflicting partner efficiency savings 
programs which adversely impact on 
the HSCP's ability to deliver services. 
 
 
10.   IJB Financial Regulations and financial procedures. 
 
 
9.  In‐year cost pressures emerging due 
to the underachievement of planned 
savings, pandemics and other emerging 
risks which may lead to an overspend. 
 
 
11.   Consultation and involvement with key stakeholders 
including service users and carers. 
 
 
10.  Each partner may be unable to 
maintain their financial contributions to 
the IJB in future years which would 
impact on frontline health and social 
care services. 
 
 
12.   Prescribing Quality and Efficiency Programme, SWEG, ARG 
and Home Support monitoring groups are in place.

Page 282

20
Report Prepared by Stacey Anderson on behalf of the Chief Officer
 
11.  The agreed transformational plans 
and service redesigns are not 
implemented in full and in line with the 
original implementation plan and/or do 
not secure the intended improvement 
outcomes in both performance 
standards and financial efficiency 
targets. 
 
 
13.   Joint Strategic Needs Assessment and ongoing move 
towards preventative and anticipatory approaches. 
12.  Future savings targets will 
continue to be challenging and are likely 
to impact on essential core services. 
 
 
13.   Strategic Planning Group, Locality engagement sessions and 
Partnership Boards. 
 
 
13.  The IJB Financial Plan cannot be 
adhered to and budget recovery plans 
fail to achieve financial balance for both 
partners. 
 
 
14.   Effective and ongoing service user engagement, staff 
consultation and Trade Union liaison at strategic and local levels. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14. The continuing recovery from the 
pandemic on the financial sustainability 
of external providers in particular social 
care providers. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15. The financial implications of the 
continuing impact of the pandemic on 
the workforce e.g. increase in sickness 
absence, early retirement requests and 
recruitment challenges. 
 
 
ACTIONS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.    Annual budget setting processes within each of the 
partners. 
The above factors would lead to a 
failure to achieve the desired strategic 
aims and would also impact on service 
delivery. 
 
 
2.    HSCP participating in NHSL Sustainability and Value process 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.    Partnership will also be connected to new national whole 
system groups around budget 
 
 
IJB02. 
21 
Financial 
Reputation
al 
01/04/2021 
Prevention and Detection of Fraud, 
Bribery and/or Corruption 
 
  CONTROLS 
LOW 
LOW 
Ross McGuffie 
Amanda Kilburn 
SLT, IJB PFA, IJB 
31.08.24 
 
  Previously 
IJB6. 
Reviewed 
and updated 
on March 
2023. 
There is a risk that the IJB is unable to 
prevent and detect fraud and 
corruption within services because of 
inadequate governance arrangements 
and inadequate internal control systems 
which could lead to financial and 
reputational damage. 
LOW 
1.  Fraud awareness e‐learning. 
 
 
 
 
2.  National Fraud initiative. 
Reviewed 
and Updated 
Oct 2023, 
 
    
3.  Locality/SW Enablement Groups. 
(previously 
title 
ineffective 
governance

Page 283

21
Report Prepared by Stacey Anderson on behalf of the Chief Officer
 
arrangements
). 
 
 
 
 
4.  Segregation of duties in relation to authorising and processing 
direct payments. 5 Whistle blowing policies.  Reviewed 
May 2024      
6.  Procurement processes and standing orders. 
 
    
7.  Oversight via NLC Audit and Scrutiny Panel and NHSL Audit 
Committee. 
 
 
 
    
8.  Effective governance arrangements are in place and subject 
to internal and external audit review. 
 
 
 
   
 
9.  IJB and IJB PFA meetings established ensuring effective 
oversight of financial performance. 
 
 
 
   
 
10.  The IJB does not maintain its own policies relating to the 
prevention and detection of fraud and error but instead depends 
on those in place at its partnerbodies. The IJB has a Code of 
Conduct in place to which members subscribe and the Members’ 
Registers of Interests are publicly available on the IJB’s website 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACTIONS    
 
    
1. Continue to raise fraud awareness through teambriefings.    
 
    
2. Annual planned Procurement and Standing Financial Instructions 
presentations. 
 
    
3. Annual review of Code of Conduct 
 
    
4. Review of how Members' Declaration of Interests are collated 
and reviewed. 
 
 
 
    
5. IJB to request Fraud prevention and detection reports from both 
partners for oversight at the IJB PFA. 
 
 
IJB04. 
21 
Financial 
Strategic 
01/04/2021 
Notional Set‐Aside Budget 
 
  CONTROLS 
HIGH 
MEDIUM 
Ross McGuffie 
Amanda Kilburn 
SLT, IJB PFA, IJB 
28.08.2024 
 
  Reviewed 
and Updated 
May 2023. There is a risk that resources will not be 
transferred from Acute Services to the 
HSCP in line with the shift in the balance 
of care from residential and acute 
settings to community based 
alternatives as expected in terms of the 
notional set‐aside concept. This 
includes the ongoing development of 
locality pathways to support 
maintaining people at home e.g. 
transitional care models. 
VERY HIGH  2.There is complete transparency and ongoing dialogue between 
the IJB and the Health Board on the challenges associated with the 
implementation of the notional set‐aside concept. 
 
 
3.  Bed modelling and capacity planning arrangements are in place.  Reviewed Oct 
2023. 
 
  4. Effective working relationships between both partners and the 
IJB have been established.   
5.  Since the inception of the IJB, an agreement is in place whereby 
the NHSL Health Board will manage the overspend or underspend 
across the notional set‐aside budget. This arrangement continues 
to be in place for 2022/23 
Reviewed Jan 
2024   
 
 
 
 
ACTIONS

Page 284

22
Report Prepared by Stacey Anderson on behalf of the Chief Officer
 
 
 
1.The Chief Officer and the Chief Financial Officer continue to raise 
this concern at a national level. 
Reviewed 
May 2024  
 
2. Discussions ongoing with NHSL Director of Finance around 
unscheduled care spend in 2023/24 and budget for 2024/25 
Reviewed 
July 2024. 
IJB05. 
21 
Financial 
Strategic 
01/04/2021 
Hosted Services 
 
  CONTROLS 
MEDIUM 
MEDIUM 
Ross McGuffie 
Amanda Kilburn 
SLT, IJB PFA, IJB 
28.08.2024 
 
  Reviewed Jan 
2024 There is a risk of dispute between the 
North Lanarkshire IJB and the South 
Lanarkshire IJB in respect of the 
financial allocations underpinning the 
Hosted Services particularly as a result 
of the budget changes linked to the 
implementation of devolved locality 
models. This could impact on the ability 
of each IJB to achieve its commissioning 
intentions and may also have an 
adverse impact on service users across 
Lanarkshire. 
VERY HIGH  1. North and South IJBs aim to co‐operate to ensure a pan‐
Lanarkshire approach is achieved across all hosted services. 
 
 
2.  Financial and budgetary controls.  Reviewed 
May 2024    3.  Performance reports on service delivery.  
 
4.  The Hosted Services principles in respect of the management of 
the overspends and underspends are agreed for each financial 
year. 
Reviewed 
July 2024. 
IJB06. 
21 
Financial 
Operationa
l 
01/04/2021 
Prescribing Activity and Costs 
 
  CONTROLS 
VERY HIGH 
LOW 
Ross McGuffie 
Amanda Kilburn 
SLT, IJB PFA, IJB 
28.08.24 
 
  Previously 
IJB11. 
Reviewed 
and updated 
June 2023. 
The cost of prescribing is growing due 
to issues in supply chains driving 
increased wholesaler cost of medicines, 
advance treatment developments 
resulting in the need for more 
expensive medications, aging 
population and increase in patients 
requiring regular medication. 
Medication availability has been 
impacted following the EU withdrawal 
the UK 's membership of the common 
regulatory bodies and EU agencies, such 
as the European Medicines Agency, 
(EMA), European Centre for Disease 
Prevention and Control and the 
European Atomic Energy Community. 
The risk is that this could impact on the 
availability of medicines, healthcare 
techniques and technology and in 
respect of the supply of medicines and 
medical devices, additional checks are 
now required at ports in the UK and the 
EEA before goods, including medical 
Medium 
1.. Prescribing Quality and Efficiency Programme. 
 
 
2.  Prescribing Management Board functions and membership. 
Reviewed 
and Updated 
(risk 
increased) 
October 
2023. 
 
 
3. Deputy Lead Pharmacist supporting HSCP Senior Leadership 
Team. 
 
 
4. Locality Pharmacist input.  Reviewed Jan 
2024    5. Earmarked reserve established to address prescribing costs.   
6. Regular HSCP monitoring.In respect of the regulation of 
medicines and medical devices, the Medicines and Healthcare 
products Regulatory Agency (MHRA) became the UK’s sovereign 
regulator. 
Reviewed 
June 2024.  
 
 
 
 
 
7. The new trade deal contains specific clauses that mean both the 
UK and EEA states formally recognise each other’s good practice in 
medicine manufacturing. 
Reviewed 
July 2024.

Page 285

23
Report Prepared by Stacey Anderson on behalf of the Chief Officer
 
products, can cross the border. New 
customs checks are required when 
moving medicines between the EEA and 
the UK. 
 
 
8. To reduce the risk of divergence from the EU rules, there are 
three interrelated factors; the technical annexes of the new trade 
deal, the Northern Ireland protocol and the UK Internal Market 
Act.   
9. The effectiveness of the Border Operating Model to import and 
export goods to and from the EEA, which was being implemented 
in stages from 2020 to minimise any risk of disruption, is still being 
assessed. The risk of border delays is still evident. Other measures 
were also implemented specifically to mitigate the risk of supplies 
of medicines and medical devices being disrupted. In August 2020 
the UK government instructed medicine suppliers to maintain a 
stockpile equivalent to six weeks’ supply though the first three 
months of 2021. In addition, the Department of Transport has 
secured additional freight capacity to bring medicines into the 
country via other routes. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACTIONS   
1. Review of Locality Prescribing Action Groups.      
2. Prescribing part of NHSL Sustainability and Value structures      
3. Continuation of Scriptswitch.   
4. Prescribing updates being provided to IJB as per financial reports    
IJB07. 
21 
Financial 
Strategic 
01/04/2021 
Third and Voluntary Sector 
 
  CONTROLS 
LOW 
LOW 
Ross McGuffie 
Amanda Kilburn 
SLT, IJB PFA, IJB 
30.06.24 
 
  Previously 
IJB16. 
There is a risk that Third Sector 
organisations in North Lanarkshire are 
vulnerable because of the lack of 
certainty in respect of long‐term 
funding security. This uncertainty has 
the potential to lead to service 
instability, recruitment and retention 
challenges and an increasing reliance on 
statutory services. 
HIGH  1. Third Sector Interface represented on key strategic groups. 
 
 
2. Community capacity building and carer support infrastructure 
embedded across North Lanarkshire.  Reviewed 
April 2024.   
3. Community capacity building is regularly reviewed.   
4. Maximising funding opportunities for the third and voluntary 
sector will continue to be progressed. 
Reviewed 
July 2024  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACTIONS      
1.The annual HSCP funding which is directed to the third sector is 
recurring funding. Funding will be confirmed each year in line with 
the agreement of the IJB Financial Plan and subject to the Scottish 
Government financial settlements for future years.

Page 286

24
Report Prepared by Stacey Anderson on behalf of the Chief Officer
 
 
 
2. Updated SLA with VANL nearing completion 
IJB.10. 
21 
Financial 
Strategic 
01/04/2021 
Ineffective Governance Arrangements 
 
  CONTROLS 
LOW 
LOW 
Ross McGuffie 
Amanda Kilburn 
SLT, IJB PFA, IJB 
30.10.24 
 
 
Reviewed 
and updated 
June 2023. 
1.   There is a risk that the intensity of 
the required response to Covid‐19 may 
have resulted in a failure of governance 
impacting on the effectiveness of the 
IJB decision‐making, IJB directions to 
partners and IJB oversight of 
operational service delivery. Routine 
governance processes could be 
overwhelmed. 
MEDIUM   
1. National Networks are established which are providing the 
framework to support a national approach where appropriate. 
 
 
2.   New or amended legislation and 
Scottish and UK Government guidance 
may not be adopted effectively and 
timeously. 
 
 
2. Public Health advice and support is in place. 
Reviewed 
and updated 
Oct 2023. 3.   There is no / limited public access to 
IJB and PFA meetings during the period 
of the pandemic, in line with Public 
Health advice. 
 
 
 
3. Increased numbers of agile workers and increased number of 
laptops/tablets. 
4.   Ineffective information governance 
controls could lead to data breaches 
and an impact on the General Data 
Protection  Regulations. 
 
 
4. Continued working from home arrangements supported by the 
roll out of MS Teams / Zooms. Regular updates on the guidance for 
the use of MS Teams / Zoom Meetings is circulated. A blended 
approach to home/work‐based working is being developed going 
forward. 
Reviewed 
and updated 
Jan 2024. 5. Communications with employees, 
patients and service users may be 
ineffective. 
 
 
5. Risk registers are in place for the IJB and each partner. Each 
partner has a specific HSCP Covid‐19 Risk Register in place. 
6.   There will require to be changes to 
the working environment including 
remote working and working from 
home. 
 
 
6. The IJB and both partners aim to comply with the European 
Working Time Directive (WTD) and minimise the risk of all staff 
working beyond 48 hours per week, in particular front‐line service 
delivery. As a result of the withdrawal from the European Union, 
the WTD ceased to apply to the United Kingdom at the end of the 
transition period (31 December 2020). However, the UK's Working 
Time Regulations which implement the EU Working Time Directive 
will continue to apply unless and until amended by UK law. 
Reviewed 
and Risk level 
lowered June 
2024. 
7.  There is a reduced ability to protect 
the wellbeing of employees, patients 
and service users. 
 
 
7. Back to Basics exercise has helped to focus on the underpinning 
governance requirements across the whole HSCP 
8. There may be adverse media 
coverage locally, a loss of public 
confidence and reputational damage. 
 
 
8. Staff health and wellbeing is a key priority for both partners and 
all key stakeholders.  The commitment to staff health and 
wellbeing is being actively promoted through all available forums.    
 
 
 
 
9. IJB Governance reporting reviewed and associated documents 
updated.

Page 287

25
Report Prepared by Stacey Anderson on behalf of the Chief Officer
 
IJB.11 
21 
Performanc
e 
30/07/2021 
Oversight of Performance Activity 
 
  CONTROLS 
LOW 
LOW 
Ross McGuffie 
Morag Dendy 
SLT, IJB PFA, IJB 
31..10.24 
 
 
Reviewed 
May 2024. 
There is a risk that the IJB is not 
provided with adequate or sufficient 
performance information to enable it to 
discharge its scrutiny and oversight role; 
make informed decisions and 
recommend remedial actions to address 
any performance concerns. 
LOW 
Regular (quarterly) reports on the IJB performance framework, 
providing updates on areas for improvement, remedial actions 
(and timescales) and updates on performance issues previously 
reported. 
Reviewed 
June 2024.  
 
 
Chief  Executive  Performance  Review  arrangements.  Hosted 
Services  Performance  Review  arrangements.  Sector/Locality 
Performance Review arrangements. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IJB.12. 
21 
Performanc
e 
30/08/2021 
Staff Health & Wellbeing 
MEDIUM  CONTROLS 
HIGH 
low  Ross McGuffie 
Ross McGuffie 
SLT, IJB PFA, IJB, SC&CG, AH&SC 
28.08.24 
 
 
Reviewed 
and Updated 
May 2023. 
There is a risk to the delivery of the 
Strategic Commissioning Plan as a result 
of sustained pressures on staff 
availability due to additional pressures 
associated with Covid 19, current 
sickness absence levels and potential 
for further staff redeployment due to 
winter planning contingency 
arrangements. 
Strategic Staff Health & Wellbeing Committee established 
reporting to NLC & NHSL corporate management teams. 
Reviewed 
and updated 
Dec 2023. 
Range of support services available both nationally and locally e.g 
Occupational Health, Spiritual care, Psychological Services, national 
wellbeing hub (www.PRoMIS.scot.uk).  Reviewed 
May 2024. 
Rest & Recuperation areas identified. 
Peer Support Networks established    
Well established Occupational Health supports available to support 
staff sickness. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACTIONS    
 
Short Life Working Group for wellbeing with targeted approach for 
immediate actions including Staff Health & Wellbeing Champions, 
access to online supports, access to Occupational Health Services, 
helpline established and dedicated resource identified for 
wellbeing officers to be recruited. 
Funding received by Scottish Government specifically targeting 
staff wellbeing programmes and supports. Local plans for use of 
funding being developed. 
 
 
Managers supporting & encouraging staff to take planned 
leave/use full leave allocation

Page 288

26
Report Prepared by Stacey Anderson on behalf of the Chief Officer
 
 
 
IJB.13. 
2021 
Performanc
e 
30.08.21 
Care Homes 
HIGH  CONTROLS 
medium 
medium 
Ross McGuffie 
Sharon Murphy 
IJB, PF&A, SLT, SC&SC, A H &SC 
28.08.24 
 
 
Reviewed 
and updated 
Oct 2023 
Inability of care homes to sustain 
service due to staffing and cost 
pressures resulting in closure to new 
placement and closure of care homes. 
This may increase delayed discharge 
numbers putting additional pressure on 
acute site capacity and impacting on 
recovery. 
 
Establishment of Care Home Assurance Team. 
Escalation Process in place.  Reviewed 
May 2024. . National protocol to support discharge of Covid 19 patients in 
place. 
 
 
 
 
ACTIONS    
Public Health teams providing guidance on infection control.    
Care Home assurance team undertaking support visits to all care 
homes & action plans in place for each care home. 
 
 
All care homes advised to use PPE in line with national addendum.    
 
Development day on 12th May 23 to agree structures and 
approach for year ahead 
 
 
IJB.14. 
2022 
Strategic & 
Performanc
e 
30.04.22 
CAMHS  
VERY HIGH 
CONTROLS 
Medium 
Medium 
Ross McGuffie 
Morag Dendy 
IJB,PF&A, SLT 
28.02.2024 
 
 
Reviewed 
and Updated 
May 2023. 
There is a risk that the CAMHS service 
cannot meet the increasing clinical 
demands due to a significantly high 
number of cumulative staff vacancies 
for both clinical and non‐clinical posts 
and challenges recruiting to new posts 
identified through the national recovery 
and renewal fund. This is impacting on 
community, in‐ patient and out‐ patient 
care with the potential to adversely 
affect response time to referrals; longer 
waiting times; poorer outcomes; delays 
in redesign and reputation of the IJB. 
Prioritisation of referrals; all referrals vetted daily with urgent 
referrals prioritised 
Commenced programme of work and implementation of a more 
structured partnership approach through Choices & Partnership 
Approach (CAPA) service model, with tier 1 & 2 referred through 
3rd sector and interfacing with North & South Education 
Departments 
Reviewed 
and updated 
Dec 2023. 
Secured significant national investment to fully implement new 
service model 
 
Active review of skill mix to utilise medical staff only when 
required for highly complex patients  Reviewed 
and risk level 
lowered May 
2024. Vacancy gap analysis with active recruitment commenced. 
Expected to have recruited 75% of gap by end of May 2023 
Continuous review and validation of the waiting list    
Waiting list validation exercise completed in April 2022 with 
reduction in list by 16%

Page 289

27
Report Prepared by Stacey Anderson on behalf of the Chief Officer
 
CAPA appointments begin on 1st May 2023 ‐ first cycle (16wks) 
nearing completion 
Monthly monitoring at board     
Incremental implementation of the new service model    
Performance monitoring through the programme board 
CAHMS IT Board in train to plan and oversee implementation of 
SCI gateway for referrals 
 
 
Waiting list initiative commenced    
Udston opened for patients September 2022    
Upgrade to North physical infrastructure agreed.  
Close working with health improvement and GP reps    
 
 
 
 
 
 
IJB.15. 
2022 
Strategic & 
Performanc
e 
05.09.22 
Cost of Living 
HIGH  CONTROLS 
High 
Medium 
Ross McGuffie 
Ross McGuffie 
SLT, IJB 
30.08.2024 
 
  Reviewed 
and Updated 
May 2023. 
There is a risk that the IJB's Strategic 
Commissioning Plan will be unable to be 
delivered or not have the desired 
impact due to the cost of living rises 
being faced by residents across North 
Lanarkshire, leading to a further 
widening of the inequality gap, reduced 
quality of life and increased health and 
social care demand due to individuals 
and families having insufficient funds to 
support basic requirements such as 
food and heating. 
NLC Silver command group stood up focused on cost of living 
NHSL commenced review through CMT  Reviewed Oct 
2023. Population Health Committee to review activity around cost of 
living 
NLC approved cost of living contract increases in May 2023  Reviewed 
May 2024.   
ACTIONS    
Survey of NLC hybrid workers to see if home working remains 
financially viable 
 
 
Business case being developed to expand 'support for people' 
arrangements used in pandemic to support resident access to 
welfare rights and other supports 
 
 
3% increase in individual budgets to support service users to 
maintain current levels of supports at higher cost 
 
 
Recommendation from adult social work, care and wellbeing 
committee to review all charges to service users and wider cost.

Page 290

28
Report Prepared by Stacey Anderson on behalf of the Chief Officer
 
 
IJB.16. 
2022  Strategic 
05.09.22  National Care Service 
HIGH  CONTROLS 
High 
Low 
Diane Fraser 
Ross McGuffie 
SLT, IJB PFA, IJB, ASWC&WB 
31.08.24 
 
 
Reviewed 
and Updated 
May 2023. 
There is a risk that the ongoing work 
around a National Care Service could 
destabilise current service delivery due 
to significant change activity, time 
demands around the co‐design process, 
staff uncertainty and partner 
organisations having to focus inwardly 
due to the impact of change leading to 
an impact on the ability to deliver the 
significant ongoing change programmes 
already approved by the IJB and the 
Strategic Commissioning Plan for 2023‐
26. 
NLC establishing NCS working groups  Reviewed 
and Updated 
Oct 2023. Key HSCP leads involved in national developments 
Ongoing progress updates to IJB and IJB PFA  Reviewed 
and Updated 
May 2024   
ACTIONS 
IJB response submitted on proposed Bill    
Strong partnership links into working groups at Chief Officers, 
Chief Finance Officers and Social Work Scotland groups 
 
 
 
 
SG/COSLA working groups being established ‐ local reps nominated 
for each 
 
 
IJB.17. 
2022 
Strategic & 
Performanc
e 
05.09.22 
Unscheduled Care 
Very High 
 
CONTROLS 
High 
Medium 
Ross McGuffie 
Ross McGuffie 
SLT, IJB PFA, IJB 
28.08.24 
 
  Reviewed 
and Updated 
in June 2023. 
There is a risk that we cannot sustain 
whole system patient flow through 
peak winter pressures due to increased 
front door demand; hospital workforce 
capacity; delays in onward movement 
of patients due to care home 
capacity/outbreaks and care at home 
capacity; and community health and 
social care workforce capacity leading 
to reduced ability to meet 'routine' and 
increasing bed demand for more unwell 
patients, deteriorating delayed 
discharge performance and an inability 
to recover services. 
Care Home Assurance Group and associated supports for care 
homes through liaison service, IPC advice and support, risk 
assessment for onward movement of patients etc. 
 
Care at Home Assurance group and associated activity to try to 
support and sustain independent sector provision 
Reviewed Oct 
2023 
NHS CMT and Covid response group oversight of performance    
Daily PDD meetings to review every planned supported discharge 
and delayed discharge 
Reviewed Jan 
2024. 
Operation Flow now underway to ensure whole system approach 
to unscheduled care/delayed discharge challenges 
 
  Reviewed 
and risk level 
reduced May 
2024. 
 
 
Expansion of Home Support service    
Roll out of Home Assessment Teams across all 6 Localities    
New CSW roles in District Nursing teams to proactively support 
Care Managed patients

Page 291

29
Report Prepared by Stacey Anderson on behalf of the Chief Officer
 
Additional Nursing capacity in District Nursing Teams 
Expansion of Equipment and Adaptation Service to support rapid 
access in community 
 
 
Expansion of H@H service (hours of provision as well as moving to 
support discharges as well as admission prevention) 
 
 
Expansion of Integrated Rehabilitation Teams in all six Localities to 
support rehab in the community and reduce long‐term service 
demand 
 
 
Regular Firebreaks across the system     
 
Task and Finish groups now established to roll out the key actions 
agreed through the Operation Flow programme (Phase 2 to be 
completed by Sept 23) 
 
 
IJB.18. 
2022 
Strategic 
and 
Performanc
e 
05.09.22 
Community Alarms 
HIGH  CONTROLS 
Medium 
Low 
Diane Fraser 
Ross McGuffie 
SLT, IJB PFA, IJB, ASWC&WB 
28.07.2024 
 
 
Reviewed 
and updated 
June 2023. 
There is a risk that the community 
alarm system will be destabilised due to 
the national change from analogue to 
digital telephony by 2025, leading to 
community alarm users not getting a 
response when required. 
Working group established to coordinate all activity 
Oversight through Home Support Programme Board  Reviewed Oct 
2023. Reporting to Adult Social Work, Care and Wellbeing Committee 
Reporting to IJB  Reviewed Jan 
2024.   
 
 
Reviewed 
April 2024. 
 
ACTIONS    
NLC Committee approval to purchase 1000 digital alarms so the 
service can support any imminent changes over to digital in 
individual areas 
NLC part of SG once for Scotland procurement process for a new 
digital alarm receiving center 
Communication out to all community alarm service users 
Instructions issued to all community alarm service users on how to 
do test calls to ensure alarms are operational 
 
 
 
 
Engagement with telecommunication suppliers to ensure sight of 
roll out plans across NL 
 
 
IJB.19. 
2023 
Performanc
e 
27/02/2023 
Service Sustainability 
High  CONTROLS 
 
 
 
  Ross McGuffie 
Ross McGuffie 
SLT, IJB PFA, IJB 
28.02.2024 
 
 
Reviewed 
and Updated 
May 2023 Due to competing service priorities and 
workforce/ operational and financial 
challenges there is a risk that the IJB will 
be unable to implement the strategic 
plan/commission plan. Failure to 
achieve the desired strategic aims of 
 
IJB PFA Committee. 
High 
Low 
 
IJB Chief Officer is a member of each partner's key decision‐
making forums. 
 
 
 
 
Reviewed 
and Updated 
Oct 2023.

Page 292

30
Report Prepared by Stacey Anderson on behalf of the Chief Officer
 
the IJB poses a risk on operational 
service delivery and the achievement of 
financial balance and patient safety 
Effective joint working between Chief Financial Officer and both 
Council and NHS Finance Departments. 
 
 
 
 
Reviewed 
and updated 
Jan 2024. 
Regular budget meetings with Chief Executives and Directors of 
Finance. 
 
 
 
  Reviewed 
April 2024. Regular HSCP budget monitoring meetings across Senior 
Leadership Team. 
 
 
 
 
The IJB Financial Plan is regularly reviewed and agreed. 
 
 
 
    
Capacity plans in place to maximize efficiency. 
 
 
 
    
Consultation and involvement with key stakeholders including 
service users and carers. 
 
 
 
 
Joint Strategic Needs Assessment and ongoing move towards 
preventative and anticipatory approaches. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Planning Group, Locality engagement sessions and 
Partnership Boards. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effective and ongoing service user engagement, staff consultation 
and Trade Union liaison at strategic and local levels. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACTIONS 
 
 
 
 
Sustainability plans to be reviewed regularly 
 
 
 
    
Re‐introduction of scrutiny panels 
 
 
 
    
Improve linkage across all risk registers (tiers 1 to 3, council and 
NHS) to help ensure areas of concern are identified and   reviewed 
regularly. 
 
 
 
 
Review of reporting process into IJB to ensure continuous review 
of services/ service developments. 
 
 
 
 
Development of the programme of work to ensure regular 
reporting structure in place for service review. 
 
 
 
 
Operation Flow Task and Finish Groups analyzing service 
challenges and implementing phased changes to support winter    
pressures and beyond. 
 
 
 
 
IJB.20. 
2023        Workforce Sustainability 
HIGH  CONTROLS 
 
 
 
 
Ross 
McGuff
Ross 
McGuff
SLT, IJB 
PFA
IJB
28.07.2
4

Page 293

31
Report Prepared by Stacey Anderson on behalf of the Chief Officer
 
It is becoming increasingly difficult to 
recruit to particular roles across Health 
and Social Care.  Gaps in the workforce 
can result in reduction of service 
provision, increase in staff workload 
and inability to deliver the strategic 
plan. Following EU withdrawal there is 
no longer the free movement of labour 
between the UK and EEA countries. All 
workers arriving from the EEA and non‐
EEA countries are subject to the same 
immigration rules. The new points‐
based immigration system makes 
exceptions for the majority of health 
care professionals with an NHS job offer 
and for qualified social workers via a 
new fast‐track visa route, known as the 
Health and Care Worker Visa. There are 
however no exceptions made for other 
social care roles, such as care workers. 
The Mutual Recognition of Professional 
Qualifications Directive is an EU‐wide 
directive that allows professional 
regulators in all member states to 
automatically recognise professional 
qualifications. The UK government has 
decided to continue recognising 
qualifications gained in the EEA for at 
least two years after the transition 
period ends. This however is not a 
reciprocal and there is no guarantee 
that qualifications gained in the UK will 
be accepted by professional regulators 
in EEA nations. 
All successful Health and Care Worker Visa applicants are exempt 
from the Immigration Health Surcharge, a one‐off charge levied 
against    arriving migrant workers as part of the visa application 
process. The system has been designed to make international 
recruitment into health and  social care roles more straightforward 
for employers and employees alike. These changes to immigration 
rules are in law as part of the  Immigration and Social Security Co‐
ordination (EU Withdrawal) Act 2020. As such, from 1 January 
2021, they apply to all workers arriving to work in  the NHS or 
adult social care. All workers from EEA nations who are already 
resident in the UK had until 30 June 2021 to apply for the EU 
Settlement Scheme which will guarantee their right to work in the 
UK indefinitely. 
High 
Medium 
Updated May 
2023 
In respect of the mutual recognition of professional qualifications, 
professional regulatory bodies are working with the UK 
government to    review future registration requirements for those 
with qualifications gained in the EEA and decide what they will be 
from January 2023. 
 
 
 
 
Reviewed 
and updated 
Oct 2023. 
Development of the Care Academy 
 
 
 
 
Reviewed 
and updated 
Jan 24 
Dedicated HR support identified in NHSL and NLC to support key 
priority areas of recruitment such as Mental Health and Home 
Support 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
ACTIONS 
 
 
 
 
Reviewed 
April 2024. 
Annual workforce plan being prepared 
 
 
 
 
NHSL programme underway to support international recruitment 
 
 
 
 
On the day recruitment events being trialed in Home Support 
 
 
 
 
Use of university status being explored following positive gains in 
Podiatry and Psychological Therapies recruitment 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recruitment of 15 Modern Apprenticeships within the H&SCP 
working within Business Admin, Comms and Health Care Support. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IJB21.2
4  Financial  Jun‐
24 
Pharmacy Pressures within Prison 
Service 
High  CONTROLS 
High 
Low 
Ross McGuffie 
Ross McGuffie 
IJB PFA, IJB 
30.07.24 
 
 
Added to 
register June 
2024. Pharmacy costs have traditionally been 
the highest area of non‐pay spend 
nationally in all prisons. The nature of 
the patient cohort results in high 
volumes of prescribed medication for 
Mental Health, Pain, & Addictions 
purposes. There is currently a large 
overspend (559K reported May 2024) 
Review of the dispense processes within the prison 
Implementation of guidelines    
Improved communication with pharmacy provider 
 
 
 
 
ACTIONS

Page 294

32
Report Prepared by Stacey Anderson on behalf of the Chief Officer
 
for the actual drugs bought and £246K 
associated with the management fees 
for the contract. 
Prescribing Action Group re‐established to try and manage the 
number of items prescribed 
Development of pain and medicine management pathways    
 
 
Review of prescribing habits    
IJB23.2
4 
Performanc
e  
Jul‐
24 
Speech and Language Therapy (SLT) 
Service  
High  
CONTROLS 
High 
Low 
Ross McGuffie 
Ross McGuffie 
IJB PFA, IJB 
30.07.25 
 
 
 
There is a risk that the SLT service 
cannot meet the increasing clinical 
demands with variance in waiting list 
length by area, continued challenges 
around the recruitment and retention 
of new colleagues, funding streams 
from Local Authority being reduce 
therefore reducing staff WTE.  
1. Good communication processes, and the sharing of information 
and practical learning online have been established and will be 
further developed as service improvement work progresses. 
2. Service model review to ensure that future TrakCare builds on 
local learning and builds on organisational learning from other 
builds. Forward planning for inclusion in the AHP Hub model will 
proceed in parallel to these TrakCare developments. 
3. Revised workforce planning, incorporating the best‐practice and 
learning from other areas who have specialist children’s health 
services units.  
4. The professional relationships between service and university 
have already been improved and we have academic 
representation that actively contributes to both our Workforce 
Planning and Service Improvement Steering Group. 
ACTIONS  
1. Working with university colleagues to identify new practitioners 
who have expressed their desire to work in Lanarkshire on 
registration. This allows us to maximise and enhance opportunities 
for placement, improvement projects and induction planning, 
ensuring that we present ourselves as an area that is not only 
welcoming but committed to the ongoing development of 
individuals and the service 
2. Work with professional colleagues to ensure that all activity is 
aligned to direct and/or indirect pursuit of meeting the SLT waiting 
time target. 
3. Transition from restrictive locality models for managing the 
waiting list.